Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Service Manual
(20
Wheel loader
(10 points)
en
Service Manual
(20
Wheel loader
(10 points)
Address
Address:
Product ID
Manufacturer:
Product group:
Type:
Production number:
Serial number:
Document ID
Order number:
Author:
Document version:
Manual number:
Owner:
1035 3357
LBH / Technical Documentation Department
01
Preface
Intended readership
Contents
This service manual is addressed to anyone whose task it is to ensure that the
machines are ready for everyday use. This especially includes mechanics and
workshop staff of Liebherr dealers and branches.
The first chapter contains information on safety regulations and on the
special tools needed for maintenance and repairs.
Chapter 2 gives you an overview of all the most important technical data of
the machine as a whole and its individual assemblies.
Next comes the maintenance chapter, with the maintenance and inspection
schedule, the testing and adjustment checklists, lubrication charts, description
of maintenance tasks, testing and adjustment tasks and specifications of fuel
and lubricants.
The technical description of the machine is in the following chapters,
structured according to fifteen function groups. The layout, function and
technical data of the groups, components and parts are explained.
Chapter 19 contains information on troubleshooting, the service code table
and a description of the SCULI service software.
Chapter 20 will be gradually updated with the latest options.
Instructions on use
Working instructions
Always follow the safety regulations whenever you work on the machine.
You will find a reference to this in the General Information section.
In order to perform these tasks you need a complete set of basic tools
andcertain special tools, all in perfect working order. All tasks require
absolute cleanliness.
Replace seals such as O-rings and surface seals during repairs.
General information
Product description
Maintenance
Cooling system
Travel hydraulics
Working hydraulics
Steering system
Brake system
Electrical system
10
Transfer gear
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Options
20
1 General Informations
1.0
Chapter contents
1
Introduction...........................................................................1.1-1
1.1.2
1.2
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.2.7
1.2.8
1.2.9
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.2.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
General Informations
1.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
General Informations
Safety regulations
1.1.1
Introduction
1. The symbols below have the following meanings:
Danger
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes an impending dangerous situation which can lead to serious injury
or death if not avoided.
! Note the warning.
Warning
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes a potentially dangerous situation which can lead to serious injury or
death if not avoided.
! Note the warning.
Caution
Risk of personal injury.
Denotes a potentially dangerous situation which can lead to slight injury if
not avoided.
! Note the warning.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Caution
Risk of damage to the machine.
Denotes actions or circumstances which may result in damage to the machine.
! Note the warning.
Note
Useful information
Denotes information on correctly handling the machine and the lubricants
and fuels used.
! Observe the instructions.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1.1-1 o f 2
General Informations
Service Manual
Safety regulations
1.1.2
Introduction
Proper use
10
11
Parking safely
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
15
1.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
General Informations
Special tools for maintenance and repair work
ID no.
Use
7408922
7408148
Remarks
For checking the acid concentration
(battery charging state) and anti-freeze
For preventing oil loss
8145359
7361288
5002932
5002866
7002436
7002475
7009134
5005180
7005660
7402657
Safety cap 10 mm
7009315
Safety cap 13 mm
Safety cap 17 mm
Safety cap 19 mm
7615515
7615589
7009317
Safety cap 17 mm
7622068
USB dongle
10333608
L550 - L580
10035410
L550 - L580
10223098
L550 - L580
10223095
L550 - L580
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Description
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1.2-1 o f 6
General Informations
Service Manual
Description
Use
Mandrel
9078118
Mandrel
9078119
0524062
Holder
0528464
10023885
Compression tester
Compression tester insert
Adapter
Claw
8008782
10012817
10297211
10117612
Engine turner
0524045
Holder
0528464
Piston strap
8000592
0524062
7009319
Extractor tool
0526855
Extractor tool
0528462
Mounting pin
0528470
7019858
Inserter
10116249
Mounting pin
0528470
Inserter
10116250
Special spanner
10020852
Adapter
0524029
Adapter
10220689
Hammer puller
0524072
Pusher tube
10289319
Pusher tube
10289320
Mounting pin
0528472
1.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Remarks
For installing the mass equalisation
shafts (D 934)
For installing the mass equalisation
shafts (D 934)
For installing and removing the
cylinder head
For checking projection of the
cylinder bushings
For checking projection of the
cylinder bushings
For checking the compression
For checking the compression
For checking the compression
For checking the compression
For installing and removing the pistons
and rods
For installing and removing the pistons
and rods
For installing and removing the pistons
and rods
For installing and removing the pistons
and rods
For installing and removing the piston
rings
For installing and removing the
cylinder bushing
For installing and removing the
cylinder bushing
For installing and removing
crankshaft attachments
For installing and removing the front
crankshaft seal
For installing and removing the front
crankshaft seal
For installing and removing the flywheel
For installing and removing the rear
crankshaft seal
For installing and removing the
injection line
For installing and removing the
pressure pipe port and injection nozzles
For installing and removing the
pressure pipe port and injection nozzles
For installing and removing the
pressure pipe port and injection nozzles
For installing and removing the injection
pump and roller tappet
For installing and removing the injection
pump and roller tappet
For installing and removing the
exhaust pipe
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.2.2
Service Manual
General Informations
Safety regulations
1.2.3
Description
Assembly sleeve 80 mm
ID no.
9227165
Assembly sleeve 90 mm
9227161
9998624
9998622
9107931
9227166
Expansion sleeve 90 mm
9227162
9110408
9110410
9110412
Use
L550, L556 steering cylinder
L566, L576, L580
steering cylinder
L550, L556 lift cylinder
L550, L556 tilt cylinder
L566, L576, L580 lift cylinder
L566, L576, L580 tilt cylinder
L550, L556 steering cylinder
L566, L576, L580
steering cylinder
L550, L556 lift cylinder
L550, L556 tilt cylinder
L566, L576, L580 lift cylinder
L566, L576, L580 tilt cylinder
9210219
9239572
1.2.4
Description
8502956
Use
Remarks
For measuring voltage, current,
resistance and frequency
For testing DEUTSCH connectors
For testing DEUTSCH connectors
For checking solenoid valves
8503647
7026267
8145674
8145673
8503630
1.2.5
Description
ID no.
Hand pump
8145835
Collet
7009536
Spring hook
8145767
7017559
7017556
Remarks
For fitting the seals
ID no.
Digital multimeter
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Use
Remarks
For finding leaks on
disc brakes
For installing and removing the snap
ring in the planetary drive
For attaching and detaching the
return springs
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1.2-3 o f 6
General Informations
Service Manual
Use
Remarks
7017558
7017557
7017555
7017566
7011518
7017563
7011522
7013922
Mounting tool
7017560
Centring bracket
Groove nut spanner 111 mm
7013775
7009537
7011251
7013774
10017840
7624271
Mounting tool
7624272
Centring bracket
10008138
Socket wrench
10008139
Socket wrench
10218794
Clamp fork
10008140
10286181
10286183
10286186
10286788
10286189
10286190
10286192
10286193
10286194
1.2-4 o f 6
ID no.
7019556
8145771
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Description
Slip bushing
M 90 x 1.5 mm
Slip bushing
M 110 x 1.5 mm
Slip bushing
M 130 x 1.5 mm
Handle
Handle
Mounting tool
Service Manual
General Informations
Safety regulations
Description
Driver for grease seal
and disc
ID no.
10286195
Rolling apparatus
10286196
Lifting tackle
Installation tool for
Lifetime seal
10286197
Remarks
For fitting the grease seal and disc, to
be used with grip 10286788
For testing the rolling torque of the
wheel hubs
For removing the wheel hub
10286198
1.2.6
Description
Use
Fixing spanner
10016179
L550 - L580
Special socket
10016180
L550 - L580
Mounting tool
10016181
L550 - L580
1.2.7
Description
Remarks
For loosening and tightening the
grooved nut on the coupling 1
For loosening and tightening the
grooved nut on the coupling 1
For removing and attaching the snap
ring on the couplings
Use
10009239
10333342
Filling connection
Grneveld central lubrication
data cable
7029283
7624289
7624290
1.2.8
Description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
Use
Remarks
For quickly filling the BEKA Max
reservoir
For quickly filling the Groeneveld
reservoir
For filling the reservoir
For inspecting the
central lubrication system
For inspecting the
central lubrication system
Use
Remarks
Vacuum pump
7027552
7027558
7027553
7027554
7027555
7027556
7027557
1.2.9
Description
Complete tool box with
suction pads
10021147
Use
Remarks
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1.2-5 o f 6
General Informations
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/25.01.2007
1.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2 Production description
2.0
Chapter contents
2
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6
Steering system..................................................................2.1-20
2.1.7
Brake system......................................................................2.1-22
2.1.8
Electrical system.................................................................2.1-24
2.1.9
Transmission ......................................................................2.1-25
2.1.10
2.1.11
2.1.12
2.1.13
2.1.14
2.1.15
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Production description
2.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Complete machine
Wheel loader with Z lift arms
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
3.2
2700
1.8
2882
m
mm
t/m
mm
3500
3645
3915
5395
mm
mm
mm
mm
1095 mm
G Digging depth
H Height above cab
I Height above exhaust
J Ground clearance
K Wheel base
L Overall length
Turning radius over bucket outer edge
85
3365
2985
530
3280
8220
6420
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
2.1-1 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
185
125
13205
11865
11650
40
16525
122.6
0 - 10
kN
kN
kg
kg
kg
kg
kN
km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
69 dB(A)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-2 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
2700 mm
1.8 t/m
2850 mm
B Dumping height
3500 mm
3645 mm
3915 mm
5460 mm
1160 mm
G Digging depth
85 mm
3365 mm
2985 mm
J Ground clearance
530 mm
K Wheel base
3280 mm
L Overall length
8240 mm
6440 mm
185 kN
130 kN
14890 kg
13350 kg
13140 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
3.6 m
40
Operating weight
17270 kg
Tractive force
136.42 kN
0 - 10 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
69 dB(A)
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-3 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
3000 mm
1.8 t/m
3240 mm
B Dumping height
3900 mm
4050 mm
4360 mm
5870 mm
1180 mm
G Digging depth
100 mm
3550 mm
3100 mm
565 mm
K Wheel base
3580 mm
L Overall length
8912 mm
7096 mm
264 kN
200 kN
17690 kg
15850 kg
15550 kg
40
Operating weight
22500 kg
Tractive force
173.31 kN
MJFCIFSS
0 - 10 km/h
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
J Ground clearance
2.1-4 o f 3 8
4.0 m
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
69 dB(A)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Description
Value Unit
3000 mm
4.5 m
1.8 t/m
3187 mm
B Dumping height
3900 mm
4050 mm
4360 mm
5960 mm
1233 mm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-5 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
45 tilt-out angle
Value Unit
G Digging depth
100 mm
3550 mm
3100 mm
J Ground clearance
565 mm
K Wheel base
3580 mm
L Overall length
8992 mm
7110 mm
264 kN
190 kN
19570 kg
17530 kg
17200 kg
40
Operating weight
24260 kg
Tractive force
173.3 kN
0 - 10 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
69 dB(A)
2.1-6 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
3300 mm
1.8 t/m
3320 mm
B Dumping height
4100 mm
4270 mm
4580 mm
6340 mm
1150 mm
G Digging depth
100 mm
3550 mm
3100 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
J Ground clearance
565 mm
K Wheel base
3700 mm
L Overall length
9300 mm
7420 mm
250 kN
175 kN
20390 kg
18409 kg
18000 kg
5.0 m
40
Operating weight
24580 kg
Tractive force
173.3 kN
0 - 10 km/h
0 - 20 km/h
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-7 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
and reverse
Value Unit
0 - 20 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
0 - 40 km/h
2.1.2
69 dB(A)
Description
Value Unit
Engine model
D934 S A6
Number of cylinders
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Capacity
6360 cm
Cylinder bore
122 mm
Stroke
136 mm
130 / 190 kW / PS
2000 min-1
Rated speed
Maximum torque at 1500 min-1
828 Nm
90010 min-1
206510 min-1
Combustion pressure
20 - 28 bar
0.3 mm
0.4 mm
Anticlockwise
147
Control thermostat
79 C
45 / 45
Injectors
UP20PLD
Control
LHECU PLD
24 V
6.6 kW
28 V
80 A
Turbocharger
KKK K27
1 : 1.1515
Weight
800 kg
2.1-8 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Engine model
D934 L A6
Number of cylinders
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Capacity
7010 cm
Cylinder bore
122 mm
Stroke
150 mm
140 / 177 kW / PS
2000 min-1
Rated speed
Maximum torque at 1300 min-1
900 Nm
90010 min-1
206510 min-1
Combustion pressure
22 - 34 bar
0.3 mm
0.4 mm
Anticlockwise
147
Control thermostat
83 C
45 / 45
Injectors
UP20PLD
Control
LH-ECU-UP/CR
24 V
6.6 kW
28 V
80 A
Turbocharger
KKK K27
1 : 1.1515
Weight
980 kg
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Engine model
D936 L A6
Number of cylinders
Firing order
1-5-3-6-2-4
Capacity
10520 cm
Cylinder bore
122 mm
Stroke
150 mm
2000 min-1
1230 Nm
90010 min-1
190 / 259 kW / PS
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-9 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
206510 min-1
Combustion pressure
22 - 34 bar
0.3 mm
0.4 mm
Anticlockwise
147
Control thermostat
83 C
45 / 45
Injectors
UP20PLD
Control
LH-ECU-UP/CR
24 V
6.6 kW
28 V
80 A
Turbocharger
KKK K27
1 : 1.1515
Weight
1180 kg
Description
Value Unit
Engine model
D936 L A6
Number of cylinders
Firing order
1-5-3-6-2-4
Capacity
10520 cm
Cylinder bore
122 mm
Stroke
150 mm
2000 min-1
1320 Nm
90010 min-1
206510 min-1
0.3 mm
0.4 mm
MJFCIFSS
Anticlockwise
147
83 C
2.1-10 o f 3 8
200 / 272 kW / PS
45 / 45
UP20PLD
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
Control
LH-ECU-UP/CR
24 V
6.6 kW
28 V
80 A
Turbocharger
KKK K29
1 : 1.1515
Weight
1180 kg
Fuel system
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
300 l
50 l
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
400 l
70 l
Fuel separator
Description
Value Unit
10 m
Value Unit
Filtration grade
2 m
Description
Value Unit
Flow rate
50 l/min
Current consumption
15 A
Power
360 W
Protection class
IP 44
15 minutes
Fuse
20 A
4 m
Value Unit
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
50 mbar
2.1-11 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Coupling
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Type
466/233 NGT
Coupling
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Type
345/254 NGT
Description
Value Unit
Type
Input direction
Clockwise
Output direction
Valid for:
Anticlockwise
0.7868
0.7868
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Type
Input direction
Clockwise
Output direction
2.1.3
Anticlockwise
0.808
0.865
Cooling system
Gear pump
Description
Value Unit
Capacity
14 cm
3030 min-1
Gear motor
Description
Value Unit
MJFCIFSS
Clockwise
175 10 bar
2.1-12 o f 3 8
19 cm
4.7 Ohm
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
124 41 Nm
41 mm
Temperature sensor
Description
Value Unit
Measuring range
min. -30 C
max. 130 C
Resistance at 0 C
1000 Ohm
Resistance at 20 C
1112 Ohm
Resistance at 30 C
1171 Ohm
Resistance at 55 C
1322 Ohm
Resistance at 73 C
1437 Ohm
Resistance at 78 C
1469 Ohm
Resistance at 84 C
1509 Ohm
Resistance at 94 C
1577 Ohm
Resistance at 102 C
1632 Ohm
Screw thread
M 14 x 1.5
Protection class
IP 65
30 Nm
Plug connection
2.1.4
Travel hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EZ
Maximum capacity
90 cm
222 l/min
20
2542 min-1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
L550
111 kW
Power
L556
122 kW
46 l/min
Inlet restrictor
1.8 mm
24 V
1.1 A
22 Ohm
14 Ohm
19.6 cm
311 bar
35010 bar
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-13 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
-1
29010 bar
5010 bar
47010 bar
4305 bar
Pressure cut-off
Weight
Valid for:
60 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EZ
Maximum capacity
125 cm
300 l/min
20
2475 min-1
L566
160 kW
Power
L576, L580
171 kW
28.3 cm
62 l/min
Inlet restrictor
2.2 mm
24 V
1.1 A
22 Ohm
14 Ohm
341 bar
-1
33010 bar
23010 bar
5010 bar
47010 bar
4305 bar
Pressure cut-off
Weight
75 kg
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EP
Maximum displacement
80 cm
25
0
5900 min-1
Maximum speed
489 Nm
2.1-14 o f 3 8
20 l/min
3.0 mm
Weight
34 kg
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EP
Maximum displacement
107 cm
25
0
5292 min-1
Maximum speed
653 Nm
20 l/min
3.0 mm
Weight
47 kg
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EP
Maximum displacement
80 cm
25
0
5900 min-1
Maximum speed
489 Nm
34 kg
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EP
Maximum displacement
107 cm
25
0
5292 min-1
Maximum speed
653 Nm
47 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Description
Value Unit
Control type
EP
Maximum displacement
140 cm
25
0
4950 min-1
Maximum speed
855 Nm
10 l/min
2.0 mm
Weight
60 kg
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-15 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Value Unit
Capacity
11 cm
3030 min-1
2.1.5
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Control type
LRDS
Maximum capacity
95 cm
234 l/min
2542 min-1
70 KW
222 bar
18010 bar
53 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Control type
LRDS
Capacity
130 cm
290 l/min
2312 min-1
87 kW
222 bar
18010 bar
66 kg
Control block
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653
Description
Value Unit
25 mm
11 mm
3605 bar
3805 bar
3805 bar
3805 bar
LS pressure cut-off
2905 bar
3305 bar
L550
L556
2.1-16 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
81 bar
L566 - 460 / from 14171
L576 - 457 / from 14171
L580 - 459 / from 14171
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Valid for:
Value Unit
30 Ohm
Weight
40 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
25 mm
11 mm
3805 bar
4005 bar
4005 bar
4205 bar
LS pressure cut-off
3505 bar
81 bar
30 Ohm
Weight
40 kg
Value Unit
12 V
0.35 A
70 Ohm
Weight
5.7 kg
Value Unit
Current consumption
0.9 A
Resistance
30 Ohm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
ID 7622 448
Description
Value Unit
320 cm
15 bar
ID 6905 893
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
Normally open
231 bar
M 12 x 1.5 mm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-17 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Stabilisation module
Valid for:
ID 1003 0852
Description
Value Unit
16 mm
12020 bar
Safety valve
33010 bar
2.0 / 0.4 mm
0.6 A
40 Ohm
Weight
13 kg
Value Unit
2 Qty.
3 Qty.
2000 cm
252 bar
Oil filling
350 cm
ID 6905 893
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
N/C
10 1 bar
M 12 x 1.5 mm
Lift cylinder
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9231 458
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
130 mm
Rod diameter
80 mm
Stroke length
745 mm
2.1-18 o f 3 8
1245 mm
Weight
136 kg
5.6 seconds
Lowering empty
2.7 seconds
285 Nm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
150 mm
Rod diameter
80 mm
Stroke length
790 mm
1320 mm
Weight
165 kg
5.6 seconds
Lowering empty
3.5 seconds
285 Nm
Tilt cylinder
Valid for:
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9954 056
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
Valid for:
150 mm
Rod diameter
80 mm
Stroke length
455 mm
860 mm
Weight
127 kg
2.3 seconds
565 Nm
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; ID 9248 203
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
170 mm
Rod diameter
90 mm
Stroke length
555 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
1050 mm
Weight
188 kg
2.0 seconds
970 Nm
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
170 mm
Rod diameter
90 mm
Stroke length
555 mm
1185 mm
Weight
198 kg
2.0 seconds
970 Nm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-19 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Value Unit
Filtration grade
10 m
Pre-tension valve
0.3 bar
Replenishing valve
0.04 bar
Replenishing strainer
160 m
Bypass valve
3.0 bar
Return strainer
80 m
Bleeder filter
Description
Value Unit
Filtration grade
10 m
2.1.6
0.03 bar
0.5 bar
Thread
3/4 inch
Steering system
Steering pump
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 5716 846
Description
Value Unit
Control type
DFR
Maximum capacity
45 cm
111 l/min
Swivel angle
min. 0
max. 15.6
2542 min-1
39 kW
222 bar
2105 bar
Pressure cut-off
Weight
Valid for:
21 kg
Description
Value Unit
Control type
DFR
Maximum capacity
71 cm
160 l/min
Swivel angle
min. 0
max. 15.6
2312 min-1
56 kW
222 bar
2105 bar
Pressure cut-off
Weight
2.1-20 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
33 kg
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Servostat
Valid for:
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 1011 3336
Description
Value Unit
Displacement
Valid for:
462 cm
28510 bar
Flow booster
1 : 1.6
Description
Value Unit
Displacement
588 cm
28510 bar
Flow booster
1 : 1.6
Steering cylinder
Valid for:
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 9231 461
Description
Valid for:
Value Unit
Piston diameter
80 mm
Rod diameter
40 mm
Stroke length
405 mm
730 mm
1000 Nm
Weight
26.2 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Description
Value Unit
Piston diameter
90 mm
Rod diameter
40 mm
Stroke length
455 mm
780 mm
1000 Nm
Weight
29.5 kg
ID 7623 934
Description
Value Unit
320 cm
30 bar
180 cm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-21 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
ID 1000 7930
Description
Value Unit
Capacity
11 cm
555 bar
IP 66
150 A
Weight
10 kg
ID 1029 4440
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
Normally open
162 bar
Switching point
Thread
M 12 x 1.5 mm
ID 1029 4440
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
Normally open
162 bar
Switching point
Thread
2.1.7
M 12 x 1.5 mm
Brake system
Brake system gear pump
Description
Value Unit
Capacity
4 cm
12.1 l/min
3030 min-1
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
1805 bar
2105 bar
0.6 A
40 Ohm
2.1-22 o f 3 8
955 bar
42
15
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
1805 bar
2105 bar
0.6 A
40 Ohm
705 bar
42
15
ID 1003 8487
Description
Value Unit
4 Qty.
1400 cm
95 bar
ID 6905 535
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
Normally open
50.5 bar
M 12 x 1.5 mm
ID 1003 6072
Description
Value Unit
Switch type
N/C
120 5 bar
Thread
M 12 x 1.5 mm
Disc brake
Description
Value Unit
Gap
1.00.5 mm
4.5 mm
1.0 mm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-23 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
ID 1028 8602
Description
Value Unit
320 cm
80 bar
2.1.8
Value Unit
Current consumption
0.9 A
Resistance
30 Ohm
Electrical system
Description
Value Unit
System voltage
24 V
Battery voltage
12 V
Battery
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; ID 6002 886
Description
Value Unit
Battery voltage
12 V
Battery capacity
143 Ah
1.26-1.28 kg/l
950 A
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
ID 6132 03208
Description
Value Unit
Battery voltage
12 V
Battery capacity
170 Ah
1.26-1.28 kg/l
1000 A
Value Unit
Operating temperature
-40 to +85 C
2.1-24 o f 3 8
IP6K9K
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Value Unit
266 MHz
Operating temperature
-40 to +85 C
2.1.9
IP 65
Transmission
Transmission
Description
Value Unit
Number of gears
6.103
3.033
1.342
285 kg
340 - 400 Nm
30 - 35 Nm
Value Unit
Voltage
24 V
30050 mA
Current consumption
936 Ohm
Resistance
Speed sensors
Description
Value Unit
1050100 Ohm
Resistance
0.30.2 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Distance
Number of teeth on drive shaft VM 1
60
60
128
Gear pump
Description
Value Unit
Capacity
16 cm
40.8 l/min
2550 min-1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-25 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
2.1.10
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3085 -
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2000 mm
3.89
6.0
23.33
816 kg
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3095
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2000 mm
700 Nm
3000+500 Nm
750 Nm
30 mm
Differential transmission
3.89
6.0
Overall transmission
23.33
Weight
924 kg
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L3105
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2230 mm
2.1-26 o f 3 8
750 Nm
Differential transmission
Weight
Valid for:
2000+500 Nm
30 mm
Overall transmission
Valid for:
700 Nm
700 Nm
3000+500 Nm
750 Nm
30 mm
Differential transmission
4.1
6.0
Overall transmission
24.66
Weight
1174 kg
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
SA 197 337 43 R 175
Type
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2230 mm
1200 Nm
2000+200 Nm
750 Nm
32 mm
Differential transmission
4.1
6.0
Overall transmission
24.60
Weight
1180 kg
Rear axle
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3085 -
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2000 mm
30 mm
Differential transmission
3.89
6.0
Overall transmission
23.33
Weight
816 kg
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3085
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2000 mm
1200 Nm
2000+500 Nm
750 Nm
30 mm
Differential transmission
3.89
6.0
Overall transmission
23.33
Weight
2000+500 Nm
750 Nm
Valid for:
700 Nm
816 kg
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-27 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3095 -
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2230 mm
1200 Nm
30 mm
Differential transmission
4.1
6.0
24.66
Swing angle
13
Weight
975 kg
Description
Value Unit
Type
MT-L 3105 -
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2230 mm
1200 Nm
750 Nm
30 mm
Differential transmission
4.1
6.0
24.66
Swing angle
13
Weight
1174 kg
Description
Value Unit
SA 197 478 37 R 118
Type
Self-locking differential
45 %
Width
2230 mm
1200 Nm
1300+200 Nm
750 Nm
32 mm
Differential transmission
4.1
6.0
Overall transmission
24.60
Swing angle
13
Weight
2.1-28 o f 3 8
3000+500 Nm
Overall transmission
Valid for:
750 Nm
Overall transmission
Valid for:
3000+500 Nm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
1090 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
1310 mm
Max. length
1500 mm
125 Nm
Weight
Valid for:
38 kg
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
1430 mm
Max. length
1440 mm
285 Nm
Weight
Valid for:
72 kg
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
1500 mm
Max. length
1610 mm
285 Nm
Weight
Valid for:
73 kg
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
1545 mm
Max. length
1555 mm
285 Nm
Weight
75 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
600 mm
Max. length
710 mm
125 Nm
Weight
Valid for:
16 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Min. length
765 mm
Max. length
875 mm
125 Nm
Weight
24 kg
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-29 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
2.1.11
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
614 kg
Material
GG 10
960 Nm
Description
Value Unit
901 kg
Material
GG 10
960 Nm
Description
Value Unit
950 kg
Material
GG 10
960 Nm
Description
Value Unit
1540 kg
Material
GG 10
2.1.12
960 Nm
Value Unit
120 mm
Greases up to
NLGI class 2
Transfer medium
Maximum flow pressure
280 bar
Operating temperature
min. - 35 C
max. + 80 C
Power supply
24 V
Protection class
IP 65
Container size
2.1-30 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Progressive distributor
MX-F
Description
Value Unit
300 bar
min. -35 C
max. +100 C
Greases up to
NLGI class 2
Transfer medium
MX-F 25
Description
Value Unit
25 mm
50 mm
Piston diameter
3 mm
MX-F 45
Description
Value Unit
45 mm
90 mm
Piston diameter
4 mm
MX-F 75
Description
Value Unit
75 mm
150 mm
Piston diameter
5 mm
MX-F 105
Description
Value Unit
105 mm
210 mm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Piston diameter
6 mm
Value Unit
24 Cycles
40 min
30 min
20 min
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-31 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
2.1.13
Value Unit
Rated voltage
24 V
15.7 A
600 m/h
Heating power
11 kW
Value Unit
Refrigerant
R134a
ZXL 100 PG
Coolant quantity
1250+50 g
Cooling power
9.710% kW
Value Unit
Type
SD7H15
Capacity
154.9 cm
ZXL 100 PG
(SP 10)
200 cm
2.63 A
6.9 kg
Condenser
Description
Value Unit
4000 m/h
Heating power
9.71 kW
35 bar
Value Unit
Contents
0.70 l
Filtration grade
7 m
Leak test
30 bar
16 g
Burst pressure
2.1-32 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
130 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Test pressure
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Pressure switch
Description
Value Unit
1.50.5 bar
Low pressure ON
3.5 bar
252 bar
High pressure ON
181.5 bar
Evaporator
Description
Value Unit
Cooling power
2.1.14
9.7 kW
10%
5.5
4.510% C
Main dimensions
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
2600 mm
Length 2 linkage
1267 mm
1380 kg
928 kg
Linkage weight
318 kg
718 mm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
56 kg
2.1-33 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
2920 mm
Length 2 linkage
1267 mm
2090 kg
1345 kg
Linkage weight
508 kg
80 kg
Description
Value Unit
2920 mm
Length 2 linkage
1401 mm
855 mm
2200 kg
1435 kg
Linkage weight
508 kg
718 mm
80 kg
Description
Value Unit
3050 mm
Length 2 linkage
1401 mm
855 mm
2250 kg
1500 kg
Linkage weight
508 kg
80 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-34 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Quick-change device
Main dimensions
Valid for:
Description
Valid for:
Value Unit
1000 mm
B width
1200 mm
H height
820 mm
T depth
450 mm
Weight
430 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 4573 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
1100 mm
B width
1370 mm
H height
1100 mm
T depth
620 mm
Weight
830 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-35 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
2.1.15
Description
Value Unit
B bucket width
2700 mm
H height
1475 mm
1630 mm
1.8 t/m
Bucket capacity
3.2 m
Weight
1305 kg
8 Pc.
Description
Value Unit
B bucket width
2700 mm
H height
1520 mm
1630 mm
1.8 t/m
Bucket capacity
3.6 m
Weight
1365 kg
8 Pc.
Description
Value Unit
B bucket width
3000 mm
H height
1610 mm
1805 mm
1.8 t/m
Bucket capacity
4.0 m
Weight
2080 kg
Teeth UNI-Z-2000 IV
2.1-36 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9 Pc.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Production description
Technical data
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
B bucket width
3000 mm
H height
1575 mm
1905 mm
1.8 t/m
Bucket capacity
4.5 m
Weight
2150 kg
Teeth UNI-Z-2000 IV
Valid for:
9 Pc.
Description
Value Unit
B bucket width
3300 mm
H height
1675 mm
1900 mm
1.8 t/m
Bucket capacity
5.0 m
Weight
2340 kg
Teeth UNI-Z-2000 IV
9 Pc.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Forklift
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Prong length
1500 mm
1860 mm
2000 mm
1040 mm
740 kg
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Prong length
1800 mm
2220 mm
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
2.1-37 o f 3 8
Production description
Service Manual
Technical data
Description
Value Unit
2050 mm
1270 mm
1160 kg
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
2.1-38 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3 Maintenance
3.0
Chapter contents
3
Maintenance........................................................................ 3.0-1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.4.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5
Maintenance tasks..........................................................................3.5-1
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.8
3.5.9
3.5.10
3.5.11
3.5.12
3.5.13
3.5.14
3.5.15
3.5.16
3.5.17
3.5.18
3.5.19
3.5.20
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.0-1 o f 4
3.0-2 o f 4
Service Manual
3.5.21
3.5.22
3.5.23
3.5.24
3.5.25
Checking the air intake hoses for leaks and tight fitting .... 3.5-22
3.5.26
Checking the exhaust lines for leaks and tight fitting ........ 3.5-22
3.5.27
3.5.28
3.5.29
3.5.30
3.5.31
3.5.32
3.5.33
3.5.34
3.5.35
3.5.36
3.5.37
3.5.38
3.5.39
3.5.40
3.5.41
3.5.42
3.5.43
3.5.44
3.5.45
3.5.46
Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings.. 3.5-41
3.5.47
3.5.48
3.5.49
3.5.50
3.5.51
3.5.52
3.5.53
3.5.54
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance
3.5.55
3.5.56
3.5.57
3.5.58
3.5.59
3.5.60
3.5.61
3.5.62
3.5.63
3.5.64
3.5.65
3.5.66
3.5.67
3.5.68
3.5.69
3.5.70
3.5.71
3.5.72
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.6
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.6.5
3.6.6
3.6.7
3.6.8
3.6.9
3.6.10
3.6.11
3.6.12
3.6.13
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.0-3 o f 4
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.6.14
3.6.15
3.6.16
3.6.17
3.6.18
3.6.19
3.6.20
3.6.21
3.6.22
3.6.23
3.6.24
3.6.25
3.6.26
3.6.27
3.6.28
3.6.29
3.7
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.1
3.0-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance and inspection schedule
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
You will find a list of the spare parts needed for maintenance and inspection
work in the service package of the spare parts list.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.1-1 o f 4
Maintenance
Service Manual
Customer:
Special intervals
Every 2000
Every 1000
Every 500
Every 50
Every 10
On handover
z
z
z
z
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
By maintenance staff
Once-only activity
zRepeat interval
As necessary
7Annually before the winter
Have the driver lubricate the machine in accordance with the lubrication chart
and instruct him on proper maintenance
Instruct the driver in the operation of all functions
Remove loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine
Check the machine for external damage
Make sure the bolted connections are tight
Seal any leaks
Check the hydraulic pressure according to the testing and adjustment plan
z
z
z
3.1-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance and inspection schedule
Customer:
Special intervals
Every 2000
Every 1000
Every 500
Every 50
Every 10
On handover
Date: ..
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
By maintenance staff
Once-only activity
Repeat interval
As necessary
7 Annually before the winter
Check the diesel particle filter pressure monitor for function, leaks and blockages
Check and drain the diesel particle filter condensate separator
Change the diesel particle filter condensate separator
Clean the diesel particle filter (at least once a year):
Cooling system
3000
250
z
z
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/26/02/2007
Electrical system
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.1-3 o f 4
Maintenance
Service Manual
Customer:
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
Special intervals
Every 2000
Every 1000
Every 500
Every 50
Every 10
On handover
Maintenance / inspection
after service hours
By maintenance staff
Once-only activity
zRepeat interval
As necessary
7Annually before the winter
Checking the tightness of the wheels (once after 50, 100 and 250 h)
Checking the axle oil levels
Changing the axle oil
Lubricate the bevel gear seal on the front and rear axles (if necessary, for
example, if used in water every day) (only applies to L580 - 459)
Check and lubricate the cardan shaft(s)
Check the tyre pressure
Machine frame and ballast weight
z
z
3.1-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment plan
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Detailed instructions can be found in the section on testing and adjustment tasks.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.2-1 o f 2
Maintenance
Service Manual
TASKS TO BE PERFORMED
Special intervals
Every 2000
Every 1000
Every 500
Every 50
Every 10
On handover
Maintenance / inspection
after service hours
Cooling system
Check the fan motor and fan control pressure relief valve
Travel hydraulics
Synchronise pedals
Check the replenishing pressure of the variable displacement pump
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve of the variable displacement
pump
Check the pressure cut-off of the variable displacement pump
Calibrate the block curve
Calibrate the variable displacement motors
Check the engine output
Working hydraulics
Check the flow controller (delta p) of the working hydraulics pump
Check the flow controller (start of delivery) of the working hydraulics pump
Check the secondary pressure relief valves on the control block
Check the primary pressure relief valves on the control block
Check the LS pressure cut-off on the control block
Check the cut-off pressure in the stabilisation module
Check the nitrogen in the ride control hydro accumulator
Steering system
Check the pressure cut-off of the steering pump
Check the flow controller (delta p) of the steering pump
Brake system
Check the opening and closing pressure of the compact brake valve
Check the brake pressure of the compact brake valve
Check the capacity of the brake accumulator
Check the accumulator charge pressure
Check the brake light pressure switch and brake lights
Transmission
Check the transmission shift pressure
Check the nitrogen in the transmission hydro accumulator
3.2-2 o f 2
Date: ..
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Customer:
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment checklists
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
The testing and adjustment checklists contain all testing and adjustment
tasks. You can find detailed descriptions of each activity in the section on
testing and adjustment tasks.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.3-1 o f 2
Customer:
Operating hours:
Type of application:
Checked by:
Job site:
Check / Adjustment
2000 Bh.
1000 Bh.
Checked on date:
Unit
Adjust.
values
58
Value
before
adjust.
Value
after
adjust.
Adjust.
point
Test
point
Operating temperature
Operating temperature
(Temperature sensor hydraulic oil)
Cooling system
Cooling System (fan control)
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM /
Sensor unplugged
bar
110
10
bar
220
10
P
1
Diesel engine
S
C
U
L
I
Adjustment - pedals
Gas pedal angle sensor
Inching pedal angle sensor
Diesel engine RPM
Low idle RPM
High idle RPM
min
-1
900
min
-1
2065
10
10
Travel hydraulic
Replenishing pressure
At high idle RPM
10
MA
10
MB
MA (MB)
bar
31
Forward
bar
470
Reverse
bar
470
bar
430
min
-1
Display
30
-1
min
High pressure
Block curve at 1200 min
bar
930
50
930
930
10
-1
min
High pressure
Block curve at 1400 min
-1
-1
bar
1200
290
1200
1200
10
-1
min
High pressure
-1
bar
1400
350
1400
1400
10
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
L550
bar
300
10
MA
High pressure
L556
bar
330
10
MA
min
-1
1980
30
= Blocked Machine
copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.3
2000 Bh.
1000 Bh.
Check / Adjustment
Unit
Adjust.
values
Value
before
adjust.
Value
after
adjust.
Adjust.
point
Test
point
Working hydraulic
Control valve block
5
10
10
10
M / M1
M / LS
bar
bar
380
bar
380
380
bar
360
290
L550
bar
L556
bar
330
bar
180
bar
22
bar
120
bar
25
20
MX
P / LS
M3
M3
M4 / M5
Steering system
Variable displacement pump
Pressure cut off
bar
210
bar
22
Brake system
Compact brake valve
Cut in pressure
bar
bar
bar
95
bar
> 50
bar
120
180
210
Accumulator
After 9 braking actions
M4 / M5
M3
Transfer gear
Transfer gear
Switching pressure
bar
20
bar
12
Remarks:
Signature:
3.3
copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Customer:
Operating hours:
Type of application:
Checked by:
Job site:
Check / Adjustment
2000 Bh.
1000 Bh.
Checked on date:
Unit
Adjust.
values
58
Value
before
adjust.
Value
after
adjust.
Adjust.
point
Test
point
Operating temperature
Operating temperature
(Temperature sensor hydraulic oil)
Cooling system
Cooling System (fan control)
Fan at high Diesel engine RPM /
Sensor unplugged
bar
165
bar
220
10
Diesel engine
Adjustment - pedals
S
C
U
L
I
min
-1
min
-1
900
2065
10
10
Travel hydraulic
Replenishing pressure
At high idle RPM
bar
34
bar
470
10
MA
10
MB
MA (MB)
bar
470
bar
430
min
-1
min
-1
Display
30
-1
bar
50
930
930
10
-1
min
High pressure
Block curve at 1400 min
930
-1
bar
1200
230
1200
1200
10
-1
min
High pressure
-1
bar
1400
330
1400
1400
10
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
MA (MB)
S
C
U
L
I
L566
High pressure
L576, L580
bar
bar
min
-1
340
350
10
MA
10
MA
1980
30
= Blocked Machine
copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.3
2000 Bh.
1000 Bh.
Check / Adjustment
Unit
Adjust.
values
Value
before
adjust.
Value
after
adjust.
Adjust.
point
Test
point
Working hydraulic
Control valve block
Secondary pressure relief valve, lift
bar
420
bar
400
bar
400
10
M / M1
M / LS
bar
380
bar
350
bar
180
bar
22
bar
120
bar
25
20
MX
P / LS
180
M3
M3
M4 / M5
M4 / M5
Steering system
Variable displacement pump
Pressure cut off
bar
210
bar
22
Brake system
Compact brake valve
Cut in pressure
bar
bar
210
L566, L576
bar
95
L580
bar
70
bar
> 50
M4 / M5
bar
120
M3
5
5
Accumulator
After 9 braking actions
Pressure switch - brake system
Switching point
Transfer gear
Transfer gear
Switching pressure
bar
20
bar
12
Remarks:
Signature:
3.3
copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Maintenance
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Description
Medium
Hydraulic system
Total capacity
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
240 l
Engine oil
SAE 10W - 40
31 l
Gear oil
SAE 90
2.5 l
Cooling system
Diesel engine
Coolant
45 l
Hydraulic tank
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
135 l
Transmission
ATF oil
11.5 l
Front axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
30 l
Rear axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
30 l
Fuel tank
Diesel
Refrigerant
R 134a
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Dosage Unit
300 l
1250+50 g
3.4-1 o f 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Description
Medium
Dosage
Unit
Hydraulic system
Total capacity
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
240 l
Engine oil
SAE 10W - 40
31 l
Gear oil
SAE 90
2.5 l
Cooling system
Diesel engine
Coolant
45.0 l
Hydraulic tank
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
135 l
Transmission
ATF oil
11.5 l
Front axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
38 l
Rear axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
30 l
Fuel tank
Diesel
Refrigerant
R 134a
300 l
1250+50 g
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
3.4-2 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Description
Medium
Dosage
Unit
Engine oil
SAE 10W - 40
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
Coolant
52.0 l
Hydraulic system
Total capacity
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
260 l
Hydraulic tank
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
135 l
Transmission
ATF oil
11.5 l
Front axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
47.0 l
Rear axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
L566: 45.0 l
L576: 47.0 l
Fuel tank
Diesel
Refrigerant
R 134a
43.0 l
2.5 l
400 l
1250+50 g
Description
Medium
Engine oil
SAE 10W - 40
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
Coolant
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Dosage
Unit
43.0 l
2.5 l
52.0 l
3.4-3 o f 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Description
Medium
Dosage
Unit
Hydraulic system
Total capacity
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
260 l
Hydraulic tank
Engine oil
SAE 20W - 20
135 l
Transmission
ATF oil
11.5 l
Front axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
48.0 l
Rear axle
Gear oil
SAE 90 LS
50.0 l
Fuel tank
Diesel
400 l
Refrigerant
R 134a
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
1250+50 g
3.4-4 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
3.4.2
Lubrication charts
The lubrication chart provides an overview of the location of the maintenance points on the machine and of the maintenance intervals.
You will find detailed information in the maintenance and inspection
schedule, as well as in the individual descriptions in the section on maintenance tasks.
For more detailed information about the required lubricants and service
fuels, see the section on lubricants and fuels.
For information about the required filling quantities, see the tables of filling
quantities.
Key:
1 = transmission
2 = front axle
3 = rear axle
1) = central lubricating rail, front section
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.4-5 o f 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Symbol
Description
Symbol
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Description
Lubrication
Oil change
3.4-6 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubrication chart and filling quantities
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Symbol
Description
Symbol
Description
Lubrication
Oil change
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.4-7 o f 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.4-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.1
Visual contact
Danger
There is a risk of accidents for maintenance personnel.
The presence of unauthorised persons on the machine can place the
maintenance personnel in extreme danger.
! Never enter a dangerous area of the machine without making your preLBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
sence known.
Wheel wedges
Make sure you can be clearly seen before entering one of the machine's
danger areas.
Secure the machine against rolling away with wheel wedges.
Maintenance positions
The maintenance position depends on the maintenance task to be performed.
The two basic maintenance positions 1 and 2 are described below.
They enable you to access the individual maintenance points.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-1 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Maintenance position 1
Maintenance position 2
Maintenance position 1
Park the machine on level ground.
Lower the lift arms.
Set the bucket down flat on the ground.
Engage the parking brake.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Take out the ignition key.
Maintenance position 2
Park the machine on level ground.
Engage the articulation lock.
Lower the lift arms.
Tilt the bucket out and set it down on the ground on its teeth or
cutting edge.
Engage the parking brake.
Turn off the diesel engine.
Take out the ignition key.
3.5-2 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3 Gas-filled springs
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Warning
There is a risk of injury if the engine compartment door falls shut.
! Check that the gas-filled springs securely hold the hood fully open.
Open the lock with the ignition key.
Completely open the hatch 1 using the handle 2.
Two gas-filled springs 3 hold the opened hatch in this position.
Opening the engine
compartment hatch
When the hood is open, you can access the following units:
Diesel engine
Pump distributor gear
Cooling system
Hydraulic tank
Warning
Engine parts which are in motion can cause injury.
Rotating or moving engine parts, such as the fan blades or V-belts, can
cause injury.
! Only open the engine compartment hood when the engine is shut down.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Pull the cable 1 for unlocking the engine compartment hood until the lock
is open.
4 Cable lock
5 Hydraulic tank cover
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-3 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Turn the securing pipe 2 in the direction of the arrow (position shown).
The gas-filled spring 1 is now blocked.
The engine compartment hood cannot be opened.
Warning
There is a risk of injuries if the hood falls shut.
! Check that the gas-filled springs securely hold the hood fully open.
Check the function.
Open the hydraulic tank over 5 as required.
Unlock the cover and open it.
Opening the engine
compartment hatch
When the hood is open, you can access the cooling system.
Make sure that the cab door is closed.
When opening or closing the hood, climb onto the machine via the cab
access, making sure that you have secure footing.
3.5-4 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Danger
There is a risk of accidents for maintenance personnel.
If unauthorised people are on the machine it can put the maintenance
personnel in extreme danger.
! For safety reasons, it is essential that the battery main switch is turned off.
! Pull out the key for safety reasons.
Turn off the battery main switch 1 by turning the key 2 to the 0 position.
3.5.2
Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Note
To ensure safe machine transport and easy maintenance: Clean the
machine after everyday work and before starting maintenance tasks.
! Remove any loose parts, coarse dirt, mud, ice, snow etc.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-5 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
Sealing leaks
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 2.
The service doors and hoods are open.
Procedure
3.5.6
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Diesel engine
Pull out the dipstick 1, wipe it clean, and re-insert it.
Pull out the dipstick once again and read off the oil level.
The oil level must be between the MIN and MAX markings.
3.5-6 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.7
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Diesel engine
Pour the new oil into the filler neck 2 to between the MIN and MAX
markings on the dipstick 1.
Clean the filler cap, place it on the filler neck 2 and tighten it.
Start the engine and check the oil pressure.
Turn off the engine and after 1 or 2 minutes and check the oil level on
the dipstick.
Top up with oil if necessary.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-7 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.8
Release the filter cartridges 1 with a strap wrench and unscrew them.
Clean the seals on the filter bracket.
Lightly coat the rubber gaskets on the new oil filter cartridges with
engine oil.
Screw on the new oil filter cartridge until the sealing ring touches the
filter bracket.
When the sealing ring touches the filter bracket:
Tighten the oil filter cartridge by a half to three-quarter turn. (Do not use a
tool for tightening).
Start the diesel engine:
Check the oil pressure in the engine oil pressure display (see
display unit).
Shut down the diesel engine:
Check the seals on the oil filters and the oil level.
After 2 to 3 minutes, check the oil level on the dipstick.
3.5-8 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Note
Protect the V-ribbed-belt against emerging oil when changing the oil
filter cartridge.
! After changing the oil filter, remove all traces of oil on the diesel engine,
also behind the vibration damper so that this is not diagnosed as a leak
in the leakage in the radial shaft seal at a later stage.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.9
Belt run
Note
When changing the belt, make sure the deflector roller 2, 4 and the tensioning roller 5 move freely. If the tensioning roller or
! deflector roller is defective, replace it.
3.5.10
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-9 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Cylinder valves
A Outlet valve
E Inlet valve
Engine D 934
Engine D 936
Cylinder
Cylinder
Adjust
Overlap
Adjust
4
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Overlap
3.5-10 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
0.30 mm
0.40 mm
If it is not correct:
Loosen the nut on the adjusting bolt for the rocker arm and adjust it.
Tighten the counter nut to 40 Nm.
Check the adjustment again.
After checking and adjusting all the valves, put on the cylinder head
covers with new seals.
Remove the cranking device.
3.5.11
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-11 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.12
3.5.13
Oil separator
Carefully clean the oil separator and the area around it.
Unscrew the oil separator cap and take it off, using a screwdriver
if necessary.
3.5-12 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
The oil separator is on the flywheel side, on the right side of the engine.
Make sure that:
The engine is in maintenance position 1.
You have a genuine LIEBHERR oil separator filter insert ready.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.14
3.5.15
3.5.16
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
Place a receptacle under the fuel pre-filter.
Carefully clean the fuel pre-filter and the area around it.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-13 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5-14 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.17
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-15 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.18
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
3.5.19
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
3.5-16 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-17 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Danger
There is a risk of fire and explosions.
! Do not smoke.
! Avoid naked flames.
! Only work with the engine switched off and cooled down.
Bleed the fuel filter:
See the section on bleeding the fuel filter.
Activate the engine bleeding function.
Activation sequence:
Turn the ignition on
With the engine not running, press the button for 10 seconds.
All 3 LEDs on the button light up when the engine bleeding function is
activated.
Turn the ignition key to position II and keep it in there until the
engine starts.
Do not hold the key in the starting position for more than
20 seconds at a time.
The ECU ends the engine bleeding function automatically as soon as the
engine starts again.
If the engine does not start:
Wait a minute and repeat the procedure.
In the meantime, continue to operate the hand pump until you feel
strong resistance.
3.5.20
Unscrew the sealing cap 1 on the drain valve 2 on the bottom of the
diesel tank.
Screw the drain hose 3 onto the drain valve 2.
Drain the condensation and sediment into a suitable receptacle until
clean fuel begins to flow.
Unscrew the oil drain hose.
Screw the cap 1 onto the drain valve 2 and tighten it.
3.5-18 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.21
Cleaning the air filter service cap and dust extraction valve
Note
If the valve is damaged, the dust extraction function is impaired and the
filters become clogged more quickly.
! With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air
pulsating at the dust extraction valve.
Press the rubber seal on the dust extraction valve 5 several times to
remove the dust from the service cap 3.
When working in dusty conditions, check and empty the dust extraction
valve 5 more often.
If the dust extraction valve is damaged or stays open:
Replace the dust extraction valve.
Cleaning the service cap
Open the fixing clips 4 on the service cap 3 and take the cap off.
Clean the service cap 3.
Put the service cap 3 back on the filter housing 6.
The dust extraction valve 5 must face down.
Make sure the cap is placed properly on the filter housing 6.
Close the fixing clips 4.
3.5.22
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-19 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
3.5.23
Procedure
Air filter
1 Secondary element
2 Primary element
3 Service cap
4 Fixing clips
5 Dust extraction valve
6 Air filter housing
Open the fixing clips 4 on the service cap 3 and take the cap off.
Remove the primary element 2. To do this pull or turn the element gently
upwards, downwards or to the side in order to release the seal.
3.5-20 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Ensure that all dirt is removed from the filter housing before inserting a
new filter element.
The secondary element 1 should be replaced every third time the primary
element 2 is replaced.
Lightly oil the seal surfaces before installing the filter elements (for the
primary element 2 this is on the inside, for the secondary element 1 on
the outside). Re-insert filter elements 1 and 2 and make sure that they
are correctly fitted.
Clean the service cap 3 and put it on the filter housing with the dust
extraction valve 5 facing down.
Only when the lid completely covers the filter housing can you close the
fixing clips without excessive force.
Close the fixing clips 4.
3.5.24
Air filter
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
1 Secondary element
4 Fixing clips
2 Primary element
5 Dust extraction valve
3 Service cap
6 Air filter housing
Open the fixing clips 4 on the service cap 3 and take the cap off.
Remove the secondary element 1.
To loosen the seal: Pull or twist the element slightly up, down
or sideways.
Ensure that all dirt is removed from the filter housing before inserting a
new or cleaned filter element.
Lightly oil the seal surfaces before installing the filter elements (for the
secondary element 1 this is the outside).
Re-insert the filter elements 1 make sure that it is correctly fitted.
Clean the service cap 3 and put it on the filter housing with the dust
extraction valve 5 facing down.
Only when the lid completely covers the filter housing can you close the
fixing clips without excessive force.
Close the fixing clips 4.
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-21 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.25
Checking the air intake hoses for leaks and tight fitting
3.5.26
3.5-22 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Check that the fixing screws 1 and clip 3 on the exhaust pipe between
the turbocharger and the silencer are tightly fastened and do not leak.
Check that the flexible pipe 2 of the exhaust pipe is laid straight.
Check that the spacer 3 is tight.
Check that the fastening clip 6 of the tail pipe 7 is tight.
3.5.27
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-23 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
The oil level must be between the MIN and MAX markings.
If the oil level is too low:
Remove the sealing cap from the oil filling tube 2 and top up with oil.
For the oil quality, see the section on lubricants and fuels.
Clean the sealing cap for the oil filling tube 2, put it on the oil filling tube
2 on the splitter box, and then tighten it up.
3.5.28
Pull out the dipstick 3 slightly (to read off the oil level more easily).
Unscrew the sealing cap on the oil drain valve 5 and screw the drain
hose onto the oil drain valve 5.
Drain the oil into the receptacle.
Unscrew the drain hose from the oil drain valve 5 and screw on the
sealing cap.
Unscrew the sealing cap from the oil filling tube 2 and top up with
fresh oil.
Clean the sealing cap 2, screw it on and tighten it.
Check the oil level on the dipstick 3.
The oil level must be up to the MAX mark.
3.5.29
3.5-24 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Unscrew the counterpressure line from the DPX particle filter at position 3
and blow air into it with a compressed air gun.
There must be sufficient distance to the entrance of the counterpressure
line, so that the counterpressure of 150 mbar or 200 mbar is only
slightly exceeded.
Caution
First adjust the air pressure down to no more than 0.5 bar, as otherwise the
electronic counterpressure monitor will be irreparably damaged.
Check the electronic counterpressure monitor while blowing in air.
3.5.30
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Main components
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-25 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
1
2
3
4
Filter/drain unit
5 Exhaust gas counterpressure
Counterpressure line
display line
Condensate container
6 Data logger line
Drain plug
At regular intervals (daily or as required):
Check the filling level of the filter/drain unit.
If the condensate container is over half full with condensation water:
Drain off the accumulated condensation water.
To do this, open the drain plug 4 of the condensate container 3.
Drain the water from the condensate container.
Tighten the drain plug 4 again.
Check the filter insert (visible in the sight glass) of the filter/drain unit 1 for dirt.
If the filter insert is too dirty:
The filter insert must be replaced.
Note
The condensate separator should be completely replaced after 1000 operating hours.
! This must be done when cleaning the filter (every 1000 operating hours
as prescribed).
3.5.31
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
1 Condensate separator
2 PDL data logger
3.5-26 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3 Fuse panel
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Release the hose connections of the counterpressure line of the
condensate separator 1.
Unscrew the condensate separator 1 from the fuse panel 3.
Screw the new condensate separator 1 into the fuse panel 3 and fasten
the two hose connections back onto the condensate separator.
3.5.32
Procedure
Caution
Running at full load makes the filter housing very hot!
! When removing and cleaning it, always wear gloves, a dust mask
and goggles.
Remove the filter module by releasing the V clips.
Clean the inlet side of the filter with compressed air and a vacuum
cleaning system.
Caution
Protect the filter module from external contamination.
- Never clean the filter module with steam or cleaning agents.
- Use non-oiled compressed air for cleaning.
Clean the outlet side of the filter with compressed air and a vacuum
cleaning system. Aim the air jet at each channel of the outlet side, until
you cannot see any more particles.
Install the filter module again.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Note
If the machine has been idling too long to regenerate the particle filter, the
filter must be burned out.
! Put it in a furnace for at least 5 hours at 680 C or use a hot air blower.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-27 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.33
All year round, the coolant must contain at least 50% by volume of concentrated antifreeze, but not more than 60% by volume.
This protects against freezing down to around -37 C.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
You have the optical density tester kit or antifreeze tester ready.
Checking the antifreeze concentration
3.5-28 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
! Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
There is a risk of damage to the diesel engine.
Too much antifreeze and corrosion protection agent impairs the cooling effect.
This eventually causes damage to the diesel engine.
! Never use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion protection agent.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-29 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Example procedure
Assumption:
25 litres total filling quantity of the cooling system
-15 C coolant temperature, measured in the cooling system
In the diagram, go to the line showing the overall cooling system filling
quantity 5 at 25 litres, and move vertically upwards.
Carry on along the help line 3, starting from the temperature -15 C, and
move diagonally to the bottom left.
Finally, starting from the point where the lines cross, go horizontally along
the (identified) line 2 to the far left.
3.5-30 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
This gives you the topping up quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion
protection agent 1 (7.6 litres in this example) to be added in order to achieve
protection down to -37 C.
To restore the correct mixing ratio, you must drain off at least the previously calculated quantity (the top-up quantity) from the cooling system.
Top up with the correct quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion protection agent.
The coolant previously drained off can be used if necessary to restore the
required coolant level.
Using anti-corrosion agent without antifreeze
In exceptional cases and when outside temperatures never fall below
freezing, such as tropical zones, where it is demonstrable that no approved
antifreeze and corrosion protection agent is available, corrosion inhibitors
may be used.
The coolant must be changed once a year.
The mixing ratio must consist of 7.5% corrosion inhibitor and 92.5% water.
The Gefo 2710 refractometer is recommended for testing.
Checking the coolant and anti-corrosion concentration
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
See the coolant temperature on the display unit.
The coolant temperature display should be in the bottom third of
the display.
Carefully open the sealing cap on the filler neck.
Check the antifreeze concentration with a 2710 refractometer from the
GEFO company.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-31 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.34
3.5-32 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Cooling system
Swing out the condenser 1.
Swing out the fuel cooler 2.
Caution
Risk of damage to the cooling system
Careless handling can damage the cooler fins.
3.5.35
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Always dispose of any coolant which you have drained off but no longer
need according to the applicable regulations.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
A receptacle with a minimum capacity of 25 litres is available for the used
coolant, along with a drain hose.
The mixing ratio of the new coolant must be correct.
See also the section on checking the coolant antifreeze concentration.
The shut-off valves on the heating hoses are open.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-33 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Cooling system
1 Filler neck
2 Coolant equalizing reservoir
3 Coolant level sensor
3.5-34 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
There is a danger of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Only open the cap on the filler neck once the engine has cooled down.
! Check the coolant temperature.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.36
1 Cap
3 Filler neck
2 Coolant equalizing reservoir
Top up the coolant in the equalizing reservoir 2 until you can see the
coolant in the filler neck 3.
Screw the cap 1 onto the filler neck 3.
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to run at lower idling speed.
Set the heater to warm.
Top up the coolant in the equalizing reservoir 2 until you can see the
coolant in the filler neck 3.
If the coolant level is correct:
Screw the cap 1 onto the filler neck 3.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Hydraulic tank
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-35 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
The red maximum oil level marking shows the correct oil level.
Check the oil level in the sight glass 1.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with hydraulic oil.
Topping up with hydraulic oil
Connect the plug 3 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 2 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Note
The hydraulic oil may only be poured in through the return strainer.
! For oil specifications, see the section on lubricants and fuels.
3.5.37
3.5.38
Changing the oil in the hydraulic tank and checking the return
strainer
Make sure that:
The machine is at operating temperature.
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The engine compartment hood and door are open.
You have a receptacle of around 200 l capacity for the used oil.
3.5-36 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 1 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2 from the drain valve.
Connect the drain hose 3 and let the water and sediment flow into
the receptacle.
Take off the drain hose and screw the plug into the drain valve.
Screw in the bleeder filter 1.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 1 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2 from the drain valve.
Connect the drain hose 3 and let the oil flow into the receptacle.
Take off the drain hose and screw the plug into the drain valve.
Open the cover 4 of the return strainer.
Take the snap ring 5 off the return strainer.
Take out the return strainer 6 and check it for dirt (clean it if necessary).
Note
Serious contamination or large metal fragments in the return strainer may
indicate damage to the hydraulic system.
3.5.39
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Connect the plug 4 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Release the tank pre-pressure:
Unscrew the bleeder filter 3 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
Unscrew the plug 2.
The oil level sinks.
Release the bolts on the lid and slowly lift the lid with the magnetic rod 1.
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-37 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Note
Serious contamination or large metal fragments on the magnetic rod may
indicate damage to the hydraulic system.
3.5.40
3.5.41
3.5-38 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
You cannot clean the bleeder filter. The bleeder filter 1 and its plastic
housing must be changed at the intervals in the maintenance schedule.
Connect the plug 2 to the bleeder filter (to protect against vandalism).
The anti-twist lock of the bleeder filter is released.
Unscrew the old bleeder filter.
Screw in the new bleeder filter and remove the connector 2 (keep it
somewhere safe).
3.5.42
3.5.43
! Do not allow anyone into the danger area while these tests are
being conducted.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5.44
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-39 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Procedure
3.5.45
! Do not allow anyone into the danger area while these tests are
being conducted.
1 Inch/brake pedal
3 Braking range
2 Inching range
Start the machine, and drive it forwards at around 8 km/h.
Push the inch/brake pedal all the way down. The machine must come to
an abrupt stop.
Checking the parking brake
Start the machine, and drive it forwards at around 5 km/h.
Press the parking brake button while travelling.
The machine must come to an abrupt halt.
3.5-40 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.46
Warning
There is a risk of injuries due to machine rolling away.
! Make sure that the machine is secured against rolling away when carrying out work on the parking brake.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Lock nut
6 Counter nut
Plug
7 Hex bolt
Adjusting screw
8 X1 Gap
Brake disc
9 X2 Gap
Brake lining
Start the diesel engine and press the button to release the parking brake.
Test the brake lining thickness:
If the brake linings are thinner than 1.0 mm, they must be replaced.
Check the gap X1 and X2:
If the gap X1 + X2 is more than 1.5 mm:
Adjust the gap.
Loosen the counter nut 6 and adjust the gap X1 to 0.3 mm using an allen
key 7.
Tighten the counter nut 6.
Unscrew the sealing cap 2 and loosen the lock nut 1.
Use the adjusting screw 3 to set the gap X2 to 0.3 mm.
Tighten the lock nut 1.
Engage the parking brake several times and test it again.
Screw on the sealing cap 2 and tighten it.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-41 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.47
1 Floodlight
4 Bracket
2 Fixing screw
5 Adjusting screw
3 Fixing screws
Horizontal Y axis adjustment:
Loosen the screw 2.
Move the left and right floodlights as required.
Tighten the screw again.
Vertical X axis adjustment:
Loosen the screw 5.
Move the left and right floodlights as required.
Tighten the screw again.
3.5-42 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.48
The batteries are housed in the right ballast weight and can be accessed by
opening the covers.
The batteries must always be in perfect condition in order for the machine to
work reliably.
Make sure that:
The machine is in maintenance position 1.
The battery main switch is switched off and the main switch key is
taken out.
The covers on the ballast are bolted on.
Warning
Batteries give off explosive gases. Battery acid is highly corrosive.
! Do not smoke. Avoid naked flames when handling, servicing or recharging batteries.
Caution
Beware of sparks and explosions!
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-43 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.49
3.5.50
3.5.51
3.5-44 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Check the oil level in the transmission and top it up if necessary (see the
section on checking the oil level in the transmission).
Check the oil filter for leaks.
3.5.52
Procedure
Note
Check the tightness of the wheels according to the specified intervals.
! This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service
hours must be performed every time the wheels are changed.
Check that the nuts on all four wheels have been tightened with the
required torque of 750 Nm.
3.5.53
Valid for:
The differential and the wheel hubs have a common oil system.
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Open the plug 4 and check the oil level in the axle.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with the axle oil prescribed in the section on lubricants and fuels.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-45 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.54
Valid for:
The differential and the wheel hubs have a common oil system.
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
Procedure
Open the plug 1 and check the oil level in the axle.
If the oil level is too low:
Top up with the axle oil prescribed in the section on lubricants and fuels.
3.5.55
Valid for:
Draining oil
Caution
Running the engine makes the gear oil very hot!
! Always wear suitable gloves and goggles.
Open the plugs 2 and 4.
Open the plugs 1 and 3 on the wheel hubs and drain the oil into
a receptacle.
Close the plugs 1 and 3 again.
3.5-46 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Topping up oil
The wheel hubs and the differential have a common oil system. This means
the oil can flow back and forth between the differential and the wheel hubs.
Top up oil at the filling inlet 2 up to the plug 4.
Check the oil level at the plug 4 and top up if necessary.
Close the plugs 2 and 4 again.
3.5.56
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Caution
Running the engine makes the gear oil very hot!
! Always wear suitable gloves and goggles.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-47 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.57
Valid for:
3.5.58
3.5.59
3.5-48 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.60
Testing and setting the tyre pressure for the machine's use
and attachments
Make sure the air pressure in the tyres on both axles is correct for the tyre
type, the way the machine is used and the working attachments fitted.
The reference values can be found in the operating manual, in the technical
data section.
Procedure
The air pressure in the tyres has a significant influence on the overall
operating performance of the machine.
Warning
Exploding tyres can cause serious injury.
If the tyre inflation equipment is incorrectly or carelessly used or if the tyre
pressure is too high, the tyres may burst or the rims may come off, causing
severe, or possibly even fatal injuries.
! Use a sufficiently long hose with a self-locking adapter for pumping
the tyres.
! Always keep outside the danger zone when tyres are being pumped up.
Check the air pressure in all the tyres and correct it if necessary.
3.5.61
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-49 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Lubricating points on the rear oscillating bearing, right central lubrication rail
1 Rear axle oscillating bearing
2 Front axle oscillating bearing
Lubricate the lubricating points on the rear axle oscillating bearing.
3.5.62
It the grease in the reservoir container is too low, all 3 LEDs on the central
lubrication system button light up.
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the system.
! Pay attention to cleanliness when filling.
If necessary, fill the reservoir via the filling coupling 1 (fast filling) or the
grease fitting 2.
Grease specifications: See the lubricants and fuels listed in chapter 5.
3.5-50 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.63
3.5.64
3.5.65
3.5.66
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-51 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Recirculation filter
3.5-52 o f 5 8
1 Door
3 Recirculation filter
2 Pin
Remove the pin 2.
Open the door 1.
Take out the recirculated air filter 3 and clean it (blow it out) or replace it.
Put in a clean or new filter.
Close the door again.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.67
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Recirculation filter
1 Door
2 Pin
Remove the pin 2.
Open the door 1.
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
L566 - 460 / from 14171
3 Recirculation filter
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-53 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
3.5.68
3.5.69
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.5-54 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
3.5.70
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Depending on the type of application, wear occurs on the sealing lips 5 and
on the dirt guard 6. If the bucket bearing seal 3 is in any way damaged or
worn, it must be replaced.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-55 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
5 Sealing lips
6 Dirt guard
Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown.
Clean the bucket bearing seals 3 using a steam jet.
Visually check whether the sealing lips 5 touch the sides of the lift arms
and the bucket.
If there is a gap between the sealing lips 5 and the bucket arm 2 or the
bucket bearing plate 1, or if the bucket bearing seal is damaged:
Replace the bucket bearing seal as described in section 17.2.5.
Checking the bearing bushings for wear
3.5-56 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Dirt or insufficient lubrication can cause wear on the bearing bushings. The
increased play between the pin and bearing bushing causes noises.
Service Manual
Maintenance
Maintenance tasks
Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown.
Gently and rapidly tilt the bucket in and out, and check the bearing points
for noise and play.
If there is significant play at the bearing points or loud noise:
Replace the bearing bushings as described in section 17.2.4.
3.5.71
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Description
Dimensions L550 - L580
Dimension 1
0
Dimension 2 Unit
mm
32
If there are deviations from the table above, contact LIEBHERR customer
service about corrective action.
Checking the bucket stops with a quick-change device
This is how to check the bucket stops properly:
Secure the machine against rolling away (using the parking brake or
wheel wedges).
Move the lift arms and the quick-change device to the position shown.
Retract the tilt cylinders until the linkage stop touches the cross tube stop.
Check the dimension 1 according to the following table.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.5-57 o f 5 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Maintenance tasks
Dimensions
Description
Dimensions L550 - L580
Dimension 1
5
Dimension 2
Unit
mm
If there are deviations from the table above, contact LIEBHERR customer
service about corrective action.
3.5.72
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
This prevents the locking pins from jamming and preventing the quickchange device from being released.
To make sure, check:
That the quick-change device is properly locked again.
3.5-58 o f 5 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.2
ID no.
1033 3608
1003 5410
7361 288
5002 866
7009 134
7002 475
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Visual contact
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-1 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.6.3
58.1
Procedure
Start up the engine.
Check that the top and bottom engine speeds are correct.
If it is not correct:
Calibrate the gas pedal using the SCULI program and service the engine.
Check the top and bottom idle speeds again.
3.6-2 o f 1 8
Description
Value Unit
90010 min-1
206510 min-1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.6.4
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.5
Check the fan motor and fan control pressure relief valve
Make the following checks on the fan motor:
These tests must be performed at upper engine speed.
Test the fan according to the temperature (temperature sensor 1 or
2 disconnected).
Test the pressure relief valve 7 on the fan motor 5 (with the plug on the
proportional valve disconnected).
You can check the fan using the system pressure, measured at the test
connection 3 of the gear pump 4.
Make sure that:
The hydraulic oil temperature is less than 88 C.
The coolant temperature is below 97 C.
If the hydraulic temperature is over 88 C or the coolant temperature is
above 97 C, the fan speeds up. This makes it impossible to test the
fan control.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Description
Value Unit
Fan pressure
11010 bar
1650 min-1
Fan speed
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-3 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Fan pressure
17510 bar
1400 min-1
Fan speed
If it is not correct:
Check the fan motor pressure relief valve.
Checking the fan motor pressure relief valve
Description
Value Unit
Fan pressure
22010 bar
approx. 2050 min-1
Fan speed
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
Fan pressure
22010 bar
approx. 1600 min-1
Fan speed
Plug in the disconnected plug again.
3.6.6
Connect your laptop, turn on the start switch and run the SCULI program.
In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Adjustment
Pedals folder.
Set Throttle - start adjustment to 1.
Push the gas pedal all the way down.
The MIN and MAX positions of the gas pedal are stored. After 15 seconds
the value automatically returns to 0 and calibration is finished.
Check that Throttle - guide value is 0% when the pedal is not pressed
and 100% when the pedal is pressed all the way down.
3.6-4 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/19/03/2007
Procedure
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.7
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
311 bar
Replenishing pressure
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
341 bar
Replenishing pressure
3.6.8
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
The pressure relief and replenishing valves protect the variable displacement
pump from pressure peaks. These can occur when braking the machine.
When a pressure peak occurs, oil flows from the high pressure side via
the pressure relief and replenishing valve to the low pressure side in a
closed circuit.
Procedure
To attain the set value for the pressure relief and replenishing valves, the
pressure cut-off must be set to a higher value.
Screw in the adjusting screw 1 on the pressure cut-off by one turn.
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connections MA and MB.
Use SCULI to set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable to 1 the
inching function is disabled.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-5 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve 2 for forward travel on the
manometer MA.
Check the pressure relief and replenishing valve 3 for reverse travel on the
manometer MB.
Select fixed gear 2 and forward or reverse travel, and hold the machine in
the blocked condition using the service brake.
Caution
Heat is quickly generated when you test the pressure relief and replenishing valves.
Excessive heat can irreparably damage the pump.
! Only test the pressure relief and replenishing valves for a short time.
In the blocked condition, increase the engine speed to the maximum.
Check that the high pressure at the two pressure relief and replenishing
valves is correct.
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the pressure relief and replenishing valve
until the high pressure is correct.
Loosen the adjusting screw 1 on the pressure cut-off by one turn and
check the pressure cut-off.
Use SCULI to set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0
the inching function is enabled.
3.6.9
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
47010 bar
Value Unit
High pressure
4305 bar
3.6-6 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
30 min-1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.10
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
-1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
5010 bar
29010 bar
35010 bar
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
-1
5010 bar
23010 bar
33010 bar
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-7 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.6.11
3.6-8 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
Note: The current for both motors must be in the range of 60030 mA. If there
is any deviation, correct it using the adjusting screws 1 or 2.
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0 the inching
function is enabled.
Repeat the automatically calibration of the variable displacement motors.
3.6.12
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Set the Inch pedal - function OFF variable back to 0 the inching
function is enabled.
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
30010 bar
198030 min-1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-9 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
33010 bar
198030 min-1
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
34010 bar
198030 min-1
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
34010 bar
198030 min-1
3.6.13
Value Unit
222 bar
Differential pressure
3.6-10 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
3.6.14
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.15
Description
Value Unit
Start of regulation
18010 bar
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
3805 bar
3805 bar
3805 bar
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
4005 bar
4005 bar
4205 bar
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-11 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.6.16
Valid for:
Valid for:
3.6.17
Description
Value Unit
3605 bar
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
3805 bar
Valid for:
Valid for:
3.6-12 o f 1 8
Description
Value Unit
2905 bar
Description
Value Unit
3305 bar
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
Description
Value Unit
3505 bar
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Valid for:
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.18
3.6.19
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Connect a manometer (600 bar) to the test connection MX on the stabilisation module.
Start the diesel engine (with ride control deactivated).
With the engine idling, raise the lift arms to their full height and accumulate pressure.
Check that the high pressure on the manometer is correct (reading the
highest value).
If it is not correct:
Find the cause and rectify the fault.
3.6.20
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
12020 bar
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-13 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
Procedure
Depressurise the ride control system as described in the section on
depressurising ride control and the hydro accumulators.
Take off the cap and slightly loosen the plug 2 of the hydro accumulator
using a 6 mm allen key.
Connect the charging and testing device 4 to the hydro accumulator you
want to test.
Open the valve 6 and check whether the nitrogen filling is correct.
If it is not correct:
Slowly open the valve 8 on the nitrogen bottle 9 until the pressure
is correct.
You can reduce the pressure in the hydro accumulator using the relieve
valve 5. The nitrogen escapes to the open air.
Description
Value
Unit
3.6.21
10
25
23
26
24
20
27
25
2
2
30
28
bar
26
bar
3.6.22
Description
Value Unit
High pressure
2105 bar
3.6-14 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
If it is not correct:
Turn the adjusting screw on the flow controller 1 until the differential
pressure is correct.
Description
Value Unit
22 2 bar
Differential pressure
3.6.23
3.6.24
Description
Value Unit
Opening pressure
1805 bar
Closing pressure
2105 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-15 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
the pedal is all the way down. Remove the seal 4, loosen the counter nut
and adjust the bottom screw.
Valid for:
Description
Value Unit
Description
Value Unit
3.6.25
95 5 bar
70 5 bar
Value Unit
3.6-16 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
50 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Service Manual
Maintenance
Testing and adjustment tasks
3.6.26
3.6.27
Description
Value Unit
1205 bar
3.6.28
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Description
Value Unit
20 3 bar
Shift pressure
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.6-17 o f 1 8
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.6.29
Procedure
Take off the cap and slightly loosen the plug 2 of the hydro accumulator
using a 6 mm allen key.
Connect the charging and testing device 4 to the hydro accumulator.
Open the valve 6 and check whether the nitrogen filling is correct.
If it is not correct:
Slowly open the valve 8 on the nitrogen bottle 9 until the nitrogen pressure is correct.
You can reduce the pressure in the hydro accumulator using the relieve
valve 5. The nitrogen escapes to the open air.
Description
Value Unit
122 bar
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Nitrogen filling
3.6-18 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Environmental protection
Always implement and observe environmental protection measures.
Observe national regulations.
Ensure that liquids can be properly disposed of before draining them.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Procedure
Note
Environmental and health hazard
! Observe the local regulations for protecting the environment when disposing of used materials!
Always collect and store used materials separately in suitable containers.
Dispose of used materials properly at the official collection points.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.7-1 o f 1 0
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.7.1
Specification
Diesel fuels
The diesel fuels must comply with the minimum requirements of the fuel
specifications prescribed as follows.
Authorised fuel specifications:
DIN EN 590
ASTM D 975 (89a) 1D and 2D
Further fuel specifications only upon consultation with the Diesel Engine
Development Department, LIEBHERR Machines Bulle S.A.
Sulphur content in
the diesel fuel
3.7-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Note
In some cases, approval may be given, depending on the quality of the
diesel engine lubricating oil.
! Fuel standard ASTM D 975 does not stipulate that fuels must pass a fuellubricity test. A written confirmation of the fuel supplier must be requested. The additives should be added by the supplier in his capacity as
agent responsible for fuel quality. The addition of secondary-lubricity-additives by the customer is not recommended.
A cetane number of at least 45 is required for fuels in accordance with
ASTM D975. A cetane number above 50 is preferable, especially with
temperatures below 0C.
Diesel fuel at low temperatures
(winter operation)
3.7.2
Lube oil specifications
Specification
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Lube-oil viscosity
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.7-3 o f 1 0
Maintenance
Service Manual
Changing intervals:
Oil change and filter replacement: see the maintenance and inspection schedule
Oil-change respective of climatic zone, sulphur content in the fuel and oil
quality in accordance with the following table.
If the prescribed operating hours (h) have not expired within one year, the
diesel engine oil and filter must be replaced at least once a year.
Difficulty factors
Various difficulty factors or more difficult operating conditions reduce maintenance intervals.
Difficulty factors or difficult conditions include for example.:
frequent cold-starts
sulphur content in the fuel over 0.5%
Outside operating temperatures below -10 C
Should difficulty factors or tougher operating conditions arise, oil-change and
filter replacement must be carried out in accordance with the specifications
in the following table.
Difficulty factor
Oil quality
CH-4
CJ-4
E4
E5
E6
E7
Outside
temperature
Sulphur content
in the fuel
Normal climate,
up to -10 C
up to 0.5%
250 h
500 h
over 0.5%
125 h
250 h
up to 0.5%
125 h
250 h
over 0.5%
not
permissible
125 h
Below -10 C
Interval
3.7-4 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
CI-4
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
3.7.3
General recommendations
pH value at 20 C
6.5 to 8.0
Chloride-ion content
max. 80 mg/l
Sulphate-ion content
pH value at 20 C
6.5 to 8.0
Chloride-ion content
max. 80 mg/l
Sulphate-ion content
max. 80 mg/l
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Water analyses can be applied for from the communal authorities responsible.
Water %
Corrosion inhibitor /
antifreeze %
Outside
temperature
-37
-34
50
50
Outside
temperature
-50
-58
40
60
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.7-5 o f 1 0
Maintenance
Service Manual
Manufacturer
Liebherr Antifreeze
Concentrate
Country
Liebherr
Agip Langzeit-Frostschutz
Antigel DB 486
BP Isocool
BP p.l.c. London
GB
Chevron Texaco
Castrol Antifreeze NF
Castrol, London
GB
Chevron Texaco
ESA Burgdorf
Fuchs Fricofin
Khlerfrostschutz
Total, Paris
GlycoShell Longlife
GB
GlycoShell N
GB
Glysantin G48
BASF AG,
Ludwigshafen/Germany
Chevron Texaco
Havoline XLC
Arteco
Motorex Antifreeze
Protect G48
OMV Khlerfrostschutz /
Coolant Plus
CH
CH
3.7-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Corrosion inhibitor/antifreeze
premixes (50% water: 50%
corrosion inhibitor/antifreeze)
permitted for diesel engine
cooling systems
Product designation
Manufacturer
Country
Liebherr
Chevron Texaco
Chevron
DEX-COOL
Extended Life Pre-Diluted
50/50 Antifreeze Coolant
Chevron Texaco
Total, Paris
Arteco
Havoline
DEX-COOL
Extended Life Pre-Diluted
50/50 Antifreeze
Coolant
Chevron Texaco
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Approved water-soluble
corrosion inhibitors
(concentrates) for diesel engine
cooling systems
Product designation
Manufacturer
Countr
y
Fleetguard / Cummins
Filtration
Chevron Texaco
Chevron Texaco
Chevron Texaco
Total WT Supra
Total, Paris
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.7-7 o f 1 0
Maintenance
Service Manual
3.7.4
Specification
Hydraulic oils
Only engine oils (mineral oils) meeting the following specifications and
regulations are permitted.
Description
Specification
3.7-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Warming up
Service Manual
Maintenance
Lubricants and fuels
Oil change:
At the interval stated in the maintenance and inspection schedule.
At the interval specified by WEAR-CHECK.
Note
Do not mix environmentally-compatible hydraulic fluid from different manufacturers or with mineral oils.
! See also the customer service information.
Monitoring hydraulic oil - changing according to oil samples - analysis
and laboratory report:
3.7.5
Transmission
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Factory filling:
ATF 86 AVIA-FLUID DEXRON II D
3.7.6
Description
ID no.
Quantity
861012601
210 l
10009964
20 l
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
3.7-9 o f 1 0
Maintenance
Service Manual
Approved greases
ID no.
Quantity
400 g (cartridge)
10 kg (drum)
25 kg (drum)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22/02/2007
Note
Greases with solid lubricant particles such as graphite are not suitable.
! Do not use this type of grease.
3.7-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.7
4.2
Fuel system.....................................................................................4.2-1
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.3
4.3.2
4.5
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-1 o f 2
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.1
Diesel engine
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The diesel engine is a water-cooled, four-stroke in-line engine with pumpline-nozzle (PLD) direct injection, turbocharging and charge air cooling.
The engine is fitted lengthways in the rear section and elastically supported
on rubber elements. The flywheel end faces to the rear.
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Flywheel housing
Flywheel
Opening for cranking device
Auxiliary drives
Fuel pre-filter
Crankcase bleeder
Bleeder filter with oil separator
Hand pump
Cylinder head
Fuel fine filter
Charge air pipe
Lube oil filler neck
Air intake pipe
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-1 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
8
9
10
11
12
13
Turbocharger turbine
Starter
Oil cooler
Cooling water supply to cooler
Cooling water return from cooler
Crankshaft / vibration damper
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4.1-2 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 453 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Alternator
Engine electronics (LH-ECU)
Auxiliary drive
Hand pump
Fuel pre-filter
Fuel line connections
Fuel fine filter
Engine bearing
Oil pan
Engine block
Fuel pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-3 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Turbocharger turbine
Crankcase
Exhaust pipe
Cooling water supply to cooler
Cooling water return from cooler
Thermostat housing
Crankshaft / vibration damper
4.1-4 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Service manual
Function description
Basic function
The diesel engine converts the chemical energy in the fuel into kinetic
energy, which it provides to the flywheel via the torsion absorber and the
pump distributor gear to the travel hydraulics, working hydraulics and
steering hydraulics pumps.
A small portion of the power is taken off at the accessory drive side of the
diesel engine to drive the gear pumps.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
These are the single gear pump for the transmission shift pressure, and the
triple gear pump for the hydrostatically driven fan, the accumulator pressure
brake system and the leak oil scavenging in the variable displacement motor.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-5 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
4.1.1
Valid for:
L550 - 456 / from 16978; L556 - 454 / from 15653; L566 - 460 / from 14171;
L576 - 453 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-6 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.1.2
Design
The speed sensors are Hall-effect sensors. Hall-effect sensors are electromagnetic components with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC).
The distance between the sensor and the flywheel ring gear is fixed.
Distance a = 0.5 - 2 mm
Function description
Speed sensor location
Basic function
If a Hall-effect sensor has voltage supplied and is put vertically into a
magnetic field, it provides an output voltage. This signal voltage modulates
proportionally to the speed of the ring gear on the flywheel and is provided to
the engine electronics as a frequency signal.
Attention
Never measure resistance on a Hall-effect sensor.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1 Weight
2 Frequency signal (output voltage)
3 12 V power supply
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-7 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
4.1.3
Design
The speed sensor is a Hall-effect sensors. Hall-effect sensors are electromagnetic components with a permanent magnet and a Hall element (Hall IC).
The distance between the sensor and the flywheel ring gear is fixed.
Distance a = 0.5 - 2 mm
Function description
Speed sensor location
Basic function
If a Hall-effect sensor has voltage supplied and is put vertically into a
magnetic field, it provides an output voltage. This signal voltage modulates
proportionally to the speed of the ring gear on the flywheel and is provided to
the engine electronics as a frequency signal.
Attention
Never measure resistance on a Hall-effect sensor.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1 Weight
2 Frequency signal (output voltage)
3 12 V power supply
4.1-8 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.1.4
-100
-15
100
101
120
150
10
50
50
-100
-90
-40
-10
20
200
200
100
-100
-5
75
80
85
100
Power reduction
[%]
10
10
30
Design
The temperature sensor is a resistance thermometer which operates with an
NTC characteristic (semiconductor).
Function description
Basic function
The resistance in the sensor decreases as the temperature rises. The curve is not
a straight line. If the sensor is defective, a temperature of -100 C is assumed.
Coolant resistance characteristic B708
Temperature (C)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
105
100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
39
42
45
48
51
54
57
60
Resistance (kOhm )
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-9 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
4.1.5
-100
-15
75
80
85
100
10
10
30
Design
The temperature sensor is a resistance thermometer which operates with an
NTC characteristic (semiconductor).
Function description
Basic function
Charge air temperature sensor
The resistance in the sensor decreases as the temperature rises. The curve is not
a straight line. If the sensor is defective, a temperature of 100 C is assumed.
Temperature (C)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Resistance (kOhm )
4.1-10 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.1.6
Atmospheric
pressure
(mbar)
Height above sea
level*
(m)
Speed (rpm)
1000
1300
1600
1900
2100
550
4850*
23.1
24.1
24.4
24.4
23.3
620
3950*
19.5
19.6
19.1
19.1
18.0
690
3100*
14.2
14.8
13.9
13.6
12.6
770
2250*
10.0
10.1
8.9
8.4
7.2
840
1550*
0.0
0.0
0.0
Design
The charge air pressure sensor is an absolute pressure sensor with a
membrane and an evaluation circuit. At atmospheric pressure, an absolute
pressure sensor is subject to approximately 1 bar (at sea level 1030 mbar).
1 Electrical connections
2 Evaluation circuit
3 Membrane with sensor element
4 Pressure port
5 Fixing thread
Function description
Basic function
Cross section of speed sensor
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.1-11 o f 1 2
Service manual
Diesel engine
4.1.7
1000
1400
1800
2100
Design
The oil pressure sensor is a relative pressure sensor with a membrane and
an evaluation circuit. At atmospheric pressure, a relative pressure sensor is
subject to 0 bar.
1 Electrical connections
2 Evaluation circuit
3 Membrane with sensor element
4 Pressure port
5 Fixing thread
Function description
Basic function
The electrical resistance varies on the layers applied to the membrane as
they change shape. This deformation due to the accumulating system
pressure alters the electrical resistance and causes a change in the voltage
of the resistance bridge, which has a 5 V supply.
This voltage is in the range of 0 to 70 mV (depending on the pressure) and is
amplified in the evaluation circuit to between 0.5 and 4.5 V.
Attention
Never measure resistance on a pressure sensor.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4.1-12 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.2
Fuel system
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Fuel system
1
2
3
4
Tank cap
Filler strainer
Fuel level sensor
Distributor port
5 Intake line
6 Return line
7 Diesel engine
8 Fuel cooler
9 Drain valve
10 Fuel tank
Function description
The fuel is drawn up by the fuel pump via the intake line and fuel pre-filter (water
and dirt separator) and is delivered to the injection elements via a fine filter.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.2-1 o f 6
Service manual
Fuel system
4.2.1
Function description
The fuel level sensor tube 2 contains electrodes 3 which measure the fuel
level using a capacitive resistor.
The electronics in the head of the fuel level sensor 1 transmit a corresponding
voltage signal of 1 V 4 V to input module 1 A16a pin 23.
Input module 1 converts the signal to a digital signal and forwards it via the
master electronics to the fuel level display in the display unit A13.
The fuel level sensor is earthed via input module 1 pin 65.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The reserve fuel level is shown by the fuel level symbol field flashing.
4.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.2.2
Fuel pre-filter
The fuel pre-filter protects the engine's fuel system (pump, pump elements,
injection valves, valves and pistons) from dirt and water penetration.
Design
The fuel pre-filter acts as both a water separator and a filter. It is fitted in the
fuel intake line between the engine control unit and the fuel pump.
The intake line is connected via the engine control unit (cooler) to the fuel
tank. The outlet line is connected to the fuel pump.
The water probe in the water collector monitors the condensate in the fuel
pre-filter; if the water level is too high, it generates a service code via the
engine control unit to the display unit.
Fuel pre-filter
1 Hand pump
2 Filter head
3 Filter cartridge
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
4 Water collector
5 Drain cock
6 Water sensor
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.2-3 o f 6
Service manual
Fuel system
4.2.3
The filter can be serviced without any tools. The filter can be removed and
replaced by hand during a service.
Design
The fuel filter is a fine filter with a water drain valve and is fitted between the
fuel pump and the injection pump.
It has a disposable filter cartridge which must be replaced each time it
is serviced.
2 Filter cartridge
Function description
The fuel fine filter protects the fuel system from contamination.
The pressure of the fuel pump forces the fuel through the filter membrane.
The filtered fuel then flows through the outlet in the filter head via the fuel
line to the injection pump.
The water in the fuel system is separated by the impregnation of the filter
insert, and then settles in the filter at the bottom.
The filter can be emptied during maintenance by opening the drain valve.
4.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The diesel fuel is pumped under pressure from the fuel pump through the
filter intake into the filter insert.
Service manual
4.2.4
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1 Intake connection
2 Pressure port
3 Supply pump
4 DC motor
5 Electrical connection
Snap ring
Check valve
Intake housing
Impeller
5
6
7
8
Seal
Discharge housing
Feather key
DC motor
9 Electrical connection
10 Carbon brush
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.2-5 o f 6
Service manual
Fuel system
Function description
Refuelling system
Refuelling pump
The refuelling pump 5 is a rotary vane pump which draws in fuel via the
intake line 6 and the intake line extension 7 with suction strainer 8, from the
container 9 and pumps it through the discharge line 4 to the fuel tank 3 of
the machine.
The refuelling pump 5 can be switched on and off using the removable key 2.
The refuelling pump 5 is filled with fuel via the discharge line before it is first
used. This means it is self-priming. The diesel fuel also lubricates the
mechanical seals in the pump.
A check valve in the intake port prevents the refuelling pump 5 from running
empty. This means the pump remains self-priming.
The DC motor does not have internal thermal protection; it is designed to run
for a maximum of 15 minutes.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The external 20 amp fuse F05 (fitted in the instrument panel) protects the
pump from short-circuits and overload.
4.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.3
4 Vacuum switch
5 Filtered air intake manifold
6 Fixing clips
Function description
The engine takes in fresh air via the rain cap 3 and the air filter 5. The
filtered air is provided to the engine via the turbocharger.
4.3.1
Air filter
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Design
Air filter
1 Secondary element
2 Primary element
3 Service cap
4 Fixing clips
5 Dust extraction valve
6 Air filter housing
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.3-1 o f 2
Service manual
Function description
Air filter unit
The primary element 2 and the secondary element 1 of the dry air filter
are designed to ensure maximum protection for the engine at very long
service intervals.
The primary element 2 with radial sealing at the filtered air connection in the
filter housing 6 is subject to scheduled and non-scheduled maintenance.
The secondary element 1 acts as a back-up if the primary element 2 is damaged.
The secondary element 1 is not a service filter. It must be replaced if necessary.
The dust extraction valve 5 automatically removes dust from the service cap 3.
The tangential arrangement of the intake port sets the air into fast rotation,
so that large dust particles are thrown by centrifugal force against the
housing and accumulate in the service cap 3 due to the air flow.
At idle speed, the accumulated dust particles in the service cap 3 are carried
outside via the dust extraction valve 5 by the vibrations in the intake air.
The service cap 3 must be fitted so that the dust extraction valve 5 points down.
With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air
pulsating at the dust extraction valve 5.
4.3.2
Vacuum switch
(ID 6906001)
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Function description
The vacuum switch 1 monitors the pressure ratio between the turbocharger
and the air filter 2.
If the filters are dirty (excessive vacuum) it activates the air contamination
symbol field on the display unit.
4.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1 Vacuum switch
Service manual
4.4
Coupling
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The coupling is an elastic torsion and vibration absorber between the
flywheel on the engine and the splitter box.
1 Torsion absorber
2 Flywheel
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.4-1 o f 4
Service manual
Coupling
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Disc
Fixing screw
Flywheel housing
Flywheel
The disc 5 is bolted to the flywheel 8 of the engine. The hub 2 is axially guided
by circular discs riveted to the hub. The hub 2 can move radially on the disc 4.
The springs 3 are arranged in a ring and form an elastic connection which
transfers the torque between the disc 5 and the hub 2. The drive shaft of the
splitter box is connected to the hub 2 by a spline shaft gearing.
4.4-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Service manual
Function description
Basic function
The coupling is an elastic connection which also absorbs torque peaks
between the engine and the driven splitter box.
The coupling transmits the engine torque to the splitter box.
Power transmission
The following components transmit the engine torque to the splitter box:
Flywheel 8
Fixing screws 6
Discs 4 and 5
Pressure springs 3
Hub 2
Damping
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The springs 3 absorb load fluctuations and torque peaks on the engine
crankshaft. The vibrations of the crankshaft are greatly reduced as torque is
transmitted to the splitter box.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.4-3 o f 4
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Coupling
4.4-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
4.5
Splitter box
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The splitter box is a single-stage spur gear transmission attached to the
flywheel housing of the diesel engine.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
Housing
Dipstick
Oil filler tube
Pump connection for working and
steering hydraulics
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4.5-1 o f 4
Service manual
Splitter box
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
4.5-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Housing
Stud screw
Disc
Hex nut
O-ring
Ball bearing
Spur gear for working and
steering pump
Bearing flange
O-ring
Cylindrical roller bearing
Bearing flange
O-ring
Spur gear for travel pump
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Ball bearing
O-ring
Stud screw
Hex nut
Disc
Ball bearing
Cylindrical roller bearing
Drive shaft
Shaft seal ring
Bearing flange
O-ring
Ball bearing
4.5-3 o f 4
Service manual
Splitter box
Function description
Power transmission
The splitter box transfers and distributes the engine torque to the hydraulic
pumps for:
Travel hydraulics
Working hydraulics
Steering hydraulics
Input
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/29.01.2007
The splitter box is directly driven by the flywheel of the engine via the
elastic coupling.
4.5-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5 Cooling system
5.0
5
5.2
Gear motor......................................................................................5.2-1
5.3
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.0-1 o f 8
Cooling system
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Cooling system
5.0-2 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Cooling system
Cooling system
Design
The cooling system is fitted on the rear section between the diesel engine
and the driver's cab.
6 Intercooler
7 Cooler support, cooler unit frame
8 Fan motor with proportional
pressure relief valve
9 Fan blade
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
1
2
3
4
5
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.0-3 o f 8
Cooling system
Service manual
Cooling system
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
5.0-4 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Cooling system
Cooling system
Function description
Basic function
The fan takes in air from the outside of the cooler units, and blows it over the
cooling fins of the cooler units, through the engine and out again.
The cooler system cools:
The engine coolant
The hydraulic oil
The engine charge air
The air conditioning condenser
The gear oil
The diesel fuel
Cooler unit
Fan
Gear motor
Proportional pressure relief
valve assembly
5
6
7
8
9
Triple pump
Return strainer
Ventilation and bleeder filter
Suction and return filter
Hydraulic tank
10
11
12
13
14
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.0-5 o f 8
Cooling system
Service manual
Cooling system
12 Diesel engine
13 Charge air temperature
sensor (B707)
14 Hydraulic oil temperature
sensor (B8)
15 Hydraulic tank
5.0-6 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Service manual
Cooling system
Cooling system
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
1
2
3
4
Fan speed
Current to proportional valve (mA)
Engine speed
Fan speed (rated speed)
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.0-7 o f 8
Cooling system
Service manual
Cooling system
Fan control
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil up to 55 C, coolant up to 88 C
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil 55 - 73 C, coolant 88 - 93 C
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil 73 - 88 C, coolant 93 - 97 C
Temperature sensor unplugged
At upper engine speed, hydraulic oil above 88 C, coolant
above 97 C, proportional solenoid de-energised.
Also suitable for setting the pressure relief valve
System pressure
Current
Fan speed
30 bar
900 mA
500 rpm
30 - 110 bar
900 - 580 mA
110 10 bar
580 mA
1650 rpm
220 10 bar
De-energised
2050 rpm
When the air conditioning system is on and the air conditioning compressor
coupling is on, the current is reduced from 900 mA to 750 mA.
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 457 / from 14171
Fan control
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil up to 55 C, coolant up to 88 C
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil 55 - 73 C, coolant 88 - 93 C
At upper engine speed
Hydraulic oil 73 - 88 C, coolant 93 - 97 C
Temperature sensor unplugged
At upper engine speed, hydraulic oil above 88 C, coolant
above 97 C, proportional solenoid de-energised.
Also suitable for setting the pressure relief valve
System pressure
Current
Fan speed
40 bar
850 mA
250 rpm
40 - 175 bar
850 - 360 mA
175 10 bar
360 mA
1400 rpm
220 10 bar
De-energised
1600 rpm
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/19.03.2007
When the air conditioning system is on and the air conditioning compressor
coupling is on, the current is reduced from 850 mA to 650 mA.
5.0-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Cooling system
Gear pump
Design
The gear pumps are fitted on the auxiliary drive of the engine and is driven
by the engine at a specific transmission ratio via a spur gear.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
The pumps are connected to each other on the shaft via actuator rings. The
pumps are sealed against each other. The intake side of the cooler gear
pump 2 is connected to the hydraulic tank, and the discharge side is
connected to the gear motor on the fan housing.
5 Gears
6 Housing
7 Housing cover
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.1-1 o f 2
Cooling system
Service manual
Gear pump
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump consists of two intermeshing gears enclosed in a housing.
One of the two gears is driven via the outgoing shaft (driving gear), and the
other driven by the gear teeth (driven gear).
The fluid taken in is injected into the gaps between the teeth and pumped
outside along the housing from the intake port to the pressure port.
Pressure cut-off
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
The cooling system gear pump pressure cut-off is performed by the pressure
relief valve on the gear motor.
5.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Cooling system
Gear motor
The gear motor is fitted to the fan housing. The gear motor drives the fan
blades via a shaft.
The proportional pressure relief valve attached to the gear motor controls the
fan speed.
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
1 Gear motor
2 Fan drive shaft
Bearing cover
Seal kit
Bearing bushing
Gears
Bearing bushing
Motor housing
7 Seal kit
8 Proportional pressure relief valve
connecting housing
9 Proportional pressure relief valve
10 O-ring
11
12
13
14
15
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
O-ring
Shaft
Roller bearing
Shaft seal ring
Bearing cover
5.2-1 o f 4
Cooling system
Service manual
Gear motor
6
7
8
9
Secondary spring
Housing
Secondary piston
Secondary restrictor
10
11
12
13
Housing
Primary spring
Main piston
Primary restrictor
Function description
Basic function
The gear motor 1 is powered by the current from the gear pump.
5.2-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
P Pump intake
T1 Return line to variable
displacement motors
(bearing flushing)
T2 Relief seal (return to tank)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
The gear motor 1 has a proportional pressure relief valve 3, which controls
the speed of the gear motor and therefore the fan speed.
Service manual
Cooling system
Gear motor
At low temperature the bypass is almost fully open. Most of the pump flow
goes through the bypass valve to the tank. The fan turns at low speed
(minimum speed = dragging speed).
As the temperature rises, the bypass valve closes proportionally. The gear
motor turns the fan faster.
Failsafe function
The failsafe function is as follows: if the power supply to the proportionally
controlled pressure relief valve fails, the bypass closes. The full flow of the
gear pump drives the gear motor. The fan turns at maximum speed.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.2-3 o f 4
Cooling system
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Gear motor
5.2-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service manual
Cooling system
Temperature sensor
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The sensor element of the temperature sensor consists of an encapsulated
thin-layer nickel resistor.
Temperature sensor
Function description
Temperature measurement
Temperature/resistance curve
The sensor is a temperature sensor with an NTC characteristic.
This means, the resistance in the sensor rises along with the temperature.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5.3-1 o f 2
Cooling system
Service manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/22.02.2007
Temperature sensor
5.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6 Travel Hydraulics
6.0
Chapter contents
6
6.0.2
6.1
6.2
6.2.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
6.2.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Travel Hydraulics
6.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
6.0.1
Valid for:
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Hydraulic tank
Variable displacement pump
Overspeed protection solenoid valve
Collector pipe
5 Oil cooler
6 Variable displacement motor 1
7 Variable displacement motor 2
8 Scavenging pump
9 Fan pump
10 Fan motor
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-1 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
PowerPoint
Service Manual
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Basic function
6.0-2 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Hydraulic tank
Bleeder filter
Return strainer
Bypass valve
Return suction filter
Pre-tension valve
Replenishing valve with strainer
Working hydraulics pump
leak oil
Solenoid valve block return oil
Compact brake pump leak oil
Control block return oil
Shut-off valve
Working hydraulics pump
intake port
Steering pump intake port
Emergency steering pump
intake port
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Gear pump fan
Brake system gear pump
Motor scavenging pump
Variable displacement pump
assembly
Axial piston pump
Travel direction valve
Travel Hydraulics
23 Servo cylinder
24 Restrictor 1.8 mm
25 Pressure relief and replenishing
valve A
26 Pressure relief and replenishing
valve B
27 Replenishing pressure relief valve
28 Pressure cut-off
29 Control pressure proportional valve
30 Replenishing pump
31 To working hydraulics pilot control
32 Bypass valve
33 Variable displacement motor 1
assembly
34 Axial piston drive unit
35 Check valves
36 Proportional valve and piston rod
37 Servo piston
40 Variable displacement motor 2
assembly
41 Axial piston drive unit
42 Check valves
43 Proportional valve and piston rod
44 Servo piston
45 Discharge valve
The variable displacement pump operates in a closed circuit. It pumps the oil
directly to the variable displacement motors. The oil flowing back from the
motors is fed back to the intake side of the pump.
The main electronics (master) control the pump. Depending on the operating
state of the machine, the control pressure proportional valve 5 is activated by
the main electronics. The proportional valve regulates the control pressure and
therefore the pump flow.
At high load, the pump is adjusted to a lower displacement by the reaction
forces from the high pressure.
The travel direction valve 3 determines the direction in which the
displacement pump operates and thus the travel direction of the machine.
The pressure cut-off 2 limits the maximum operating pressure within the
closed circuit.
The pressure relief valves 4 for forward and reverse travel direction protect
the travel drive from excessive pressure peaks.
L550 - 456 / from 16978
L556 - 454 / from 15653
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-3 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
See the detailed description in the section on the variable displacement pump.
Variable displacement pump regulation
The main electronics (master) control the variable displacement pump.
The following parameters affect the control of the pump:
Gas pedal position
Inching function
Tractive force control
Excess hydraulic oil or coolant temperature
Engine overspeed or excessive road speed
When gas pedal is depressed, the current to the control pressure proportional valve is increased and the variable displacement pump pivots out.
The control pressure proportional valve is only energised when the engine
speeds exceeds 930 rpm. The current is then increased to the set value
according to the engine speed.
Inching function
If tractive force control is activated, the main electronics (master) reduce the
maximum current to the control pressure proportional valve. This restricts the
tractive force to the set level.
The following parameters are required for tractive force control:
The tractive force control button must be switched on
The machine must be moving forward
The machine must be in 1st gear (even with kickdown)
You can use the two buttons to adjust the tractive force as required in a
range of 100% to 70%.
Overheating
If the hydraulic oil (90 - 95 C) or the coolant (90 - 100 C) overheats, the
main electronics (master) reduce the current to the control pressure proportional valve. The current is reduced gradually to 40% of the maximum level.
The control pressure proportional valve is energised normally again when
the temperature falls back below the threshold.
Above a certain speed in each gear, the main electronics (master) starts
gradually reducing the current to the control pressure proportional valve to
200 mA.
At even higher road speeds or engine or motor overspeed, the overspeed
protection function is activated. The rear axle is braked using replenishing
pressure from the variable displacement pump.
6.0-4 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Tractive force control is gradually disabled as the speed increases from 0.3
to 4 km/h.
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
The variable displacement motors drive the transmission. A higher or
lower torque is transferred to the transmission, depending on the pivot angle
and pressure.
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement
motor via pressure connection A or B. In the process, the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group are subjected to pressure.
The resulting force turns the drive shaft and generates a certain torque.
The main electronics (master) control the motors. Depending on the
operating state of the machine, the proportional valves 3 on the variable
displacement motors are activated by the main electronics. This adjusts the
pivot angle and displacement to the current operating condition.
The discharge valve 4 in the variable displacement motor 2 is employed in
the closed circuit to avoid heat build-up. In the process, oil is discharged
from the low pressure side of the closed circuit and fed to the hydraulic tank.
The replenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
Variable displacement motor regulation
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Road speed
The proportional valves on the motors are energised according to the speed.
The lower the current at the proportional valve of the motors, the smaller the
pivot angle and the displacement of the motor.
The gas pedal governs how the motors pivot to a smaller angle. This
accelerates the machine.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-5 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
Power limiting control comes into affect when the engine is excessively
suppressed due to load. This can occur while driving and additionally
operating the working hydraulics or steering.
The main electronics (master) increase the current at the proportional valve
of the motors until the engine speed is back in the normal range. The motors
then pivot out again.
Inching function
Vmax function
With the Vmax function, the motors move towards a set displacement which
corresponds to the preselected speed at full throttle. This means that the
road speed decreases as the engine speed is reduced.
The function is only activated when travelling forward in first or second
fixed gear.
The current speed when the Vmax button is pressed is stored. The machine
then reaches this speed at full throttle.
If the engine overrevs when travelling downhill, the motors pivot to a smaller
angle. If the engine speed exceeds a critical level, overspeed protection is
activated. The rear axle is braked.
Overspeed protection is also activated if the variable displacement
motors overrev.
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller
bearings and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot
oil is pumped out.
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
6.0-6 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the replenishing pump of the travel
hydraulics. The replenishing pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via
the connection 1.
A pre-tension valve in the return suction filter 3 preloads the suction side of
the replenishing pump with a pressure of 0.5 bar. The replenishing pump is
better able to draw up the oil for cold starts. This means that the pressure in
the hydrostatic control circuit increases more quickly and a better drive
performance is achieved.
The oil returning from the travel hydraulics is directed over the oil cooler.
The oil is then pumped back through the connection 2 and the return suction
filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-7 o f 1 6
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Travel Hydraulics
6.0-8 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
6.0.2
Valid for:
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Hydraulic tank
Variable displacement pump
Overspeed protection solenoid valve
Collector pipe
5 Oil cooler
6 Variable displacement motor 1
7 Variable displacement motor 2
8 Scavenging pump
9 Fan pump
10 Fan motor
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-9 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
PowerPoint
Service Manual
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Basic function
6.0-10 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Hydraulic tank
Bleeder filter
Return strainer
Bypass valve
Return suction filter
Pre-tension valve
Replenishing valve with strainer
Working hydraulics pump
leak oil
Solenoid valve block return oil
Compact brake pump leak oil
Control block return oil
Shut-off valve
Working hydraulics pump
intake port
Steering pump intake port
Emergency steering pump
intake port
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Gear pump fan
Brake system gear pump
Motor scavenging pump
Variable displacement
pump assembly
Axial piston pump
Travel direction valve
Servo cylinder
Travel Hydraulics
24 Restrictor 1.8 mm
25 Pressure relief and replenishing
valve A
26 Pressure relief and replenishing
valve B
27 Replenishing pressure relief
valve
28 Pressure cut-off
29 Control pressure proportional valve
30 Replenishing pump
31 To working hydraulics pilot control
32 Bypass valve
33 Variable displacement motor 1
assembly
34 Axial piston drive unit
35 Check valves
36 Proportional valve and piston rod
37 Servo piston
38 Discharge valve
39 Pressure relief valve with orifice
40 Variable displacement motor 2
assembly
41 Axial piston drive unit
42 Check valves
43 Proportional valve and piston rod
44 Servo piston
45 Discharge valve
46 Pressure relief valve
with orifice
47 Orifice 4.2 mm
50 Fan motor assembly
51 Main piston
52 Pressure relief and
proportional valve
53 Gear motor
54 Fan blade
55 Oil cooler
56 Bypass valve
57 Collector pipe
58 Return oil from servostat
Test connections:
PST Control pressure / variable
displacement pump
G Replenishing pressure
MA High pressure / forward
travel direction
MB High pressure / reverse
travel direction
M1 Servo pressure / variable
displacement motor 1
M2 Servo pressure / variable
displacement motor 2
P High pressure / fan
The hydrostatic travel drive operates in a closed circuit. The variable displacement pump 20 pumps oil directly to the variable displacement motors
33 and 40. The oil returning from the variable displacement motors is
pumped back to the intake side of the variable displacement pump.
1st gear: At low speed or high tractive force, both motors pivot out to a wide
angle. This provides a low output speed and a high torque to the motors. If
the travel speed is increased, both motors pivot inwards.
2nd gear: Motor 33 is uncoupled (not turning) and at an angle of 0. Motor
40 moves to a certain angle depending on the travel speed.
3rd gear: Motor 40 is uncoupled (not turning) and at an angle of 0. Motor
33 moves to a certain angle depending on the travel speed. Maximum travel
speed is achieved at an angle of approximately 15.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-11 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
The pressure relief valves 4 for forward and reverse travel direction protect
the travel drive from excessive pressure peaks.
See the detailed description in the section on the variable displacement pump.
Variable displacement pump regulation
The main electronics (master) control the variable displacement pump.
The following parameters affect the control of the pump:
Gas pedal position
Inching function
Tractive force control
Excess hydraulic oil or coolant temperature
Engine overspeed or excessive road speed
When gas pedal is depressed, the current to the control pressure proportional valve is increased and the variable displacement pump pivots out.
The control pressure proportional valve is only energised when the engine
speeds exceeds 930 rpm. The current is then increased to the set value
according to the engine speed.
Inching function
If tractive force control is activated, the main electronics (master) reduce the
maximum current to the control pressure proportional valve. This restricts the
tractive force to the set level.
The following parameters are required for tractive force control:
The tractive force control button must be switched on
The machine must be moving forward
The machine must be in 1st gear (even with kickdown)
You can use the two buttons to adjust the tractive force as required in a
range of 100% to 70%.
Overheating
If the hydraulic oil (90 - 95 C) or the coolant (90 - 100 C) overheats, the main
electronics (master) reduce the current to the control pressure proportional
valve. The current is reduced gradually to 40% of the maximum level.
The control pressure proportional valve is energised normally again when
the temperature falls back below the threshold.
Above a certain speed in each gear, the main electronics (master) starts
gradually reducing the current to the control pressure proportional valve to
200 mA.
At even higher road speeds or engine or motor overspeed, the overspeed
protection function is activated. The rear axle is braked using replenishing
pressure from the variable displacement pump.
6.0-12 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Tractive force control is gradually disabled as the speed increases from 0.3
to 4 km/h.
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
The variable displacement motors drive the transmission. A higher or lower
torque is transferred to the transmission, depending on the pivot angle
and pressure.
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement
motor via pressure connection A or B. In the process, the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group are subjected to pressure.
The resulting force turns the drive shaft and generates a certain torque.
The main electronics (master) control the motors. Depending on the
operating state of the machine, the proportional valves 3 on the variable
displacement motors are activated by the main electronics. This adjusts the
pivot angle and displacement to the current operating condition.
The discharge valve 4 in the variable displacement motors 1 and 2 is
employed in the closed circuit to avoid heat build-up. In the process, oil is
discharged from the low pressure side of the closed circuit and fed to the
hydraulic tank. The replenishing pump replaces this oil with cooled oil.
Variable displacement motor regulation
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Road speed
The proportional valves on the motors are energised according to the speed.
The lower the current at the proportional valve of the motors, the smaller the
pivot angle and the displacement of the motor.
The gas pedal governs how the motors pivot to a smaller angle. This
accelerates the machine.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-13 o f 1 6
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
Power limiting control comes into affect when the engine is excessively
suppressed due to load. This can occur while driving and additionally
operating the working hydraulics or steering.
The main electronics (master) increase the current at the proportional valve
of the motors until the engine speed is back in the normal range. The motors
then pivot out again.
Inching function
Vmax function
With the Vmax function, the motors move towards a set displacement which
corresponds to the preselected speed at full throttle. This means that the
road speed decreases as the engine speed is reduced.
The function is only activated when travelling forward in first or second
fixed gear.
The current speed when the Vmax button is pressed is stored. The machine
then reaches this speed at full throttle.
If the engine overrevs when travelling downhill, the motors pivot to a smaller
angle. If the engine speed exceeds a critical level, overspeed protection is
activated. The rear axle is braked.
Overspeed protection is also activated if the variable displacement
motors overrev.
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller
bearings and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot
oil is pumped out.
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
6.0-14 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the replenishing pump of the travel
hydraulics. The replenishing pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via
the connection 1.
A pre-tension valve in the return suction filter 3 preloads the suction side of
the replenishing pump with a pressure of 0.5 bar. The replenishing pump is
better able to draw up the oil for cold starts. This means that the pressure in
the hydrostatic control circuit increases more quickly and a better drive
performance is achieved.
The oil returning from the travel hydraulics is directed over the oil cooler. The
oil is then pumped back through the connection 2 and the return suction filter
3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.0-15 o f 1 6
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Travel Hydraulics
6.0-16 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The following diagrams illustrate the design of the variable displacement pump:
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.1-1 o f 1 0
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Bearing bushing
Internal gear
External gear
Bearing bushing
Bearing bushing
Bushing
Control lens
Snap ring
Pressure spring
Bushing
Cylinder
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Piston
Return ball
Return plate
Glide shoe
Disc springs
Swash plate
Guide pin
Pin
Swash plate bearing
Roller bearing
Snap ring
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6.1-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Components of the variable displacement pump, servo cylinder and servo valve view
Servo piston
Pump housing
Spring cup
Pressure spring
Pressure spring
Turcon-Glyd seal
Guide ring
Solenoid
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Pressure cut-off
Travel direction valve
Control pressure proportional valve
Connection housing
Pressure relief and replenishing valve
Replenishing pressure relief valve
Twist screw
Solenoid
17 Receptacle ring
18 Adjusting screw for the
pump zero position
19 Counter nut
20 Spring cup
21 Snap ring
22 Cover
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.1-3 o f 1 0
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1 Pressure cut-off
2 Connection housing
3 Pressure relief and
replenishing valve
6.1-4 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Function description
Basic function
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.1-5 o f 1 0
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
In the de-energised state, the PST control pressure duct is connected to the
tank T. The more the current increases, the higher the control pressure. The
maximum level is limited by the replenishing pressure.
Depending on the current to the proportional valve 3, the control piston 2 is
moved closer to or further from the regulating springs 1. This adjusts the
pressure in the PST duct.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The servo piston 3 turns the swash plate 2 mounted on roller bearings and
thus changes the pump flow rate of the pump.
6.1-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
3 Servo piston
4 Cylinder with piston
As the swivel angle increases, the pump flow is increased. The drive torque
is increased.
When the swivel angle is reduced, the flow rate of the pump is also reduced.
The drive torque is reduced.
When in the zero position, the pump flow is also zero. The strong spring
centring in the servo cylinder keeps the swash plate in the zero position if no
control signals are present. The zero position can be mechanically adjusted.
Pump housing
Pressure spring
Servo cylinder
Forward travel direction servo
oil supply
On traversing the zero position, the flow direction of the hydraulic oil is
smoothly reversed.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The travel direction valve directs the control pressure into one of the two
servo chambers in the servo cylinder. The opposite chamber remains
connected to the drain.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.1-7 o f 1 0
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
Replenishing pump
The replenishing pump is an internal gear pump. The replenishing pump
draws up oil from the hydraulic tank. The delivery volume of the pump is
proportional to the drive speed.
The replenishing pump supplies the closed circuit with fresh, cooled oil. The
replenishing pump also provides oil for the control circuit (control pressure).
The maximum replenishing pressure is limited by the replenishing pressure
relief valve.
Excess oil that is not fed into the closed circuit flows via the replenishing
pressure relief valve to the pump housing. At the same time, this oil cools
the rotary group of the variable displacement pump.
6.1-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
This directly actuated pressure relief valve protects the replenishing pump
against excess pressure.
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement pump
Pressure cut-off
The pressure cut-off valve limits the operating pressure in the closed circuit.
When the maximum operating pressure is reached, the flow of the variable
displacement pump is reduced so that the maximum operating pressure is
just maintained.
4 Pressure cut-off
5 Nozzle
6 Replenishing pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Pressure cut-off inactive: the control pressure acts in the duct up to the
control pressure proportional valve 3 and the pressure cut-off 4.
Pressure spring
Valve piston
Servo oil supply
Control edge
5 Tank outlet
6 Tappet
7 Low pressure / closed circuit
8 Check valve
9 Bore hole
10 High pressure / closed circuit
The operating pressure controls the valve. When the maximum operating
pressure has been reached, the tappet 6 and the valve piston 2 are pushed
against the pressure spring 1. The control pressure channel 3 is linked to the
tank outlet 5, and servo oil drains off. The control pressure drops and the variable displacement pump swivels to a smaller flow rate. The variable displacement
pump then delivers just enough oil to attain the maximum pressure.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.1-9 o f 1 0
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
Pressure spring
Pilot control piston
Rear piston chamber
Main piston
5
6
7
8
At the same time, the valves act as replenishing valves for the closed circuit.
6.1-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Oil leaks in the closed circuit reduce the pressure on the low pressure side.
This opens the main piston and oil from the replenishing pump can flow into
the closed circuit.
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
3
4
Proportional valve
Discharge valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.2-1 o f 8
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
The return oil from the fan motor 1 is pumped to the port U of the motors.
The orifice 10 ensures that the oil is distributed evenly to both motors.
The scavenging pump 2 draws oil from the connection T on both variable
displacement motors. The hot oil flows to the collector pipe 7 and the oil
cooler 6, and through the return suction filter 4 back to the hydraulic tank 5.
6.2-2 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw26/01/2007
During bearing flushing, fresh, cooled oil is directed to the tapered roller
bearings and into the housing of the variable displacement motors. The hot
oil is pumped out.
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
6.2.1
Design
4 Control unit
5 Regulating unit
6 Proportional valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.2-3 o f 8
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Drive shaft
Snap ring
Shaft seal ring
U-connection
Motor housing
Piston
Cylinder
Control lens
Q min adjusting screw
Bolt connection
Pressure spring
Pressure relief valve
Discharge valve
6.2-4 o f 8
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Orifice
Valve piston
Socket-head screw
Servo piston seal
Servo piston
Threaded pin
Control pin
Regulating spring 1
Connecting plate
Spring cup
Spring cup
Regulating spring 2
Control bushing
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Control piston
Proportional magnet
Regulation adjusting screw
Installation pin
O-ring
Q max adjusting screw
Adjusting washer
Pressure spring
Centre pin
Drive shaft bearing
Check valve
Valve insert
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw26/01/2007
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.2-5 o f 8
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
7
8
9
10
11
M1
Orifice
Pressure relief valve
Bearing lubrication oil
Return oil from discharge valve
Housing scavenging connection
Servo pressure test connection
The flow from the displacement pump reaches the variable displacement
motor via pressure connection A or B. In the process, the regulating pistons
which move along the cylinder of the rotary group are subjected to pressure.
The resulting force turns the drive shaft and generates a certain torque. The
torque at the drive shaft depends on the swivel angle and on the operating
pressure in the closed circuit. The speed of the drive shaft depends on the
pump flow and on the swivel angle of the variable displacement motor.
As the swivel angle decreases, the speed increases and the potential
torque is reduced.
As the swivel angle increases, the torque increases and the potential
speed is reduced.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw26/01/2007
The regulation and control unit installed in the connecting housing adjusts
the swivel angle of the motor. The main electronics (master) control the
position of the motor.
6.2-6 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Travel Hydraulics
Variable displacement motors
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
When the machine moves, the pressure in the duct 6 or 7 increases and
moves the valve piston 4 towards one of the return springs 5. The low
pressure side is opened and a defined quantity of oil flows via the orifice 1
and the pressure relief valve 2 to the hydraulic tank.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
6.2-7 o f 8
Travel Hydraulics
Service Manual
6.2.2
The gear pumps are fitted on the auxiliary drive of the engine and is driven
by the engine at a specific transmission ratio via a spur gear.
1
2
3
4
Flight
O-ring
Flange
Seals
5
6
7
8
Bearing bushings
Gears
Housing
Housing cover
Function description
Scavenging from the variable displacement motor housing
The pump actively draws up hot oil from the housing of the variable displacement motors and pumps it through the oil cooler to the hydraulic tank.
6.2-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw26/01/2007
7 Working hydraulics
7.0
Chapter contents
7
7.0.2
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.4
Ride control.....................................................................................7.4-1
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.5
7.5.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.6
Filter unit...............................................................................7.6-3
7.6.2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Working hydraulics
7.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
7.0.1
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Design
Lift cylinder
Tilt cylinder
Pilot control unit
Hydraulic tank
8
9
10
11
12
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-1 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
PowerPoint
Service Manual
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Basic function
7.0-2 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
Hydraulic tank
Bleeder filter
Return strainer
Bypass valve
Return suction filter
Pre-tension valve
Replenishing valve with strainer
Travel pump return line
Fan motor leak oil
Compact brake pump leak oil
Return line from oil cooler
Shut-off valve
Emergency steering pump intake port
Replenishing pump
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Steering pump intake port
Working hydraulics pump
Axial piston pump
Return cylinder
Restrictor
Servo cylinder
Power regulator
Restrictor
Flow controller
Steering pump return line
Pilot control unit
Tilt-out valve
Working hydraulics
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
The working hydraulics are equipped with the following standard functions:
Working movements for the lift and tilt cylinders
Ride control
Float position
Automatic bucket return-to-dig function
Lift kick-out
The working hydraulics system operates in an open circuit. The working
hydraulics pump 20 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps it to
the control block 50. The returning oil is pumped through the return suction
filter 5 back to the hydraulic tank 1.
The control block is activated via the hydraulic pilot control unit. The control
block contains the spool valves for the lift and tilt cylinders. The LS system in
the control valve block distributes the flow of the working hydraulics pump to
the consumer units independently of load.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-3 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the working hydraulics. The
working hydraulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the shut-off
connection 1. The returning oil is pumped back through the connection 2 and
the return suction filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic
tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
Control block
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 3 and the tilt
cylinder 4.
The LS pressure relief valve 7 limits the maximum pressure of the working
hydraulics pump. The primary pressure relief valve 5 additionally limits the
maximum pressure of the working hydraulics pump.
The secondary pressure relief valves 2 protect the hydraulic system against
pressure peaks from the consumer units. The float position/ride control
solenoid valve 6 is activated for the float position and ride control.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
The working hydraulics are actuated by a separate control circuit. The spool
valves in the control block 1 are hydraulically actuated by the pilot control unit 2.
The variable displacement pump 5 (replenishing pump) of the travel hydraulics takes the required servo oil and pumps it through the pilot control
solenoid valve 4 to the pilot control unit 2.
See the detailed description in the section on the pilot control unit.
7.0-4 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
The lift cylinders are connected at the base end via the control valve block 3
and the stabilisation module 2 to the hydro accumulators 1. The rod end of
the lift cylinders is connected to the hydraulic tank via the float position/ride
control solenoid valve 4 in the control valve block.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-5 o f 1 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Working hydraulics
7.0-6 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
7.0.2
Valid for:
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Design
Lift cylinder
Tilt cylinder
Pilot control unit
Hydraulic tank
8
9
10
11
12
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-7 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
PowerPoint
Service Manual
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Basic function
7.0-8 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
Hydraulic tank
Bleeder filter
Return strainer
Bypass valve
Return suction filter
Pre-tension valve
Replenishing valve with strainer
Travel pump return line
Fan motor leak oil
Compact brake pump leak oil
Return line from oil cooler
Shut-off valve
Emergency steering pump intake port
Replenishing pump
Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Steering pump intake port
Working hydraulics pump
Axial piston pump
Return cylinder
Restrictor
Servo cylinder
Power regulator
Restrictor
Flow controller
Steering pump return line
Pilot control unit
Tilt-out valve
Working hydraulics
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
The working hydraulics are equipped with the following standard functions:
Working movements for the lift and tilt cylinders
Ride control
Float position
Automatic bucket return-to-dig function
Lift kick-out
The working hydraulics system operates in an open circuit. The working
hydraulics pump 20 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps it to the
control block 50. The returning oil is pumped through the return suction filter 5
back to the hydraulic tank 1.
The control block is activated via the hydraulic pilot control unit. The control
block contains the spool valves for the lift and tilt cylinders. The LS system in
the control valve block distributes the flow of the working hydraulics pump to
the consumer units independently of load.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-9 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the working hydraulics. The
working hydraulics pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the shut-off
connection 1. The returning oil is pumped back through the connection 2 and
the return suction filter 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic
tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
Control block
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 3 and the tilt
cylinder 4.
The LS pressure relief valve 7 limits the maximum pressure of the working
hydraulics pump. The primary pressure relief valve 5 additionally limits the
maximum pressure of the working hydraulics pump.
The secondary pressure relief valves 2 protect the hydraulic system against
pressure peaks from the consumer units. The float position/ride control
solenoid valve 6 is activated for the float position and ride control.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
The working hydraulics are actuated by a separate control circuit. The spool
valves in the control block 1 are hydraulically actuated by the pilot control unit 2.
The variable displacement pump 5 (replenishing pump) of the travel hydraulics takes the required servo oil and pumps it through the pilot control
solenoid valve 4 to the pilot control unit 2.
See the detailed description in the section on the pilot control unit.
7.0-10 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
The ride control system attenuates the bouncing and pitching vibrations of
the machine while it is travelling, thus greatly increasing comfort and safety.
The lift cylinders are connected at the base end via the control valve block 3
and the stabilisation module 2 to the hydro accumulators 1. The rod end of
the lift cylinders is connected to the hydraulic tank via the float position/ride
control solenoid valve 4 in the control valve block.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.0-11 o f 1 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Working hydraulics
7.0-12 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Design
4 Power regulator
5 Flow controller
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Two power regulator and a flow controller are attached to the pump housing.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.1-1 o f 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Drive shaft
Shaft seal ring
Snap ring
Cover
Pump housing
Swash plate
Glide shoe
Piston
Adjusting pin
Q min adjusting screw
Pressure spring
O-ring
Valve housing
7.1-2 o f 8
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Control lever
Restrictor
Piston with roller
Control bushing
Sleeve
Servo piston
Cylindrical roller bearing
Control plate
Restrictor
Connection housing
Pressure spring
Return piston
Return pin
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
O-ring
Cylinder
Q max adjusting screw
Bushing
Return plate
Disc springs
Return ball
Swash plate bearing
Guide pin
Snap ring
Cylindrical roller bearing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
LS connection
Valve piston
Regulator housing
Adjusting screw
Counter nut
Spring cup
Regulating spring
Spring cup
Control lever
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Pin
Valve piston
Spring cup
Pressure spring
Spring cup
O-ring
Brace
Valve insert
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.1-3 o f 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
Rotary group
Return cylinder
Restrictor
Servo cylinder
Restrictor
Power regulator
Flow controller
8
9
10
11
M1
LS
P
Pump control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The swash plate 1 of the working hydraulics pump is moved out by the control
piston 2. The operating pressure constantly acts in the piston chamber 3. This
causes the pump to swivel out.
7.1-4 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
The swash plate is returned to its initial position by the return piston 5.
Pressure oil is pumped into the piston chamber 4. The return piston is
controlled by the governors fitted on the working hydraulics pump.
The working hydraulics pump flow is controlled by the following governors:
Flow controller
Power regulator
The operating state of the working hydraulics system governs which
governor is currently activated.
If the working hydraulics demand only a small amount of oil or none at all, the
flow regulator restricts the working hydraulics pump to the required amount.
If the set power limit is reached at a certain flow and increasing pressure, the
flow regulator reduces the working hydraulics pump flow.
Flow regulation
The load sensing system ensures that the working hydraulics pump only
delivers as much oil from the hydraulic tank as the working hydraulics
currently need.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When the working hydraulics are not in use, the oil flow is blocked by the
spool valves in the control block and the working hydraulics pump is reduced
to minimum flow (leak flow). Connection 2 is depressurised. The high
pressure pushes the piston 3 against the pressure springs 1 which
determine the standby pressure in the system. The control piston 3 opens
the high pressure duct 4 to the duct 5 and the return cylinder reduces the
pump to leak flow.
If the working hydraulics need oil, the pressure at the connection 2 increases.
The pressure and force of the springs 1 move the control piston 3 against the
high pressure. The duct 5 opens to the tank connection 7. The open duct
relieves the return cylinder and the pump delivers the required oil quantity.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.1-5 o f 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Pressure springs
LS connection X
Control piston
High pressure duct
7.1-6 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
1
2
3
4
5
6
Power regulator
Pressure spring
Duct to return cylinder
High pressure duct
Valve piston
Regulating spring
7
8
9
10
11
Tank connection
Piston ring face
Servo piston
Piston with roller
Control lever
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.1-7 o f 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.1-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Design
Closing element
Lifting pressure relief valve
Tilt-in pressure relief valve
Pressure balances
Main block housing
Primary pressure relief valve
7
8
9
10
The control block is mounted in the front section. It consists of the main block
housing 5 and the closing element 1. Additional segments for a 3rd and 4th
control circuit can be installed if needed between the main block housing and
the closing element.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The control block contains all the pressure cut-off valves and the valves for
the float position and ride control.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.2-1 o f 6
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
6
7
8
9
10
Closing plate
Lift cylinder spool valve
Counter nut
Cap nut
Spool valve stroke adjusting screw
11
12
13
14
Cover
Pressure spring
Spring cup
Tilt cylinder spool valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
7.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Cross section A-A of control block with spool valves for lift cylinder
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Cross section B-B of control block with spool valves for tilt cylinder
1
2
3
4
5
7 Counter nut
8 Float position / ride control solenoid valve
9 Control piston
10 Valve insert
11 Main piston
12 Pressure balance
13
14
15
16
17
18
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.2-3 o f 6
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
The control block contains the spool valves for the lift cylinder 10 and the tilt
cylinder 6.
The spool valves are supplied with oil by the pilot control unit. The restrictor
check valves 7 in the control valve block allow sensitive control of the
individual functions.
The LS control and the pressure balances 5 and 9 divide the oil among the
individual consumer units.
The float position or ride control function is activated by the solenoid valve 12.
Secondary pressure relief valves for each function protect the working
attachment, cylinders, hose lines and the control block from overload. At the
same time, the secondary pressure relief valves act as replenishing valves.
The LS pressure cut-off 2 protects the working hydraulics pump from
excess pressure.
7.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
In the float position, the working attachment lies on the ground under its own
weight. The lift arms can move up and down freely to compensate for
uneven ground.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.2-5 o f 6
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
At the maximum deflection of the LH control lever for lowering the lift arms,
there is maximum control pressure at the connection b2. This pushes the
spool valve 1 all the way to the right against the regulating spring 3 and the
limit screw 2.
When the spool valve 1 is in this position, the base end B2 of the lift cylinder
is connected to the tank channel T.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The float position solenoid valve 4 is also energised. The rod ends of the lift
cylinder A2 is also connected to the tank duct T. The lift arms can now move
up and down freely.
7.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
6
7
8
9
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-1 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
Hydraulic tank
Replenishing pump
Solenoid valve block
Overspeed protection solenoid valve
5 Pilot control solenoid valve
6 Check valve
7 Pilot control hydro accumulator
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Lifting valve
Lift kick-out solenoid
Lowering valve
Float position solenoid
Control block assembly
Lift cylinder spool valve
Tilt cylinder spool valve
Restrictor valve
The pilot control solenoid valve 5 is installed for the safety of the machine.
The working hydraulics lockout button must be activated to prevent
accidental movements of the working attachment during maintenance, road
travel and when the driver leaves the machine. The operation of the working
hydraulics is disabled.
The pilot control hydro accumulator 7 with check valve 6 on the solenoid
valve block 3 allows the lift arms to be lowered or the bucket to be tilted out,
even when the engine is not running.
The bucket return-to-dig, lift kick-out and float position functions are controlled
via retaining solenoids in the pilot control unit and proximity switches.
7.3-2 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The working hydraulics are actuated by a separate control circuit. The spool
valves are hydraulically actuated by the pilot control unit 10. The required
control oil is taken from the replenishing pump 2 of the travel hydraulics. The
replenishing pressure relief valve limits the pilot control pressure to the
specified level.
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Control block
The control block contains the spool valves for the tilt cylinder 1 and the lift
cylinder 2.
The spool valves for the lift and tilt cylinders are supplied with oil by the pilot
control unit.
The restrictors in the control valve block allow sensitive control of the
individual functions.
The float position/ride control solenoid valve relieves the lift cylinder rod end
to the hydraulic tank when it is activated.
See the detailed description in the section on the control block.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-3 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.3-4 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
7.3.1
Design
4 Control plate
5 Control lever
The pilot control device is fitted in the operating panel to the right of the
driver's seat.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
An additional pilot control unit for special functions (3rd control circuit) can
be fitted on the side of the existing pilot control unit.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-5 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7.3-6 o f 1 2
Pressure spring
Spring sleeve
O-ring
Brass bushing
Sealing ring
O-ring
Plastic bushing
O-ring
Tappet guide
Retaining ring
Electromagnet with sockets
Threaded rod with universal joint
Ring
Tappet with universal joint
Disc
Lock nut
Connector piece
Counter nut
Control lever
Control plate
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Shim
Adjusting bushing
Nut
Counter nut
Adjusting screw
Snap ring
Tappet
Guide bushing
Tappet
Retaining plates
Spring cup
Return spring
Regulating spring
Regulating piston
Plug
Bore hole
Housing
Connection 2
Connection 4
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
Function description
Basic function
Lowering valve
Lifting valve
Tilt-out valve
Tilt-in valve
The pilot control device activates the pistons in the control block hydraulically.
It works on the basis of directly controlled pressure relief valves. When the
control lever is moved, it supplies oil to the appropriate connection.
The pressure regulation of the valves in the pilot control device depends on:
The position of the control lever
The properties of the individual regulating springs
The retaining solenoids allow each function to be electromagnetically locked.
Its magnetic force holds the control lever in its end position.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Idle state
In the idle state, the control lever is held in the zero position by the return spring
2. The connection 6 is connected via the hole 5 to the tank connection T.
When the control lever is moved, the tappet 7 pushes against the return
spring 8 and the regulating spring 9. The regulating spring 9 pushes down
the regulating piston 10 and closes the connection of the port 12 and the
tank connection T. At the same time, the connection 12 is connected via the
hole 11 to the connection P.
The control phase begins as soon as the force of the regulating spring 9 and
the force of the hydraulic pressure at the connection 12 are equal. The
regulating piston 10 is in equilibrium.
The interaction of the regulating piston 10 and the regulating spring 9 means
that the pressure at the connection 12 is proportional to the stroke of the
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-7 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
tappet 7 and therefore to the position of the control lever. The pressure
regulation which is proportional to the position of the control lever allows the
spool valves in the control block to be moved proportionally to the pressure.
Electromagnetic locking
The following functions have electromagnetic locking:
Lift kick-out
Bucket return-to-dig
Float position
The pressure spring 1 is attached under the tappet 3 and the spring sleeve
2. Just before the end of the stroke of the tappet and the control lever, the
operator must apply additional force to tension the pressure spring 1.
This shows the operator that the control lever is at its end position / maximum deflection.
At the end position (maximum deflection) of the control lever, the ring 5
comes into contact with the anchor magnet 4. When the solenoid is
activated, its magnetic force holds the control lever in its end position.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.3-8 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
7.3.2
Design
The cut-in block is fitted on left of the rear section beside the engine.
Function description
Basic function
The cut-in block includes the following components in a single housing:
Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When the engine is running or when the starter switch is in position 1, the
pilot control solenoid valve 5 is activated automatically. Control oil flows to
the pilot control unit 1 and the working hydraulics can be operated.
The on-road travel button deactivates the pilot control solenoid valve 5. The
P connection in the pilot control unit 1 is relieved towards the hydraulic tank
and the working hydraulics cannot be used.
The pilot control hydro accumulator 3 with check valve 4 allows the working
hydraulics to be used even when the engine is not running (starter switch in
position 1). The lift arms can be lowered and the working attachment tilted out.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-9 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
7.3.3
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
3 Closing head
4 Accumulator
The elastic partition between the fluid and the nitrogen is a membrane 2,
which is stretched in the accumulator 4. The closing head 3 prevents the
membrane from being pressed into the inlet opening when the hydro
accumulator is completely empty.
The plug 1 allows the accumulator to be checked and topped up using the
filling and testing device.
Function description
Basic function
7.3-10 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump
7.3.4
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
The float position pressure switch is installed under the pilot control unit in
the control line for lowering the lift arms.
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
The float position pressure switch activates the float position function.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.3-11 o f 1 2
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
When the float position pressure switch 2 reaches a set pilot control
pressure, its electrical contact closes. If the float position/ride control button
is switched on, the float position/ride control solenoid valve 1 (on the control
valve block) and the float position retaining solenoid 4 (in the pilot control
unit) are activated.
When float position retaining solenoid 4 is activated, its magnetic force holds
the control lever in its end position.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The float position/ride control solenoid valve 1 (on the control valve block)
relieves the lift cylinder rod end to the hydraulic tank. The working attachment
lies on the ground under its own weight.
7.3-12 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
Design
4 Stabilisation module
5 Hydro accumulator
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Basic function
The wheel loader is an unsprung earth-moving machine and therefore tends
towards bouncing and pitching vibrations. These vibrations are uncomfortable
for the driver, reduce drive performance and machine safety.
The ride control system is a hydropneumatic spring support between the lift
arms and the chassis. It reduces bouncing and pitching vibrations.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-1 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
14 Lowering valve
15 Lifting valve
16 Float position pressure switch,
26 bar
17 Ride control pressure switch,
10 bar
18 Lift cylinder
When ride control is activated, the lift cylinders 15 are connected at the base
end to the hydro accumulators 6. The hydro accumulators are filled with
nitrogen and absorb pressure peaks at the base end of the lift cylinders.
The lift cylinders are connected at the rod end to the hydraulic tank. This
allows the lift arms to move up freely.
7.4-2 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
Stabilisation module
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
If the pressure is too high, the stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the
hydro accumulators.
The solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating ride control.
The safety valve 2 opens if the pressure to the tank connection is too high.
This protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
See the detailed description in the section on the stabilisation module.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When the float position or lift arm lowering function is not activated, the
contact in the ride control pressure switch 1 is closed. This means that ride
control can be activated.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-3 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
8 Lift cylinder
9 Float position / ride control solenoid valve
10 Lift cylinder spool valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1 Stabilisation module
2 Ride control spool valve
3 Restrictor check valve
7.4-4 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The activation speed of 9.1 km/h can be adjusted using the SCULI software.
4
5
6
7
8 Lift cylinder
9 Float position / ride control solenoid valve
10 Lift cylinder spool valve
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-5 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Ride control
7.4-6 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
7.4.2
Valid for:
Design
4 Stabilisation module
5 Hydro accumulator
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-7 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
9 Lowering valve
10 Lifting valve
11 Float position pressure switch,
26 bar
12 Ride control pressure switch,
10 bar
13 Lift cylinder
When ride control is activated, the lift cylinders 15 are connected at the base
end to the hydro accumulators 6. The hydro accumulators are filled with
nitrogen and absorb pressure peaks at the base end of the lift cylinders.
The lift cylinders are connected at the rod end to the hydraulic tank. This
allows the lift arms to move up freely.
7.4-8 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
Stabilisation module
The stabilisation module protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
If the pressure is too high, the stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the
hydro accumulators.
The solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating ride control.
The safety valve 2 opens if the pressure to the tank connection is too high.
This protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
See the detailed description in the section on the stabilisation module.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
When the float position or lift arm lowering function is not activated, the
contact in the ride control pressure switch 1 is closed. This means that ride
control can be activated.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-9 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
8 Lift cylinder
9 Float position / ride control solenoid valve
10 Lift cylinder spool valve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1 Stabilisation module
2 Ride control spool valve
3 Restrictor check valve
7.4-10 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The activation speed of 9.1 km/h can be adjusted using the SCULI software.
Stabilisation module
Ride control spool valve
Restrictor check valve
Ride control solenoid valve
5
6
7
8
Safety valve
Hydro accumulator unit
Check valve
Lift cylinder
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-11 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Ride control
7.4-12 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
7.4.3
Stabilisation module
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Housing
Safety valve
Ride control piston
Lift cylinder connection
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
It consists of the housing 1, which contains the safety valve 2 and the ride
control piston 3. The ride control solenoid valve 7 is for activating and deactivating ride control.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-13 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
Plug
Socket-head screw
Spacer bushing
Spring cup
Regulating spring
6
7
8
9
Regulating spring
Ride control spool valve
Regulating piston
Ride control solenoid valve
10
11
12
13
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
7.4-14 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
7.4.4
Design
3 Hydro accumulator
The hydro accumulator unit is mounted in the front section. The hydro
accumulators are mounted on the housing.
The housing is connected to the stabilisation module.
L550, L556
L566, L576, L580
Hydro accumulator unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Function description
Function
The hydro accumulator unit is connected via the stabilisation module to the
base end of the lift cylinders. If the maximum pressure is reached, the
stabilisation module stops the oil flow to the hydro accumulators. This
protects the hydro accumulator from overload.
The hydro accumulators absorb bouncing and pitching vibrations. The vibration
damping effect is achieved using a nitrogen filling in the hydro accumulators.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-15 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Ride control
4 Membrane
5 Closing head
6 Accumulator
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The hydro accumulators have a small amount of oil in them to protect the
membrane on the nitrogen side. When sudden pressure peaks occur, such
as when driving over rough ground, the oil prevents the membrane from
hitting the inside of the accumulator too hard.
7.4-16 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Ride control
7.4.5
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
The ride control pressure switch is installed under the pilot control unit in the
control line for lowering the lift arms.
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as "normally closed".
When the float position or lift arm lowering function is not activated, the
contact in the ride control pressure switch is closed. This means that ride
control can be activated.
When the float position or lift arm lowering function is activated, the pressure
on the ride control pressure switch increases and the electrical contact in the
switch opens. This prevents ride control from being activated at the same time.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.4-17 o f 1 8
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Ride control
7.4-18 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Lift and tilt cylinders
Lift cylinder
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Piston rod
5 Piston
6 Base-end cylinder bearing
7 Hex screw
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Function description
Extension and retraction
The hydraulic cylinder is a double-action cylinder with a piston at one end.
The maximum forces in the cylinder depend on the maximum operating
pressure and the active surfaces.
When extending, the piston face is active; when retracting, the smaller ring
face is active.
This means the force when extending is greater than when retracting.
The piston speed is inversely proportional to the force. It is faster when
retracting than extending.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.5-1 o f 4
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
7.5-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Lift and tilt cylinders
7.5.2
Tilt cylinder
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Piston rod
5 Piston
6 Base-end cylinder bearing
7 Hex screw
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.5-3 o f 4
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Function description
Extension and retraction
The hydraulic cylinder is a double-action cylinder with a piston at one end.
The maximum forces in the cylinder depend on the maximum operating
pressure and the active surfaces.
When extending, the piston face is active; when retracting, the smaller ring
face is active.
This means the force when extending is greater than when retracting.
The piston speed is inversely proportional to the force. It is faster when
retracting than extending.
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
7.5-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Steel container
Gear pump intake connection
Oil level sight glass
Return and suction filter
Return strainer
Bleeder filter
Fixing panels for air filter and exhaust system
The hydraulic tank is fitted on the rear section. The fittings for fastening the
exhaust and air filter are on the steel part of the hydraulic tank.
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The hydraulic tank contains the oil required by the hydraulic system. It
supplies oil to the travel hydraulics, working hydraulics, brake system and
steering system.
When the machine moves, a plate inside the hydraulic tank calms the
hydraulic oil. This moderating plate divides the hydraulic tank into a return
chamber and an intake chamber.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.6-1 o f 1 0
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
Filter unit
The filter unit consists of the following components:
1 Return suction filter
2 Return strainer
3 Bleeder filter
4 Suction line from replenishing pump
The return suction filter 1 filters the oil flowing back from the working and
travel hydraulics. The oil flows from the inside outwards through the filter.
At the same time the filter acts as a suction filter for the replenishing pump of
the hydrostatic travel drive. The replenishing pump draws up the filtered oil
via the connection 4.
To prevent excessive changes of pressure inside the hydraulic tank, air must
be exchanged with the atmosphere outside. The bleeder filter 2 provides the
connection to the outside.
To prevent contamination, the air taken in from outside passes through a
fine filter. A valve with a spring provides a slight pressure inside the
hydraulic tank.
The return strainer 3 filters some of the oil returning from the entire hydraulic
system. The filtered oil then flows back to the hydraulic tank.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
See the detailed description in the section on the filter unit and bleeder filter.
7.6-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
7.6.1
Filter unit
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
16 Return strainer
17 Filter housing
18 Suction line from replenishing pump
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.6-3 o f 1 0
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
6
7
8
9
10
Bypass valve
Pre-tension valve
Suction line from replenishing pump
Replenishing strainer
Return strainer
11
12
13
14
15
Return pipe
Replenishing valve
Filter element
Magnetic rod
Filter casing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
7.6-4 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
Function description
Basic function
The return suction filter 1 acts as a return filter for oil flowing back from the
working and travel hydraulics, and as a suction filter for the replenishing
pump of the hydrostatic travel drive.
Some of oil flowing back from the various consumer units is pumped through
the return suction filter 3 back to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 2 prevents inadmissible pressure changes inside the hydraulic tank. This means air can be exchanged with the atmosphere outside.
Connections on the filter unit:
Compact brake pump leak oil
Fan motor leak oil
Suction line from replenishing pump
Working hydraulics pump leak oil
Solenoid valve block return line
Working hydraulics pump leak oil
Return line from control block
Return line from oil cooler
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
6 Replenishing strainer
7 Pre-tension valve
8 Return strainer
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.6-5 o f 1 0
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
4 Lower chamber
5 Suction line from replenishing pump
9 Return pipe
The oil flowing back from the working and travel hydraulics is pumped
through the connection 1 to the return suction filter 3. The oil flows from the
inside outwards through the return suction filter 3 and is cleaned.
The magnetic rod 2 attracts larger metal particles from the oil flowing past.
This also increases the lifetime of the filter.
The outside of the filter is connected to intake connection 5 of the replenishing pump.
More oil flows from the working and travel hydraulics to the return and
suction filter than is drawn up by the replenishing pump. The excess oil flows
through the pre-tension valve 7 to the hydraulic tank.
Replenishing function
4 Suction line from replenishing pump
5 Replenishing strainer
6 Replenishing valve
If there is insufficient oil to supply the replenishing pump, it can draw up oil
from the hydraulic tank. Oil flows through the replenishing strainer 5 and the
replenishing valve 6 to the intake connection 4 of the replenishing pump.
There may be too little oil in the filter element, for instance after it is changed.
7.6-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The pressure of the intake connection 4 allows the replenishing to draw up oil
more easily for cold starts. This increases the pressure in the hydrostatic control circuit increases more quickly and a better drive performance is achieved.
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
4 Bypass valve
5 Return strainer
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
The return strainer 5 catches dirt particles. This prevents soiling of the
hydraulic tank.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.6-7 o f 1 0
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
Hydraulic tank
7.6.2
Bleeder filter
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Filter housing
Inlet valve
Pressure spring
Outlet valve
Pressure spring
6
7
8
9
O-ring
Fine filter
O-ring
Inner housing
Function description
Function
To prevent contamination, the air taken in from outside passes through the
fine filter.
The spring-loaded outlet valve 2 and inlet valve 3 reduce the exchange of
air. This minimises the oil contamination and increases the service life of the
fine filter element.
7.6-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
To prevent excessive changes of pressure inside the hydraulic tank, air must
be exchanged with the atmosphere outside.
Service Manual
Working hydraulics
Hydraulic tank
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
At a certain low pressure, the inlet valve 4 opens. This allows air to flow in
through the opening 3 and the fine filter 1.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7.6-9 o f 1 0
Working hydraulics
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/05/02/2007
Hydraulic tank
7.6-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8 Steering System
8.0
Chapter contents
8
8.1
8.2
Servostat.........................................................................................8.2-1
8.3
8.4
8.4.2
8.4.3
8.4.4
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Steering System
8.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Design
Servostat
Oil cooler
Collector pipe
Hydraulic tank
5
6
7
8
The machine has articulated steering. Two steering cylinders move the front
section and the rear section to each other using the articulated joint.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.0-1 o f 4
Steering System
PowerPoint
Service Manual
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Basic function
8.0-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Steering System
Hydraulic tank
Bleeder filter
Return strainer
Bypass valve
Return suction filter
Pre-tension valve
Replenishing valve with strainer
Travel pump return line
Fan motor leak oil
Compact brake pump leak oil
Solenoid valve block leak oil
Return line from oil cooler
Shut-off valve
Working hydraulics pump
intake port
15 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
16 Right steering cylinder
17 Right steering damper hydro
accumulator
36
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
50
51
52
Valve slider
Valve block
Check valve
Check valve
Variable displacement pump
pressure switch B3
Emergency steering pump
pressure switch B3a
Emergency steering pump
Electric motor
Gear pump
Pressure relief valve
Oil cooler
Collector pipe
Bypass valve
Test connections:
P High pressure / steering pump
M High pressure / steering pump
or emergency steering pump
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the steering system. The variable
displacement pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1.
The returning oil from the servostat is pumped back through the oil cooler
and the connection 3 via the return suction filter 4 to the hydraulic tank. Leak
oil from the variable displacement pump is directed through the connection 2
via the return strainer 5 to the hydraulic tank. The bleeder filter 6 compensates for pressure differences inside the hydraulic tank by providing
appropriate ventilation.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.0-3 o f 4
Steering System
Service Manual
Valve block
The valve block directs the oil from the variable displacement pump or the
emergency steering pump to the servostat.
The emergency steering pressure switch 1 monitors the pressure of the
variable displacement pump. If the pressure at the emergency steering
pressure switch 1 is too low, the emergency steering pump is automatically
activated. This can happen if the diesel engine shuts down or if the variable
displacement pump fails.
The check valves 2 and 3 prevent the oil from flowing back to the pumps.
See the detailed description in the section on the valve block.
Servostat
The servostat is connected to the steering column. The steering wheel
actuates the metering pump and valve slider in the servostat, causing the
steering system to move.
If the steering wheel is moved quickly, the flow booster system pumps some
of the oil via the spool directly to the steering cylinders. This facilitates fast
steering on rough terrain.
When the steering wheel is moved slowly, the flow booster is not activated.
All the oil is pumped through the spool and the metering pump to the steering cylinders. This facilitates sensitive steering on roads.
Two pressure relief valves protect the steering cylinder and servostat from
excessive pressure peaks.
See the detailed description in the section on the servostat.
Steering cylinder
The steering cylinders are connected to the front and rear sections.
The servostat supplies oil to the steering cylinders during steering.
The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders absorb steering movements. The absorber system in the steering cylinder prevents the front and
rear sections from bumping other at full articulation.
See the detailed description in the section on the steering cylinder.
8.0-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Steering System
Steering pump
Design
4 Pressure cut-off
5 Connection housing
The steering pump is an axial piston pump with a swash plate design. The
steering pump is flange-mounted to the working hydraulics pump and is
driven by the diesel engine via this unit.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The pressure and flow controller attached to pump housing affect the control
unit of the pump.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.1-1 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
Steering pump
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Cylinder
Control plate
O-ring
P connection
Valve housing
Shim
Tapered roller bearing
Shim
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Intake connection
Snap ring
Support ring
Pressure spring
Support ring
Glide shoe
Return ball
Tapered roller bearing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8.1-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Steering pump
6
7
8
9
10
Test connection P
Plug
Pressure cut-off
Flow controller
LS connection
11
12
13
14
Guide piston
Return cylinder
Glide shoe
Ball journal
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.1-3 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
Steering pump
Function description
Basic function
Rotary group
Servo cylinder
Return cylinder
Restrictor
Restrictor
Pressure cut-off
7
8
9
10
11
12
Flow controller
High pressure test connection
Oil to servostat
LS signal from servostat
Return line to hydraulic tank
Intake connection
The steering pump operates in an open circuit. During operation, the pump
delivers oil from the hydraulic tank through the valve block to the steering.
The displacement of the steering pump is proportional to the input speed
and the variable cylinder volume.
The pressure cut-off valve 6 and flow controller 7 attached to pump housing
affect the control unit of the pump. The pump control unit pivots the swash
plate out of the zero position. When the swash plate pivots out, the piston
stroke in the rotary group 1 increases and the pump starts delivering oil.
Control unit
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The control unit continuously regulates the steering pump flow. The angle of
the swash plate 3 is changed from 0 towards 15 and vice versa.
8.1-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Steering pump
6
7
T
A
P
Adjusting screw
Pressure cut-off
Pump housing return line
To the return cylinder
High pressure
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.1-5 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
Steering pump
If the steering wheel is not moved, the load pressure at the connection 4
decreases. The pump pressure moves the piston 2 against the springs 5.
The piston 2 opens the pump pressure duct P to the duct A and the return
cylinder regulates the pump to the minimum flow.
Flow controller with no steering movement (pump does not deliver oil)
Pressure cut-off
When the maximum operating pressure in the system has been reached, the
pump moves back to the smallest angle and only delivers leak oil. The
maximum operating pressure remains constant.
When the pump reaches its maximum operating pressure, the piston 3 in the
pressure cut-off valve 1 moves against the spring 4. This opens the duct A
and pressure oil flows to the return cylinder.
8.1-6 o f 6
Pressure cut-off
Effective face
Valve piston
Pressure spring
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
5
P
A
T
Adjusting screw
High pressure
To the return cylinder
Pump housing return line
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The return cylinder moves the swash plate and regulates the pump to the
smallest angle.
Service Manual
Steering System
Servostat
8.2 Servostat
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The servostat is fastened on rubber fittings at the front under the cab. The
rubber fittings prevent noise from the hydraulics from being transferred to the
steel cab frame.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The steering column meshes with the teeth of the internal rotary slider 2.
The internal rotary slider in the servostat is actuated by the steering wheel
and the steering column.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.2-1 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
Servostat
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
8.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Servostat
Function description
Basic function
7
8
9
10
11
When it is actuated, the servostat directs oil from the variable displacement
pump to the steering cylinders. The oil supply to the steering cylinders is
precisely metered according to the speed of the steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is turned, the position of the internal rotary slider is
turned in relation to the outer valve sleeve. This opens the valve, allowing a
certain amount of oil to flow through the metering pump to the steering cylinder.
Flow booster
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The flow booster allows the small servostat to supply oil from two cylinders.
A specific portion of the flow is directed through the metering pump, and
another portion is pumped through the spool directly to the cylinders.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.2-3 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
Servostat
If the steering wheel is moved slowly, the entire flow is directed through the
metering pump 3. The oil flowing to the steering system depends on the size of
the metering pump. This allows very sensitive steering for travelling on roads.
At faster steering speeds of more than 10 turns of the steering wheel per
minute, additional holes in the spool open. Some of the oil flows through the
metering pump 3, and more oil flows the spool 4 directly to the cylinders. The
volumetric flow ration is 1:1.6. This allows very fast steering for rough terrain.
When the steering is not actuated, the duct P on the variable displacement
pump 3 is blocked. The LS connection for controlling the pump is relieved
via the spool to the tank connection T. The LS depressurised connection adjusts the variable displacement pump minimum flow.
Pressure cut-off
The pressure relief valves prevent excessive pressure peaks in the steering
system. Pressure peaks can be caused by sudden loads while driving.
Depending on the direction of the load, either the pressure relief valve 1 on the
left steering cylinder or the pressure relief valve 2 for the right cylinder opens.
8.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Steering System
Servostat
When the set pressure is reached, the valve cone 6 opens against the pressure spring 4. Oil flows from the consumer unit 7 to the tank connection 5.
The opening pressure of the pressure relief valve can be set using the
adjusting screw 3.
Replenishing function
The servostat has two replenishing valves: one for steering to the left and
one for steering to the right.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.2-5 o f 6
Steering System
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Servostat
8.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Steering cylinder
Design
4 Piston rod
5 Piston
6 Damper bushing
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.3-1 o f 4
Steering System
Service Manual
Steering cylinder
Sealing
The scraper ring in the piston rod bearing prevents dirt from penetrating the
piston rod.
The O-rings and the Glyd Seal, Rimseal and Stepseal sealing rings seal the
pressure chambers inside and out.
3 Damper bushing
4 Damper notch
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The oil can only flow through the damper notch 4. This decreases the flow
diameter for the displaced oil and the speed of the piston is reduced.
8.3-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Steering cylinder
8.3.1
Design
3 Closing head
4 Accumulator
The elastic partition between the fluid and the nitrogen is a membrane 2,
which is stretched in the accumulator 4. The closing head 3 prevents the
membrane from being pressed into the inlet opening when the hydro
accumulator is completely empty.
The plug 1 allows the accumulator to be checked and topped up using the
filling and testing device.
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Steering damper
The hydro accumulators on the steering cylinders absorb steering movements when changing direction quickly. Also, the damping effect absorbs
external influences on the machine, for example if the working attachment is
driven against an obstacle.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.3-3 o f 4
Steering System
Service Manual
Steering cylinder
4 Membrane
5 Closing head
6 Accumulator
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The hydro accumulator has a small amount of oil in it to protect the membrane on the nitrogen side. When sudden pressure peaks occur, such as
when driving on rough terrain or suddenly moving the steering wheel, the oil
prevents the membrane from hitting the inside of the accumulator too hard.
8.3-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Emergency steering
7 Valve block
8 Emergency steering check
pressure switch B3a
9 Emergency steering pump
10 Emergency steering pump relay
11 Output module 2
The emergency steering pump 9, the emergency steering pump relay 10 and
the emergency steering check pressure switch 8 are mounted on the right of
the rear section.
The valve block 7 and the emergency steering pressure switch 6 are
mounted on the left of the rear section.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The main electronics (master) 4 are located in the cab behind the driver's seat.
The input module 1 and the output module 2 are fitted in the right cab access.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.4-1 o f 1 0
Steering System
Service Manual
Emergency steering
Function description
Basic function
7 Valve block
8 Emergency steering check
pressure switch B3a
9 Emergency steering pump
10 Emergency steering pump relay
11 Output module 2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
8.4-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Emergency steering
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
During the safety test, the emergency steering pump is activated. The pump
runs for 2 to 3 seconds. A pressure of 16 bar must be reached within this
time. The contact on the emergency steering check pressure switch 6
closes. During the safety test, the emergency steering check symbol field 3
lights up. The emergency steering system is then operational and the
emergency steering check symbol field goes out.
If the pressure at the emergency steering check pressure switch 6 does not
reach 16 bar, the check symbol field stays lit until the ignition is switched off.
The safety test is interrupted after 3 seconds. The emergency steering field
check symbol field indicates to the driver that the emergency steering
system is defective.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.4-3 o f 1 0
Steering System
Service Manual
Emergency steering
6
7
8
9
10
Valve block
Oil from the steering pump
To servostat
Emergency steering button
Main electronics (master)
If the diesel engine or the steering pump 7 fails, the emergency steering function
is started automatically. If the pressure drops, the emergency steering pressure
switch 4 sends a signal via the input module 1 to the main electronics (master)
10. The main electronics give the start command to the output module 2 and the
emergency steering pump starts pumping oil. At the same time the emergency
steering symbol field lights up, accompanied by an audible signal. The
emergency steering function is provided for 40 seconds. The electric motor 5 of
the emergency steering pump is automatically switched off.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The emergency steering pump can only started manually using the emergency steering button 9. This function is only available for 10 seconds if the
ignition is on.
8.4-4 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Steering System
Emergency steering
8.4.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The emergency steering pump is mounted on the right of the rear section.
Relay
Electric motor
Connector piece
Sealing ring
5
6
7
8
Flange
Seals
Bushing
Gears
9 Housing
10 Valve housing
11 Pressure relief valve
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.4-5 o f 1 0
Steering System
Service Manual
Emergency steering
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump of the emergency steering pump is powered by the electric
motor. The electric motor is switched on and off via a relay.
The gear pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank as needed. The oil is
pumped via the valve block to the servostat. A pressure relief valve protects
the pump from excess pressure.
8.4-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
4 Output module 2
5 Electric motor
6 Main earth connection
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The electric motor 5 of the emergency steering pump is switched on and off
via the relay 1. The relay 1 is activated by the main electronics (master) and
the output module 2. The relay is designed to switch large currents.
Service Manual
Steering System
Emergency steering
8.4.2
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When
a set value is reached, the electric contact closes and the circuit is closed.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.4-7 o f 1 0
Steering System
Service Manual
Emergency steering
8.4.3
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
Function description
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When
a set value is reached, the electric contact closes and the circuit is closed.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
8.4-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Basic function
Service Manual
Steering System
Emergency steering
8.4.4
Valve block
Design
5
6
7
8
To servostat
Housing
Steering test connection
Emergency steering pump
check valve
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The valve block connects the oil from the variable displacement pump or the
emergency steering pump to the servostat.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
8.4-9 o f 1 0
Steering System
Service Manual
Emergency steering
8.4-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9 Brake system
9.0
Chapter contents
9
Brake system........................................................................9.0-1
Service brake ..................................................................................9.1-1
9.1.1
9.1.2
9.1.3
9.1.4
9.1.5
9.2
Parking brake..................................................................................9.2-1
9.2.1
Disc brake.............................................................................9.2-2
9.2.2
9.3
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
9.3.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Brake system
9.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
9.0.1
Brake system
Design
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
7 Rear axle
8 Pilot control solenoid valve
9 Overspeed protection
solenoid valve
10 Pilot control hydro accumulator
11 Oil from the replenishing pump
12 Transmission with parking brake
13 Front axle
Test connections:
M3 Accumulator charge
pressure
M4 Front axle brake pressure
M5 Rear axle brake pressure
M6 Parking brake pressure
The gear pump 5 is flange-mounted on the engine. Together with the compact
brake valve 1, its job is to charge the hydro accumulators of the brake system.
The hydro accumulators for the service brake are fitted outside on the cab floor.
The hydro accumulator for the parking brake mounted directly on the compact
brake valve.
The service brake is a wet disc brake mounted in the wheel hubs of both axles.
The parking brake is a disc brake attached to the transmission 12.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.0-1 o f 6
Brake system
Service Manual
PowerPoint
Function description
Basic function
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Hydraulic tank
Return strainer
Brake system gear pump
Replenishing pump
Solenoid valve block
Overspeed protection
solenoid valve
Pilot control solenoid valve
Check valve
Pilot control hydro accumulator
Compact brake valve assembly
Accumulator charge valve
Pressure balance pilot valve
9.0-2 o f 6
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Check valve
Inverted shuttle valve
Check valve
Parking brake solenoid valve
Inching angle sensor
Pressure control piston for
st
1 circuit
Pressure control piston for
2nd circuit
Accumulator charge
pressure switch
Front axle disc brakes
Front axle hydro accumulator
Parking brake hydro accumulator
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
24
25
26
27
28
29
Transfer gear
Parking brake
Brake light pressure switch
Rear axle disc brakes
Rear axle hydro accumulator
Control valve block
(housing spreheating)
Test connections:
M3 Accumulator charge pressure
M4 Front axle brake pressure
M5 Rear axle brake pressure
M6 Parking brake pressure
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Brake system
The service brake is a hydraulic 2-circuit brake system. It acts on the wet
discs in the front and rear axles.
The brake system gear pump 3 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and
pumps it to the compact brake valve 10. The accumulator charge valve 11 in the
compact brake valve fills the hydro accumulators to a specified oil pressure.
When the inch/brake pedal is slightly depressed (up to 2/3 of the way down),
only the hydraulic inching function is activated via the inching angle sensor 17.
When the inch/brake pedal is fully depressed (in the last third), oil flows from the
hydro accumulators 22 and 28 via the pressure control pistons 18 and 19 to the
brake pistons in the front and rear axles. This activates the wet disc brakes. At
the end of the braking procedure, the oil flows into the hydraulic tank.
The parking brake 25 is opened by oil pressure and closed by spring force. When
the parking brake solenoid valve 16 is energised, oil flows from the parking brake
hydro accumulator 23 to the parking brake and opens the callipers.
Hydraulic tank
The hydraulic tank provides filtered oil for the brake system. The gear pump
draws up oil from the hydraulic tank via the connection 1. The returning oil is
pumped back through the return strainer 3 to the hydraulic tank.
The bleeder filter 4 compensates for pressure differences inside the
hydraulic tank by providing appropriate ventilation.
See the detailed description in the section on the hydraulic tank.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.0-3 o f 6
Brake system
Service Manual
Service brake
The service brake is a wet disc brake 1 mounted in the front and rear axles.
The oil pressure pushes the brake discs together. The number of brake
discs and the brake pressure determine the braking force.
9.0-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
L580
4 Differential (Hercules axle)
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
See the detailed description of the wet disc brake in the section on the axles.
Service Manual
Brake system
Parking brake
The parking brake is attached to the output shaft of the transmission 4 and
thus acts on all four wheels.
The parking brake is opened by oil pressure and closed by spring force.
When you start the engine and press the parking brake button, the solenoid
valve 2 in the compact brake valve 1 is activated. Oil flows from the hydro
accumulator 3 to the parking brake 5, where it acts on the brake cylinder and
opens the callipers.
When you press the parking brake button again or turn off the engine, the
force of the springs in the brake cylinder closes the brake, thus generating
the required braking torque on the brake disc.
When the parking brake is closed, the LED in the parking brake button and
the parking brake symbol field in the display light up.
See the detailed description in the section on the parking brake.
Overspeed protection
The overspeed protection prevents the engine and the variable displacement
motors from overrevving, which can occur, for example, when driving downhill.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.0-5 o f 6
Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Brake system
9.0-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Service brake
Design
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
The gear pumps are fitted on the accessory drive of the engine and is driven
by the engine at a specific transmission ratio via a spur gear.
Driver
O-ring
Flange
Seals
Bearing bushings
6
7
8
9
Gears
Housing
Housing cover
Shaft seal ring
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.1-1 o f 1 0
Brake system
Service Manual
Service brake
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump consists of two intermeshing gears enclosed in a housing.
One of the two gears is driven via the outgoing shaft (driving gear), and the
other driven by the gear teeth.
The fluid taken in is injected into the gaps between the teeth and pumped
outside along the housing from the intake port to the pressure port.
The brake system gear pump 2 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 4 via the
internal intake duct of the cooling system gear pump 3. The oil is pumped via
the discharge port to the compact brake valve 1.
Pressure cut-off
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
The brake system gear pump pressure cut-off is performed by the pressure
relief valve in the compact brake valve.
9.1-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Service brake
9.1.2
Design
This compact brake valve is attached to the cab floor. It is activated using
the inch/brake pedal.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.1-3 o f 1 0
Brake system
Service Manual
9.1-4 o f 1 0
10 Opening/closing pressure
adjusting screw
11 Inverted shuttle valve
12 Return spring for 2nd brake circuit
13 Pressure control piston for
2nd brake circuit
14 Return spring for 1st brake circuit
15 Pressure control piston for 1st
brake circuit
16 Spring cup
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
Service brake
Service Manual
Brake system
Service brake
Function description
Basic function
9
10
11
12
The compact brake valve is supplied with oil by a gear pump. The integrated
accumulator charge valve 9 and the pilot valve 7 fill the hydro accumulator
with pressure oil.
If the accumulator charge cut-off pressure is reached, the accumulator
charge valve 9 switches the pump flow to circulate to the connection N.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
If braking causes the accumulator pressure to fall to the accumulator charge cutin pressure, the accumulator charge valve 9 switches to accumulator charging.
The brake circuits of the front and rear axles are separated by the inverted
shuttle valve 5.
The parking brake solenoid valve 1 provides pressure oil to the disc brake.
Service brake
When the pedal is depressed in the first two thirds of its range, the hydraulic
inching function is activated. This function is triggered by the angle sensor
on the compact brake valve.
If the pedal is depressed further, the pressure control pistons of the 2nd circuit
control the pressure in the brake pistons in proportion to the pedal force.
At the end of the braking procedure, the oil flows back to the hydraulic tank.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.1-5 o f 1 0
Brake system
Service Manual
Service brake
If one brake circuit fails, the second remains operational due to the mechanical
contact between the two pressure control pistons in the compact brake valve.
The actuation force remains the same.
Parking brake
When you press the parking brake button, the parking brake solenoid valve
1 is opened. The accumulator pressure acts on the cylinders of the disc
brake and opens the brake.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
When the inch/brake pedal is pressed, the current to the control pressure
proportional valve (travel hydraulics pump) is reduced. The variable
displacement pump reduces its flow. This hydrostatically brakes the machine.
9.1-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Service brake
9.1.3
Design
3 Closing head
4 Accumulator
The elastic partition between the fluid and the nitrogen is a membrane 2,
which is stretched in the accumulator 4. The closing head 3 prevents the
membrane from being pressed into the inlet opening when the hydro
accumulator is completely empty. The plug 1 allows the accumulator to be
checked and topped up using the filling and testing device.
Function description
Basic function
The purpose of the hydro accumulator is to store hydraulic energy and
supply it when needed.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.1-7 o f 1 0
Brake system
Service Manual
Service brake
5 Accumulator charge
pressure switch
6 Brake light pressure switch
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
9.1-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Service brake
9.1.4
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
The brake light pressure switch 1 is mounted on the compact brake valve 3.
Function description
Basic function
Membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When
a set value is reached, the electric contact closes and the circuit is closed.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally open.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
When the inch/brake pedal is pressed, the pressure on the parking brake
pressure switch rises. When a set level is reached, the contact closes and
the brake lights are switched on.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.1-9 o f 1 0
Brake system
Service Manual
Service brake
9.1.5
Design
4 Switch contact
5 Membrane
6 Housing
Function description
Basic function
The membrane pressure switches are for switching electric circuits on and off.
The hydraulic pressure acts via a membrane on an adjustable spring. When a
set value is reached, the electric contact opens and the circuit is interrupted.
This type of membrane pressure switch is known as normally closed.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26.01.2007
If the pressure in one of the brake accumulators falls below the level set for
the pressure switch, the contact closes and the accumulator charge
pressure symbol field lights up. In addition, an audible signal sounds.
9.1-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Parking brake
4 Transfer gear
5 Disc brake
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
When you press the parking brake button 2 again or turn off the engine, the
force of the springs in the brake cylinder closes the brake, thus generating
the required braking torque on the brake disc. The parking brake symbol
field 3 and the LED 1 in the parking brake button light up.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.2-1 o f 6
Brake system
Service Manual
Parking brake
9.2.1
Disc brake
Technical data
See section 2.1
Counter nut
Plug
Adjusting screw
Anti-twist locking pin
Brake callipers
Dust seal
Pressure pin
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Brake disc
Guide pin
Lock nut
Counter nut
Brake pad
Adjusting screw
Piston seal
15
16
17
18
19
20
Brake piston
Cup springs
Housing
Brake oil connection
Rubber centring element
Bleeder screw
The parking brake is a spring-loaded sliding saddle brake which acts on the
brake disc 8 attached outside on the output shaft of the transmission.
9.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Design
Service Manual
Brake system
Parking brake
Function description
Basic function of the disc brake
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Rubber fittings on the guide pin 4 push the entire brake calliper to the right
until the adjusting screw 6 touches the transmission housing. This moves the
rear brake pad 5 away from the brake disc 3.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.2-3 o f 6
Brake system
Service Manual
Parking brake
9.2.2
Design
3 Closing head
4 Accumulator
The elastic partition between the fluid and the nitrogen is a membrane 2,
which is stretched in the accumulator 4. The closing head 3 prevents the
membrane from being pressed into the inlet opening when the hydro
accumulator is completely empty. The plug 1 allows the accumulator to be
checked and topped up using the filling and testing device.
Function description
Basic function
9.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Service Manual
Brake system
Parking brake
The parking brake is closed by spring force and opened by the brake oil from
the hydro accumulator 2.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
When the parking brake button is pressed, brake oil flows from the hydro
accumulator and releases the parking brake. The parking brake can only be
safely released when the parking brake symbol field is not lit.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.2-5 o f 6
Brake system
Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Parking brake
9.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Brake system
Overspeed protection
The solenoid valve block 4 is fitted on left of the rear section beside the engine.
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Function description
4 Replenishing pump
5 Solenoid valve block
6 Overspeed protection
solenoid valve
The overspeed protection prevents the engine and the variable displacement
motors from overrevving, which can occur, for example, when driving downhill.
When the engine or the variable displacement motors reach a set limit
speed, the overspeed protection solenoid valve 6 is activated. Oil flows from
the replenishing pump 4 to the rear axle disc brake 7, causing the machine
to slow down.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.3-1 o f 4
Brake system
Service Manual
Overspeed protection
The service code E 5029 only appears during reckless driving, for example
at full speed down steep slopes. If the service code E 5029 is found several
times in the memory, it may affect the warranty on the machine, especially if
any damage was caused by overspeed.
The service codes are stored in the main electronics A15.
9.3-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Caution: Brake interventions with the service code E 5029 do not occur
during normal operation. This service code is only generated when the
machine is not operated properly.
Service Manual
Brake system
Overspeed protection
9.3.1
Design
3 Overspeed protection
solenoid valve
4 Solenoid valve block assembly
The solenoid valve block is fitted on left of the rear section beside the engine.
Function description
Basic function
The solenoid valve block includes the following components in a single housing:
Pilot control solenoid valve (working hydraulics)
Overspeed protection solenoid valve (rear axle braking function)
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
9.3-3 o f 4
Brake system
Service Manual
LBH/version 01/10.2006/en/dw/26/01/2007
Overspeed protection
9.3-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10 Electrical system
10.0
Chapter contents
10
10.1.1
10.1.2
10.1.3
10.1.4
10.1.5
10.1.6
10.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.2.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.0-1 o f 1
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Electrical system
10.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Electrical system
10.0.1
Components of the
electrical system
The table below lists all the components of the electrical system. The entry
in the step column helps you locate the component in the circuit diagrams.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Abbreviations:
- WH = Wiring harness
- LFD = Liebherr ride control
- SV = Solenoid valve
- PSV = Proportional solenoid valve
- LED = Light-emitting diode
- SH = Service hours
- * Options
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.0-3 o f 1
Electrical system
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.0-4 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Electrical system
Function description
Circuit diagrams
The circuit diagrams are on pages 1 to 75. The following list contains the
pages and their main functions.
Overview of pages for the electrical system:
1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW L550 - L580
2
3
The circuit diagrams of the electrical system show the function sequences
for the entire machine, including optional equipment. All components and
connections are marked and shown with the appropriate switching code so
that they are clearly identifiable. The keys also list the designations of
the components.
The circuit diagrams are divided into pages. The pages are also divided into
individual sections.
Click the links in the online documentation to skip to the relevant information.
Component designation -
The designations of the components and connectors are always shown with
-XX..:
- -XX = Component designation, e.g.
-P1 = Mechanical service hours indicator (optional)
Location code +
Location codes are shown with +XX. The location codes show where the
components are fitted on the machine.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.0-5 o f 3
Electrical system
Service Manual
+V1
+V2
+V3
Front section
Lift arm
Tilt cylinder
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.0-6 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
CANBUS3
HEAT/AIRCON
CONTROL
CC01
91/92 MOTORCONTROLLHECU
106
B
PROJ: 8920980_003
DISPLAYUNIT
SENSORS
(SWITCH,
SENSOR)
CANBUS1
45
MACHINE
INPUTMODULE1
CANBUS2
C
4x
CAN
1x
LAN
CANBUS3
ACTUATORS
(MAGNETICS,
SOLENOIDVALVES)
CANBUS4
4XRS232
OPTIONS(e.g.
WEIGHING EQUIPMENT
CENTRALGREASING,
etc.)
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
112
2xCFCard
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
97
93
CAN
CAN
AIRCONDITIONINGKEYPAD MAINKEYPAD
22 OUTPUTMODULE1
Ethernet/RS232/CAN
D
ELECTRIC LOAD
(LIGHTING,
WINDSCREENWIPER,
REAR
REARWINDOWHEATER
46 INPUTMODULE2
21
OUTPUTMODULE2
ELECTRICKEYPAD
FUSEANDRELAY BOARD
SENSORS
MACHINE
ACTUATORS
F
Ersteller
Datum
SPL
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
OVERVIEWDIAGRAM
ELECTRICALSYSTEMELECTRONICSGG6TIER3WHEELLOADER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
1
114
TABLEOFCONTENTS
SHEET
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
61
STARTER
TABLEOFCONTENTS
SHEET
TRAVELDIRECTIONSHYDRAULICPUMPBUZZERPRESSUREHIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
54
FUNCTIONWORKINGBASKET
59
DISPLAYUNITCANBUS3
35
FUNCTIOND+PROFILELIGHTPARKINGLIGHT
20
DISPLAYUNITCANBUS3
36
FOOTFLAPVMC3MIDDLEFLAPVMC4
66
WORKINGPROJECTORREARREAR
31
FANMOTORANDSENSORICEUPPROTECTION
64
WORKINGPROJECTORREARCABIN
32
JOYSTICKSTEERING
72
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTCABINXENONWORKINGPROJECTOR
30
JOYSTICKSTEERING
74
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR
62
BMKINDEX
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR
63
BMKINDEX
HEADFLAPVMC5TEMPERATURESENSORAUTOMATICAIRCONDITIONING
67
BMKINDEX
FUELTEMPERATURESENSORACTIVEOSCILLATING
107
BMKINDEX
CHARGEAIRCOOLEROILPRESSURESWITCH
106
BMKINDEX
10
COUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTION
BMKINDEX
11
KEYHANDOUTCONTAININGTYPECOUNTINGNUMBERSYSTEMANDPLACE
BMKINDEX
12
STEERINGCOLUMNSWITCHSTOPLIGHTLOWBEAMHIGHBEAM
25
BMKINDEX
13
LHCONTROLLEVERSWITCHCOMFORTCONTROL3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
51
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BMKINDEX
14
GENERATOR
BMKINDEX
15
VENTILATORCONDENSERINTEGRATED
68
BMKINDEX
16
VENTILATORCONDENSERRETROFITKIT
69
BMKINDEX
17
MOTORCONTROLAUTOMATICRUNOUT
47
BMKINDEX
18
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATIONRIDECONTROL
23
BRAKEACCUMULATOR
21
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATIONRIDECONTROL
24
BRAKEACCUMULATOR
22
OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARMANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF
45
CANBUS1
37
OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARMANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF
46
CANBUS2
38
PARKINGBRAKESPEEDSENSORCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
78
DIAGNOSTICPLUGMOTORCONTROLANDAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
70
PHASESENSOR
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
105
BMKINDEX
DIESELPREHEATINGCOLDWEATHERKIT40
82
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORGROENEVELD
ANGLESENSORINCH/GASPEDAL
52
REARAREAMONITORINGVIAMONITORANDCAMERA
PROJ: 8920980_003
WARNINGBEACONMIRRORANDREARWINDOWHEATER
33
INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER13
109
FLOATPOSITIONBUCKETRETURNTODIGLIFTKICKOUT
56
INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER46
110
WINDSCREENWASHERFRONTANDREARHOOTER
28
79
WINDSCREENWASHERFRONTANDREARHOOTER
29
101
STANDBYAM4CYLINDERENGINE
111
EP3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
60
STANDBYAM6CYLINDERENGINE
102
TRAVELRANGESSWIVELANGLEHYDROMOTORSOVERSPEEDPROTECTION
53
TANKPIPESENSORTRANSMISSION/HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATUREVENTILATORCOOLINGWATERLEVEL
Datum
76
108
Ausgabe
nderung
75
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
TABLEOFCONTENTS
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
108
55
Datum
105
BACKUPALARMGEROTORSTEERINGDIESELPREHEATING
Ersteller
Zustand
108
ELECTRICALDIAGRAMDIESELENGINE4AND6CYLINDER
26
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
ELECTRONICIMMOBILISER
8920980
460901000003
7
21
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
2
114
TABLEOFCONTENTS
SHEET
WATERVALVEVMC1RECIRCULATEDAIRFLAPVMC2
GENERALOUTLAYELECTRICKEYPAD
94
KEYOFSYMBOLSDINEN613461DINEN613462DINEN60617
GENERALOUTLAYMAINKEYPAD
95
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMLIEBHERR
77
GENERALOUTLAYHEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
96
CIGARETTELIGHTERELECTRICALSOCKET12VRADIOLOUDSPEAKER
34
GENERALOUTLAYHEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMSYSTEMSIDE
97
INGITIONLOCKBATTERIESGENERATORMAINFUSES
19
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE1
86
ADDITIONALEQUIPMENT12QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
58
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE2
87
ADDITIONALEQUIPMENT123AND4QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
57
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE3
88
AUXILIARYHEATERDBW2010
80
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE4
89
AUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
81
GENERALOUTLAYAIRCONDITIONINGKEYPADFLAPCONTROL
99
PROJ: 8920980_003
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL4CYLINDER
113
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL6CYLINDER
104
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROLENGINESIDE
93
GENERALOUTLAYOPTIONKEYPAD
98
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE1
90
91
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE3
92
83
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
84
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE1AND2
41
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING
71
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING
73
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE4EP3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
50
SUPPLYMASTERSUPPLYDIAGNOSTICPLUG
40
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1
42
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1AND2
43
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE2
44
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3
48
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3AUTOMATICLIGHTINGSHUTDOWN
49
SUPPLYKEYPADS
39
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
27
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
103
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
112
GENERALOUTLAYPROTECTIVEFOIL
100
OVERVIEWDIAGRAMELECTRICALSYSTEMELECTRONICSGG6TIER3WHEELLOADER
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
SHEET
85
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
Zustand
TABLEOFCONTENTS
GENERALOUTLAYMASTER
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE2
WATERDETECTOR
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
22
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
TANKPIPESENSORTRANSMISSION/HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATUREVENTILATORCOOLINGWATERLEVEL
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
106
F
Ident.Nr.
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
ZeichNr.
114
TABLEOFCONTENTS
3
65
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
3
114
TYPE/COUNTINGNUMBER,SYSTEM,LOCATIONCODE
TYPE/COUNTINGNUMBER
CIRCUITSTWISTED
M1STARTERMOTOROPERATINGSUPPLYCODE
52
52
=BBALLAST
=FTRAVELDRIVE
=HHINDCARRIAGE
=KCABIN
=MENGINE
=VFRONTSECTION
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=SYSTEM
=K
+K6
X1.S1
=KSYSTEM(CABIN)
+K6LOCATIONCODE(CABFLOOR)
X1.SPLUGNAMEANDPINCONTACT
X1.B1
X1.BPLUGNAMEANDSOCKETCONTACT
+K6
=K
52PINAMPLUG
CABLEGREENOPTION
/7.E4
+LOCATIONCODE
CROSSREFERENCEUPSHEET7E4
OPENLINEEND
+BBALLAST
+B1BALLASTLEFT
+B2BALLASTRIGHT
LETZTEMODIFICATION
+KCABIN
+K1CABINFITTINGS
+K2CABINREARPANEL
+K2.RHCABINREARPANELRELAYRACK
+K3CABROOF
+K4CABINFITTINGSSIDECOVERRIGHTREAR
+K5CABINFITTINGSSIDECOVERLEFTREAR
+K6CABFLOOR
+FTRAVELDRIVE
+F1FRONTAXLE
+F2REARAXLE
+F3TRANSMISSION
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
+HHINDCARRIAGE
+H1HINDCARRIAGEREARHATCH
+H2HINDCARRIAGEUNTERCABINRIGHT
+H3HINDCARRIAGEUNTERCABINLEFT
+H4HINDCARRIAGERIGHT
+H5HINDCARRIAGELEFT
+MENGINE
+VFRONTSECTION
+V1FRONTSECTION
+V2LIFTARM
+V3TILTCYLINDER
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
KEYHANDOUTCONTAINING
TYPECOUNTINGNUMBERSYSTEMANDPLACE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
4
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
A3
RADIO
/34.D7
=K
A3.X1
PLUGRADIO
/34.D7
A3.X2
PLUGRADIO
A4.46.4*
SYSTEM PLACE
+K3
A13.X2
PLUGDISPLAYUNITLCD
/35.A3
=K
+K1
=K
+K3
A13a.X
DISPLAYUNIT
/35.D3
=K
+K1
/34.D7
=K
+K3
A15
MAINELECTRONICSMASTER
/85.B1
=K
+K2
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/30.D5
=K
+K2
A15.CAN.X
PLUGMASTER8POLIG
/35.B7
=K
+K2
A4.46.8*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/30.D8
=K
+K2
A15.COM4.X
PLUGMASTERRSUBD
/40.B6
=K
+K2
A4.Kl.15.a*
Kl.15INPUTMODULE4
/50.A1
=K
+K2
A15.X
PLUGMASTER6POLIG
/40.E1
=K
+K2
A4.X40
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/40.A4
=K
+K2
A16a
INPUTMODULE1
/86.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X40.3a*
CONNECTIONRELAYBOARD
/47.A4
=K
+K2
A16a.X1
PLUGINPUTMODULE1
/51.C1
=H
+H3
A4.X41
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.E2
=K
+K2
A16a.X1.44*
CANCONNECTION.INPUTMODULE1
/37.E6
=H
+H3
A4.X42
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/40.C4
=K
+K2
A16b
INPUTMODULE2
/87.B1
=K
+K2
A4.X43
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/43.B2
=K
+K2
A16b.X1
PLUGINPUTMODULE2
/27.A8
=K
+K2
A4.X44
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/25.D3
=K
+K2
A16b.X1.10a*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.D8
=K
+K2
A4.X44a:4*
CONNECTIONRELAYBOARD
/79.F8
=K
+K2
A16b.X1.9a*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.D7
=K
+K2
A4.X45
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/35.E2
=K
+K2
A16b.X2.9+10b*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.D7
=K
+K2
A4.X46
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/30.D4
=K
+K2
A16c
INPUTMODULE3
/88.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X47
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/33.B7
=K
+K2
A16c.X1
PLUGINPUTMODULE3
/71.E1
=H
+H3
A4.X48
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/49.C8
=K
+K
A16d
INPUTMODULE4
/89.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X48.*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/69.B7
=K
+K2
A16d.X1
PLUGINPUTMODULE4
/60.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X49
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/25.B7
=K
+K2
A17.aX1a*
PLUGCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.B2
=H
+H3
A4.X50
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/27.B5
=K
+K2
A17.X2*
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.D8
=H
+H
A4.X50.12a*
CONNECTIONRELAYBOARD
/33.B3
=K
+K2
A17a
OUTPUTMODULE1
/90.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X51
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/20.B4
=K
+K2
A17a.X1
PLUGOUTPUTMODULE1
/42.E7
=H
+H3
A4.X52
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.C3
=K
+K2
A17a.X1.43.57*
PLUGCANCONNECTIONINPUTMODULE1
/37.B6
=H
+H3
A4.X53
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/20.D3
=K
+K2
A17a.X1.48a*
OPTIONBUCKETRETURNTODIGBERPUSHBUTTONSWITCH
/56.E6
=H
+H3
A4.X55
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/19.C8
=K
+K2
A17a.X1.6a*
OPTIONBUCKETRETURNTODIGBERPUSHBUTTONSWITCH
/56.B6
=H
+H3
A4.X56
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/19.B2
=K
+K2
A17b
OUTPUTMODULE2
/91.B1
=H
+H3
A4.X56a*
CONNECTIONRELAYBOARD
/69.B2
=K
+K2
A17b..X1.43.57*
PLUGCANCONNECTIONOUTPUTMODULE2
/38.C1
=K
+K
A4.X56a:4*
CONNECTIONRELAYBOARD
/79.B4
=K
+K2
A17b.X1
PLUGOUTPUTMODULE2
/43.C1
=H
+H3
A4.X57
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/19.B3
=K
+K2
A17b.X1.44*
CANCONNECTIONOUTPUTMODULE2
/38.F1
=K
+K
A4.X58
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/27.B8
=K
+K2
A17b.X1.58*
CANCONNECTIONOUTPUTMODULE2
/38.F2
=K
+K
A9*
IMMOBILISER
/79.D4
=K
+K2
A17b.X143a*
CANCONNECTIONOUTPUTMODULE2
/38.D7
=H
+H3
A9.X*
PLUGIMMOBILISER
/79.D4
=K
+K2
A17c
OUTPUTMODULE3
/92.B1
=H
+H3
A11
MAINKEYPAD
/95.C3
=K
+K4
A17c.X1
PLUGOUTPUTMODULE3
/48.E2
=H
+H3
A11.X1
PLUGMAINKEYPAD
/35.B4
=K
+K4
A18
ELECTRICKEYPAD
/94.B2
=K
+K4
A13
DISPLAYUNITLCD
/35.B1
=K
+K1
A18.X1
PLUGELECTRICKEYPAD
/27.A2
=K
+K4
A13.X1
PLUGDISPLAYUNITLCD
/35.B1
=K
+K1
A18.X1.1a*
AUTOMATICLIGHTINGSHUTDOWN
/49.D6
=K
+K4
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
5
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
A18.X1.1b*
AUTOMATICLIGHTINGSHUTDOWN
/49.D6
=K
A18.X2
PLUGELECTRIESKEYBOARD
/25.C2
A19
OPTIONKEYPAD
A19.X1
SYSTEM PLACE
+K4
B10
HOOTER
/28.C2
=H
+H
=K
+K4
B10.X1
PLUGHOOTER
/28.C2
=H
+H
/98.B3
=K
+K4
B10.X2
PLUGHOOTER
/28.C2
=H
+H
PLUGOPTIONKEYPAD
/35.E7
=K
+K4
B10a*
PLUGHOOTEROPTION
/28.C2
=H
+H
A19.X2
PLUGCANBUS3
/35.F7
=K
+K4
B10a.X2*
PLUGHOOTEROPTION
/28.C1
=H
+H
A21
AIRCONELECTRONICSCC0129POLIG
/96.A2
=K
+K4
B11l
LOUDSPEAKERLEFT
/34.E7
=K
+K3
A21.X1
PLUGAIRCONELECTRONICSCC01
/62.B3
=K
+K4
B11l.X1
PLUGLOUDSPEAKERLEFT
/34.E7
=K
+K3
A21.XB
DIAGNOSTICPLUGAIRCONDITIONINGELECTRONICS
/70.E6
=K
+K4
B11l.X2
PLUGLOUDSPEAKERLEFT
/34.F7
=K
+K3
A21a
AIRCONELECTRONICSCC0142POLIG
/97.B1
=K
+K4
B11r
LOUDSPEAKERRIGHT
/34.E8
=K
+K3
A21a.X2
PLUGAIRCONELECTRONICSCC01
/64.B1
=K
+K4
B11r.X1
PLUGLOUDSPEAKERRIGHT
/34.E8
=K
+K3
A22
KEYPADHEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/99.B2
=K
+K4
B11r.X2
PLUGLOUDSPEAKERRIGHT
/34.F8
=K
+K3
A22.X1
PLUGKEYBOARDHEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/39.E6
=K
+K4
B12
PRESSURESWITCHBRAKELIGHT
/25.E1
=H
+H3
A204
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.C5
=K
+K4
B12.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/25.E1
=H
+H3
A204.X*
PLUGCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.C4
=K
+K4
B13
COOLINGWATERLEVEL
/21.C4
=H
+H
A205*
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.D3
=H
+H3
B13.X
PLUGCOOLINGWATERLEVEL
/21.C4
=H
+H
A205.X*
PLUGCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.D3
=H
+H3
B14
TRANSMISSIONTEMPERATURE
/21.C5
=F
+F3
A700C.6
MOTORCONTROLENGINESIDE6CYLINDER
/104.A1
=M
+M
B14.X
PLUGTRANSMISSIONTEMPERATURE
/21.C5
=F
+F3
A700C.6.X1
PLUGENGINESIDE
/105.E2
=M
+M
B15
INDUCTIVESWITCHBUCKETRETURNTODIG
/56.C2
=V
+V3
A700C4
MOTORCONTROLENGINESIDE4CYLINDER
/113.A1
=M
+M
B15.X
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/56.C2
=V
+V3
A700D
MOTORCONTROLVEHICLESIDE
/93.B1
=M
+M
B16
BACKUPALARM
/45.C5
=H
+H5
A700D.X2
PLUGVEHICLESIDE
/47.E1
=M
+M
B16.X
PLUGBACKUPALARM
/45.D5
=H
+H5
A.X1*
PLUGCIRCULATINGPUMPDBW2010
/80.E6
=B
+B2
B16a.X1*
PLUGREVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORCANBESWITCHEDOFF
/45.D5
=H
+H5
B1
SPEEDSENSORTRANSMISSION
/78.C6
=F
+F3
B16b.X*
PLUGREVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORCANBESWITCHEDOFF
/45.C7
=H
+H5
B1.X
PLUGSPEEDSENSOR
/78.C6
=F
+F3
B16c.X1*
PLUGOPTIONBACKUPALARM
/45.C5
=H
+H1
B2
SPEEDSENSORCONTROLMOTOR1
/78.C7
=F
+F3
B17
INDUCTIVESWITCHLIFTKICKOUT
/56.C4
=V
+V
B2.X
PLUGSPEEDSENSORCONTROLMOTOR1
/78.C7
=F
+F3
B17.B
PLUGLIFTKICKOUT
/56.B4
=V
+V
B2a
SPEEDSENSORCONTROLMOTOR2
/78.C8
=F
+F3
B17.X
PLUGLIFTKICKOUT
/56.B4
=V
+V
B2a.X
PLUGSPEEDSENSORCONTROLMOTOR2
/78.C8
=F
+F3
B17.X_1
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/56.C4
=V
+V
B3
PRESSURESWITCHEMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMP
/23.C5
=H
+H5
B19
PRESSURESWITCHBRAKEACCUMULATOR
/21.C3
=K
+K6
B3.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/23.C5
=H
+H5
B19.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/21.C3
=K
+K6
B3a
PRESSURESWITCHCHECKEMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMP
/23.C4
=H
+H4
B25
TANKPIPESENSOR
/21.C1
=H
+H2
B3a.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/23.C4
=H
+H4
B25.X
PLUGTANKPIPESENSOR
/21.C1
=H
+H2
B4
AIRFILTERCONTAMINATION
/23.C6
=H
+H
B26
TEMPERATURESENSORICEUPPROTECTION
/64.D5
=K
+K4
B4.X_1
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/23.C6
=H
+H
B26a
TEMPERATURESENSORICEUPPROTECTION
/64.D7
=K
+K4
B8
HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATURESENSOR
/21.C6
=H
+H1
B27
PRESSURESWITCHAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/62.C4
=H
+H
B8.X
PLUGHYDRAULICOILTEMPERATURESENSOR
/21.C6
=H
+H1
B27.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/62.C4
=H
+H
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Ort
Blatt
von
Anlage
003
6
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
B27.X.2*
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/69.D8
=H
B28
PRESSURESWITCHRIDECONTROL
/23.C6
B28.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
B32
SYSTEM PLACE
+H
B711
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
/108.B2
=M
+M
=K
+K
B711.X
PLUGENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
/108.B2
=M
+M
/23.C6
=K
+K
B712
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
/108.B4
=M
+M
PRESSURESWITCHFLOATPOSITION
/56.C1
=K
+K4
B712.X
PLUGENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
/108.B5
=M
+M
B32.X
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/56.C1
=K
+K4
B713
PHASESENSOR
/108.B7
=M
+M
B39
AIRCONAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSOR
/62.D5
=K
+K6
B713.X
PLUGPHASESENSOR
/108.B7
=M
+M
B39.X
PLUGAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSOR
/62.D6
=K
+K6
B.X6*
PLUGAUXILIARYHEATERDBW2010
/80.D5
=B
+B2
B40
INTERIORTEMPERATURESENSOR
/67.E6
=K
+K4
C.X1*
PLUGCIRCULATINGPUMPDBW2010
/80.E6
=B
+B2
B42
SUNSENSORAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/62.D7
=K
+K1
E1
REARLAMPLEFT
/25.E2
=B
+B1
B42.X
PLUGSUNSENSORAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/62.D7
=K
+K1
E2
INDOORLIGHTING
/19.E7
=K
+K3
B43
INDUCTIVESWITCHDISTRIBUTORLH
/77.C7
=H
+H5
E2.X1
PLUGINDOORLIGHTING
/19.E7
=K
+K3
B44
INDUCTIVESWITCHLEVELLH
/77.C4
=H
+H5
E2.X2
PLUGINDOORLIGHTING
/19.E7
=K
+K3
B45
PRESSURESENSORHIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
/54.C7
=H
+H4
E2.X3
PLUGINDOORLIGHTING
/19.E7
=K
+K3
B45.X
PLUGPRESSURESENSORHIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
/54.C7
=H
+H4
E3
DRIVINGHEADLIGHTLEFT
/25.E4
=V
+V1
B200*
INDUCTIVESWITCHJOYSTICKSTEERING
/72.C4
=K
+K4
E3.X
PLUGDRIVINGHEADLIGHTLEFT
/25.E4
=V
+V1
B200.X*
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/72.C4
=K
+K4
E3.Xa*
PLUGCOUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONLEFT
/26.E3
=V
+V
B201*
PRESSURESWITCHJOYSTICKSTEERING
/72.C2
=H
+H3
E3.Xb*
PLUGCOUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONLEFT
/26.F3
=V
+V
B201.X*
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/72.C2
=H
+H3
E4
DRIVINGHEADLIGHTRIGHT
/25.E5
=V
+V1
B202*
SIGNALTRANSMITTERJOYSTICKSTEERING
/71.C6
=K
+K4
E4.X
PLUGDRIVINGHEADLIGHTRIGHT
/25.E5
=V
+V1
B202.X*
PLUGSIGNALTRANSMITTERJOYSTICKSTEERING
/71.C6
=K
+K4
E4.Xa*
PLUGCOUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONRIGHT
/26.E6
=V
+V
B203*
PRESSURESWITCHCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEM
/78.D5
=V
+V1
E4.Xb*
PLUGCOUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONRIGHT
/26.F6
=V
+V
B203.X*
PLUGPRESSURESWITCH
/78.E5
=V
+V1
E5
REARLIGHTRIGHT
/25.E7
=B
+B2
B213*
INDUCTIVESWITCHCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C7
=V
+V2
E6
REARLIGHTLEFT24V5W
/25.E2
=B
+B1
B213.X*
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/61.C7
=V
+V2
E7
REARLIGHTRIGHT24V5W
/25.E6
=B
+B2
B701
OILPRESSURE
/106.B5
=M
+M
E8
CONTEURLIGHTLEFT24V4W
/25.E3
=K
+K3
B701.X
PLUGOILPRESSURE
/106.B5
=M
+M
E9
CONTEURLIGHTRIGHT24V4W
/25.E6
=K
+K3
B703
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
/106.B2
=M
+M
E10
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT24V70W
/30.E4
=K
+K3
B703.X
PLUGCHARGEAIRPRESSURE
/106.B2
=M
+M
E10.X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT
/30.E4
=K
+K3
B707
PLUGCHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
/107.C7
=M
+M
E10a
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT24V70W
/30.E5
=K
+K3
B707.X
PLUGCHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
/107.C7
=M
+M
E10a..X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT
/30.E5
=K
+K3
B708
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
/107.C5
=M
+M
E10b*
XENONWORKINGPROJECTOR
/30.E5
=K
+K3
B708.X
PLUGCOOLANTTEMPERATURE
/107.C5
=M
+M
E10b.X*
PLUGXENON
/30.E5
=K
+K3
B709
FUELTEMPERATURE
/107.C3
=M
+M
E11
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.E7
=K
+K3
B709.X
PLUGFUELTEMPERATURE
/107.C3
=M
+M
E11.X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.E7
=K
+K3
B710
WATERDETECTOR
/106.C7
=M
+M
E11a
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.E7
=K
+K3
B710.X
PLUGWATERDETECTOR
/106.C7
=M
+M
E11a.X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.E7
=K
+K3
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
7
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
E11b*
XENONWORKINGPROJECTOR
/30.E8
=K
E11b.X*
PLUGXENON
/30.E8
E12*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARLEFT
E12.b*
SYSTEM PLACE
+K3
F02*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.C7
=H
+H
=K
+K3
F03
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMP
/19.D4
=H
+H5
/32.E3
=K
+K3
F03**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.C6
=H
+H5.
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARLEFT
/32.E4
=K
+K3
F03*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.C6
=H
+H5
E12.b.X*
PLUGE12b
/32.D4
=K
+K3
F07
Kl.30HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
/19.D5
=H
+H5
E12.X*
PLUGE12
/32.E3
=K
+K3
F07*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.D7
=H
+H5
E12a*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARLEFT
/32.E4
=K
+K3
F07**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.D7
=H
+H5.
E12a.X*
PLUGE12a
/32.D4
=K
+K3
F07*.X1*
OPTIONBATTERYKS40
/83.D7
=H
+H5.
E13*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARRIGHT
/32.E6
=K
+K3
F07*.X1
VERSIONBATTERYKSL586
/84.D7
=H
+H5
E13.b*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARRIGHT
/32.E7
=K
+K3
F07.X1
PLUGKl.30HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
/19.D5
=H
+H5
E13.b.X*
PLUGE13b
/32.D7
=K
+K3
F07.X2
PLUGKl.30HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
/19.E5
=H
+H5
E13.X*
PLUGE13
/32.D6
=K
+K3
F07B
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSKl.15
/27.C1
=K
+K2
E13a*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARRIGHT
/32.E7
=K
+K3
F10
DISPLAYUNIT
/35.D2
=K
+K2
E13a.X*
PLUGE13a
/32.D7
=K
+K3
F11
PRESSURESWITCHB28B32
/56.E1
=K
+K2
E14l
LICENCEPLATELIGHTLEFT24V10W
/25.D8
=H
+H1
F12*
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.B3
=K
+K2
E14r
LICENCEPLATELIGHTRIGHT24V10W
/25.D8
=H
+H1
F13
CONDENSERFAN
/68.B2
=K
+K2
E16
WORKINGPROJECTORREARLEFT
/31.E4
=H
+H1
F14*
DIESELPREHEATING
/55.A8
=K
+K2
E16.X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORREARLEFT
/31.E4
=H
+H1
F15
LHCONTROLLEVER
/51.A5
=K
+K2
E17
WORKINGPROJECTORREARRIGHT
/31.E7
=H
+H1
F18
WINDSCREENWIPERREAR
/28.C8
=K
+K2
E17.X
PLUGWORKINGPROJECTORREARRIGHT
/31.E7
=H
+H1
F19
Kl.15AIRCONDITIONINGELECTRONICS
/62.B2
=K
+K2
E200
RESERVELIGHTING
/45.D8
=K
+K4
F19A
Kl.30AIRCONDITIONINGELECTRONICS
/62.B1
=K
+K2
E200.X
PLUGRESERVELIGHTING
/45.D8
=K
+K4
F20
WINDSCREENWASHER,HOOTER
/28.C3
=K
+K2
F2
HIGHBEAMLEFT
/25.B5
=K
+K2
F21
LOWBEAM/DRIVINGLIGHT
/25.B3
=K
+K2
F3
HIGHBEAMHIGHBEAM
/25.B6
=K
+K2
F22
STOPLIGHTLIGHTING
/45.A8
=K
+K2
F4
DRIVINGLIGHTLEFT
/25.B3
=K
+K2
F23*
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORPARTICLEFILTER
/75.A3
=K
+K2
F5
DRIVINGLIGHTRIGHT
/25.B4
=K
+K2
F24
IGNITIONONMOTORCONTROL
/47.B4
=K
+K2
F6
PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHTLEFT
/20.C6
=K
+K2
F25
WARNINGBEACON
/33.C2
=K
+K2
F7
PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHTRIGHT
/20.C6
=K
+K2
F26
DIAGNOSTICPLUGIMMOBILISER
/40.C6
=K
+K2
F8
DRIVER'SSEATRADIOKl.58
/19.B8
=K
+K2
F27
PROFILELIGHT/IDENTIFICATION/CONTEURLIGHT
/20.C8
=K
+K2
F8A
INDOORLIGHTINGAUXILIARYHEATER
/19.B7
=K
+K2
F29
IGNITIONSTARTERSWITCHBYPASS
/19.B3
=K
+K2
F9
LHCONTROLLEVEROPTIONS
/51.A6
=K
+K2
F30
VOLTAGECONVERTER(RADIO)
/34.B2
=K
+K2
F01
MAINFUSES
/19.D2
=H
+H5
F31A
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT
/30.B3
=K
+K2
F01**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.C3
=H
+H5.
F31B
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.B5
=K
+K2
F01*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.C3
=H
+H5
F32A
WORKINGPROJECTORREARLEFT
/31.B2
=K
+K2
F02
HEATINGFLANGE
/19.D4
=H
+H
F32B
WORKINGPROJECTORREARRIGHT
/31.B5
=K
+K2
F02**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.C7
=H
+H.
F33A
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARLEFT
/32.B2
=K
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
8
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
F33B
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARRIGHT
/32.B4
=K
F34*
REFUELLINGPUMP
/55.A6
F35
MASTER
F36
SYSTEM PLACE
+K2
F010.X1
PLUGACKNOWLEDGEMENTHEATINGFLANGE
/19.C5
=H
+H5
=K
+K2
F010.X2
PLUGACKNOWLEDGEMENTHEATERFLANGE
/19.D5
=H
+H5
/40.B4
=K
+K2
F208*
DIESELPREHEATING40
/82.C4
=K
+K2
MOTORCONTROL
/47.B3
=K
+K2
F209*
INPUTMODULE4LOGIC
/50.B1
=K
+K2
F38
MOTORCONTROLLOGIC
/47.B5
=K
+K2
F210*
Kl:15INPUTMODULE4
/50.B3
=K
+K2
F39*
PRESELECTIONDIALAUXILIARYHEATER
/81.A5
=K
+K2
F213*
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C2
=K
+K2
F40*
AUXILIARYHEATER
/81.A8
=K
+K2
F216*
AUTOMATICRUNOUT
/47.B8
=K
+K2
F42*
AUXILIARYHEATERNOZZLESTICKPREHEATER
/80.D2
=K
+K2
G1
BATTERY
/19.E2
=B
+B
F43
MODULESLOGIC
/41.B2
=K
+K2
G1*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.D3
=B
+B1
F44
INPUTMODULE1
/41.B7
=K
+K2
G1**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.D3
=B
+B1.
F45
INPUTMODULE2
/41.B3
=K
+K2
G2
BATTERY
/19.E3
=B
+B1
F46*
INPUTMODULE3
/71.A3
=K
+K2
G2*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.D4
=B
+B1
F47
OUTPUTMODULE1BK1
/42.B4
=K
+K2
G2**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.D4
=B
+B1.
F48
OUTPUTMODULE1BK1
/42.B7
=K
+K2
G3
ALTERNATOR
/19.E4
=M
+M
F49*
OUTPUTMODULE1
/55.E2
=K
+K2
G3*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.E6
=M
+M
F50*
WORKINGBASKET
/59.B1
=K
+K2
G3**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.E6
=M
+M.
F51
OUTPUTMODULE2BK4
/43.A6
=K
+K2
G700*
GENERATOROPTION
/105.B4
=M
+M
F52
OUTPUTMODULE2BK3
/43.A7
=K
+K2
G700
GENERATOR
/105.B3
=M
+M
F53
OUTPUTMODULE1DO3
/77.B2
=K
+K2
H15
BLINKERLEFT24V21WORANGE
/25.E4
=V
+V1
F54
MASTERLOGIC
/40.B5
=K
+K2
H16
BLINKERRIGHT24V21W
/25.E5
=V
+V1
F55
OUTPUTMODULE2BK1
/44.A4
=K
+K2
H17
BLINKERBACKLEFT24V21W
/25.E2
=B
+B1
F56
OUTPUTMODULE2BK2
/44.A7
=K
+K2
H18
BLINKERRIGHTREAR24V21W
/25.E7
=B
+B2
F59
OUTPUTMODULE1BK4
/43.A2
=K
+K2
H20
BRAKELIGHTLEFT24V21W
/25.E2
=B
+B1
F60
OUTPUTMODULE1BK3
/43.A3
=K
+K2
H21
STOPLIGHTRIGHT24V21W
/25.E7
=B
+B2
F61
OUTPUTMODULE2DO3
/45.A1
=K
+K2
H22
WARNINGBEACON
/33.E3
=K
+K3
F62
OUTPUTMODULE2DO4
/45.A2
=K
+K2
H22.X
PLUGWARNINGBEACON
/33.E3
=K
+K3
F63*
OUTPUTMODULE3BK1
/48.A4
=K
+K2
H22a
OPTIONBACKUPALARM
/45.C3
=H
+H1
F64*
OUTPUTMODULE3BK2
/48.A6
=K
+K2
H22a.X1*
PLUGOPTIONBACKUPALARM
/45.C3
=H
+H1
F65*
OUTPUTMODULE3BK3
/49.A1
=K
+K2
H22a.X2*
PLUGOPTIONBACKUPALARM
/45.D3
=H
+H1
F66*
OUTPUTMODULE3BK4
/49.A3
=K
+K2
H40
BUZZER
/54.C8
=K
+K2
F71
KEYPADS
/39.B2
=K
+K2
H40.X1
PLUGBUZZER
/54.C8
=K
+K2
F73*
REARAREAMONITORING
/76.A5
=K
+K2
H40.X2
PLUGBUZZER
/54.C8
=K
+K2
F74
MIRROR/REARWINDOWHEATER
/33.B6
=K
+K2
H50
PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHTLEFTFRONT24V4W
/25.E4
=V
+V1
F75
RADIOKl.58ELECTRICALSOCKET12V
/34.B5
=K
+K2
H51
PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHT24V4W
/25.E5
=V
+V1
F76
RADIO
/34.B5
=K
+K2
H52
REVERSINGLAMPLEFT
/25.E3
=B
+B1
F010
FEEDBACKHEATINGFLANGE
/19.C5
=H
+H5
H53
REVERSINGLAMPRIGHT24V21W
/25.E6
=B
+B2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
9
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
H54
LOWBEAM24V70WH7
/25.E4
=V
H55
LOWBEAM24V70WH7
/25.E5
H56
HIGHBEAM24V70WH3
H57
SYSTEM PLACE
+V1
K33B
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARRIGHT
/32.B6
=K
+K2
=V
+V1
K208*
WORKINGBASKET
/59.B6
=K
+K2.
/25.E4
=V
+V1
K213*
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C6
=K
+K2
HIGHBEAM24V70WH3
/25.E5
=V
+V1
K216*
AUTOMATICRUNOUT
/47.D8
=K
+K2
H58*
REVERSEWARNINGLIGHTREDFLASHING
/55.C3
=B
+B1
K227*
DIESELPREHEATING40
/82.C5
=K
+K2
H59*
REVERSEWARNINGLIGHTREDFLASHING
/55.C4
=B
+B1
K228*
DIESELPREHEATING40
/82.C6
=K
+K2
K1
FLASHERUNIT
/27.C8
=K
+K2
K240
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
/27.A4
=K
+K2
K2
PROFILELIGHT/IDENTIFICATION/CONTEURLIGHT
/20.C7
=K
+K2
K243*
AUXILIARYHEATERNOZZLESTICKPREHEATER
/80.D3
=K
+K2
K3
LOWBEAM
/25.B5
=K
+K2
K244
CONDENSERFAN
/68.B4
=K
+K2
K3A
HIGHBEAM
/25.B7
=K
+K2
K245
CONDENSERFAN
/69.B7
=K
+K
K5
SIMULATIOND+
/20.C4
=K
+K2
K245
CONDENSERFAN
/68.B7
=K
+K2
K5a
INTERVALWINDSCREENWIPERFRONT
/28.B4
=K
+K1
K246*
AUTOMATICLIGHTINGSHUTDOWN
/49.D7
=K
+K2
K5a.X
PLUGINTERVALWINDSCREENWIPERFRONT
/28.C5
=K
+K1
K248*
CONDENSERFAN
/69.B4
=K
+K2.
K8
WINDSCREENWIPERREAR
/28.C7
=K
+K2
Kl.15*
Kl.15CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.B2
=K
+K2
K9
WARNINGBEACON
/33.C3
=K
+K2
Kl.15.X
CONNECTIONKl.15A4
/19.B2
=K
+K2
K01
IGNITIONSTARTERSWITCHBYPASS
/19.C2
=K
+K2
Kl.30.X
CONNECTIONKl.30A4
/19.D2
=K
+K2
K04
HEATINGFLANGE
/19.D6
=H
+H5
Kl.30.Xa*
Kl.30DIESELPREHEATING40
/82.B3
=K
+K2
K04**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.B7
=H
+H5.
Kl.30a*
Kl.30AUTOMATICRUNOUT
/47.A8
=K
+K2
K04*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.B7
=H
+H5
L2
LEDF2
/25.C6
=K
+K2
K10
MIRROR/REARWINDOWHEATER
/33.B7
=K
+K2
L3
LEDF3
/25.C6
=K
+K2
K11
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMP
/23.C2
=H
+H4
L4
LEDF4
/25.C4
=K
+K2
K11*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.B6
=H
+H4
L5
LEDF5
/25.C4
=K
+K2
K11**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.B6
=H
+H4.
L6
LEDF6
/20.C6
=K
+K2
K11*.X3*
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.B6
=H
+H4.
L7
LEDF7
/20.C7
=K
+K2
K11*.X4*
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.B6
=H
+H4.
L8
LEDF8
/19.B8
=K
+K2
K12
RADIOELECTRICALSOCKET12V
/34.B4
=K
+K2
L8A
LEDF8A
/19.B7
=K
+K2
K22
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTKl.15
/27.C2
=K
+K2
L9
LEDF9
/51.B6
=K
+K2
K22a
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSMG
/27.C3
=K
+K2
L07B
LEDF07B
/27.D1
=K
+K2
K22b
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSMG
/27.C4
=K
+K2
L10
LEDF10
/35.E2
=K
+K2
K25*
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSUSA
/27.C5
=K
+K2
L11
LEDF11
/56.E1
=K
+K2
K26*
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSUSA
/27.C7
=K
+K2
L12*
LEDF12
/78.B3
=K
+K2
K31A
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT
/30.B4
=K
+K2
L13
LEDF13
/68.B3
=K
+K2
K31B
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
/30.B7
=K
+K2
L14*
LEDF14
/55.B8
=K
+K2
K32A
WORKINGPROJECTORREARLEFT
/31.B4
=K
+K2
L15
LEDF15
/51.B5
=K
+K2
K32B
WORKINGPROJECTORREARRIGHT
/31.B7
=K
+K2
L18
LEDF18
/28.C8
=K
+K2
K33A
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREARLEFT
/32.B3
=K
+K2
L19
LEDF19
/62.B2
=K
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
10
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
L19A
LEDF19A
/62.B1
=K
L20
LEDF20
/28.C3
L21
LEDF21
L22
SYSTEM PLACE
+K2
L55
LEDF55
/44.B5
=K
+K2
=K
+K2
L56
LEDF56
/44.B7
=K
+K2
/25.C3
=K
+K2
L59
LEDF59
/43.B2
=K
+K2
LEDF22
/45.B8
=K
+K2
L60
LEDF60
/43.B3
=K
+K2
L23*
LEDF23
/75.B3
=K
+K2
L61
LEDF61
/45.B2
=K
+K2
L24
LEDF24
/47.B4
=K
+K2
L62
LEDF62
/45.B3
=K
+K2
L25
LEDF25
/33.C2
=K
+K2
L63*
LEDF63
/48.B4
=K
+K2
L26
LEDF26
/40.D6
=K
+K2
L64*
LEDF64
/48.B6
=K
+K2
L27
LEDF27
/20.C8
=K
+K2
L65*
LEDF65
/49.B2
=K
+K2
L29
LEDF29
/19.C3
=K
+K2
L66*
LEDF66
/49.B3
=K
+K2
L30
LEDF30
/34.B2
=K
+K2
L71
LEDF71
/39.B2
=K
+K2
L31A
LEDF31A
/30.C3
=K
+K2
L73*
LEDF73
/76.B5
=K
+K2
L31B
LEDF31B
/30.C6
=K
+K2
L74
LEDF74
/33.C6
=K
+K2
L32A
LEDF32A
/31.B3
=K
+K2
L75
LEDF75
/34.B5
=K
+K2
L32B
LEDF32B
/31.B6
=K
+K2
L76
LEDF76
/34.B6
=K
+K2
L33A
LEDF33A
/32.B2
=K
+K2
L77
LEDD+
/20.C4
=K
+K2
L33B
LEDF33B
/32.B5
=K
+K2
M1
STARTERMOTOR
/19.E3
=M
+M
L34*
LEDF34
/55.B6
=K
+K2
M1*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.E5
=M
+M
L35
LEDF35
/40.C4
=K
+K2
M1**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.E5
=M
+M.
L36
LEDF36
/47.B3
=K
+K2
M2
WINDSCREENWIPERFRONT
/28.D4
=K
+K1
L38
LEDF38
/47.B5
=K
+K2
M2.X1
PLUGWINDSCREENWIPERFRONT
/28.D4
=K
+K1
L39*
LEDF39
/81.B5
=K
+K2
M2.X2*
PLUGWINDSCREENWIPERFRONTRESERVE
/28.D5
=K
+K1
L40*
LEDF40
/81.B8
=K
+K2
M3
WINDSCREENWIPERREAR
/28.D7
=K
+K2
L42*
LEDF42
/80.D2
=K
+K2
M3.X
PLUGWINDSCREENWIPERREAR
/28.D7
=K
+K2
L43
LEDF43
/41.B2
=K
+K2
M4
WASHINGPUMPFRONT
/28.D6
=K
+K1
L44
LEDF44
/41.B7
=K
+K2
M4.X
PLUGWASHINGPUMPFRONT
/28.E6
=K
+K1
L45
LEDF45
/41.B4
=K
+K2
M5
FANMOTOR
/64.E3
=K
+K4
L46*
LEDF46
/71.B3
=K
+K2
M5.X
PLUGFANMOTOR
/64.D2
=K
+K4
L47
LEDF47
/42.B4
=K
+K2
M6
LIEBHERRCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEM
/77.C3
=H
+H5
L48
LEDF48
/42.B7
=K
+K2
M6.X
PLUGLIEBHERRCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEM
/77.D3
=H
+H5
L49*
LEDF49
/55.E2
=K
+K2
M7
COMPRESSORSEAT
/19.E8
=K
+K2
L50*
LEDF50
/59.B2
=K
+K2
M7.X
PLUGCOMPRESSORSEAT
/19.E8
=K
+K2
L51
LEDF51
/43.B6
=K
+K2
M8
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMP
/23.D2
=H
+H4
L52
LEDF52
/43.B7
=K
+K2
M8*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.B5
=H
+H4
L53
LEDF53
/77.B2
=K
+K2
M8**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.B5
=H
+H4.
L54
LEDF54
/40.C5
=K
+K2
M9
WASHINGPUMPREAR
/28.D8
=K
+K4
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
11
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
M9.X
PLUGWASHINGPUMPREAR
/28.D8
=K
M10*
REFUELLINGPUMP
/55.E6
M11
WATERVALVE
M11.X
SYSTEM PLACE
+K4
OLE17*
CONNECTIONAUXILIARYHEATER
/80.D8
=K
+K2
=H
+H1
OLE18*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.E2
=K
+K2
/65.E3
=K
+K4
OLE19*
LIGHTINGS210
/59.E3
=K
+K2
PLUGWATERVALVE
/65.E2
=K
+K4
OLE20*
LIGHTINGS210
/59.E4
=K
+K2
M13*
CONDENSERFAN
/69.D6
=H
+H3a
OLE21*
CONNECTIONAUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
/81.D3
=B
+B2
M13
CONDENSERFAN
/68.D7
=H
+H3
OLE22*
CONNECTIONAUXILIARYHEATER
/80.E7
=B
+B2
M13.X
PLUGCONDENSERFAN
/68.D7
=H
+H3
OLE23*
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTOR
/75.C1
=H
+H3
M13.X*
PLUGCONDENSERFAN
/69.D6
=H
+H3a
OLE23*
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.E7
=K
+K4
M14
RECIRCULATEDAIRFLAP
/65.E7
=K
+K4
P1
WORKINGHOURMETER
/20.A3
=K
+K4
M14.X
PLUGRECIRCULATEDAIRFLAP
/65.E6
=K
+K4
P1.X1
PLUGWORKINGHOURMETER
/20.A3
=K
+K4
M15*
CIRCULATINGPUMPDWB2010
/80.D7
=H
+H1
P1.X2
PLUGWORKINGHOURMETER
/20.B3
=K
+K4
M15
FOOTFLAP
/66.E3
=K
+K4
R1
ANGLESENSORINCHPEDAL
/52.C3
=K
+K6
M15.X*
PLUGCIRCULATINGPUMPDWB2010
/80.D7
=H
+H1
R1.X
PLUGANGLESENSOR
/52.C3
=K
+K6
M15.X
PLUGFOOTFLAP
/66.E2
=K
+K4
R2
DROPRESISTORL2
/25.C6
=K
+K2
M16
MIDDLEFLAP
/66.E7
=K
+K4
R3
DROPRESISTORL3
/25.C6
=K
+K2
M16.X
PLUGMIDDLEFLAP
/66.E6
=K
+K4
R4
DROPRESISTORL4
/25.C4
=K
+K2
M17
HEADFLAP
/67.E3
=K
+K4
R5
ANGLESENSORGASPEDAL
/52.C7
=K
+K6
M17.X
PLUGHEADFLAP
/67.E3
=K
+K4
R5
DROPRESISTORL5
/25.C4
=K
+K2
M700
STARTERMOTOR
/105.B6
=M
+M
R5.X
PLUGANGLESENSOR
/52.C6
=K
+K6
MO1
MVMODULATION
/53.C2
=F
+F3
R6
DROPRESISTORL6
/20.C6
=K
+K2
OLE1
SPARELINEKl.W
/19.C4
=K
+K2
R6a*
MIRRORHEATING
/33.E6
=K
+K3
OLE2*
CONNECTIONAUXILIARYHEATER
/19.D7
=K
+K2
R6a.X*
PLUGMIRRORHEATING
/33.E6
=K
+K3
OLE3*
WORKINGPROJECTORCABROOFREAR
/31.A8
=K
+K2
R6b*
MIRRORHEATING
/33.E6
=K
+K3
OLE4*
LIGHTINGRFWEOAOPTIONAL
/33.E5
=K
+K2
R6b.X*
PLUGMIRRORHEATING
/33.E6
=K
+K3
OLE5*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.F8
=K
+K2
R7
DROPRESISTORL7
/20.C7
=K
+K2
OLE6*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.F8
=K
+K2
R8
DROPRESISTORL8
/19.B8
=K
+K2
OLE7*
LOGICOUTPUTMODULE3
/41.D1
=K
+K2
R8A
DROPRESISTORL8A
/19.B7
=K
+K2
OLE8*
LOGICINPUTMODULE3
/42.D1
=K
+K2
R9
DROPRESISTORL9
/51.B6
=K
+K2
OLE9*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/45.C8
=K
+K2
R9A*
EXCITATIONRESERVE
/20.C2
=K
+K2
OLE10*
AUTOMATICRUNOUT
/47.B7
=K
+K2
R9B
EXCITATIONGG6
/20.C2
=K
+K2
OLE11*
CONNECTIONIMMOBILISER
/79.A4
=K
+K2
R07B
DROPRESISTORL07B
/27.D1
=K
+K2
OLE12*
CONNECTIONIMMOBILISER
/79.A8
=K
+K2
R10
DROPRESISTORL10
/35.E2
=K
+K2
OLE13*
CONNECTIONIMMOBILISER
/79.F7
=K
+K2
R10*
DIESELPREHEATING
/82.E5
=M
+M
OLE14*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.B3
=K
+K2
R10.X*
PLUGDIESELPREHEATING
/82.E5
=M
+M
OLE15*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.B6
=K
+K2
R11
DROPRESISTORL11
/56.E1
=K
+K2
OLE16*
PLUGRELAYBOARD
/80.C7
=K
+K2
R12
REARWINDOWHEATER
/33.E7
=K
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
12
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
R12.X1
PLUGREARWINDOWHEATER
/33.E7
=K
R12.X2
PLUGREARWINDOWHEATER
/33.E7
R12:*
DROPRESISTORL12
R13
SYSTEM PLACE
+K2
R45
DROPRESISTORL45
/41.B4
=K
+K2
=K
+K2
R46*
DROPRESISTORL46
/71.B3
=K
+K2
/78.B3
=K
+K2
R47
DROPRESISTORL47
/42.B4
=K
+K2
DROPRESISTORL13
/68.B3
=K
+K2
R48
DROPRESISTORL48
/42.B7
=K
+K2
R13*
DIESELPREHEATING
/55.E8
=M
+M
R49*
DROPRESISTORL49
/55.E2
=K
+K2
R13.X*
PLUGDIESELPREHEATING
/55.E8
=M
+M
R50*
DROPRESISTORL50
/59.B2
=K
+K2
R14*
DROPRESISTORL14
/55.B8
=K
+K2
R51
DROPRESISTORL51
/43.B6
=K
+K2
R15
DROPRESISTORL15
/51.B5
=K
+K2
R52
DROPRESISTORL52
/43.B7
=K
+K2
R18
DROPRESISTORL18
/28.C8
=K
+K2
R53
DROPRESISTORF53
/77.B2
=K
+K2
R19
DROPRESISTORL19
/62.B2
=K
+K2
R54
DROPRESISTORL54
/40.C5
=K
+K2
R19A
DROPRESISTORL19A
/62.B1
=K
+K2
R55
DROPRESISTORL55
/44.B5
=K
+K2
R20
DROPRESISTORL20
/28.C3
=K
+K2
R56
DROPRESISTORL56
/44.B7
=K
+K2
R21
DROPRESISTORL21
/25.C3
=K
+K2
R59
DROPRESISTORL59
/43.B2
=K
+K2
R22
DROPRESISTORL22
/45.B8
=K
+K2
R60
DROPRESISTORL60
/43.B3
=K
+K2
R23*
DROPRESISTORL23
/75.B3
=K
+K2
R61
DROPRESISTORL61
/45.B2
=K
+K2
R24
DROPRESISTORL24
/47.B4
=K
+K2
R62
DROPRESISTORL62
/45.B3
=K
+K2
R25
DROPRESISTORL25
/33.C2
=K
+K2
R63*
DROPRESISTORL63
/48.B4
=K
+K2
R26
DROPRESISTORL26
/40.D6
=K
+K2
R64*
DROPRESISTORL64
/48.B6
=K
+K2
R27
DROPRESISTORL27
/20.C8
=K
+K2
R65*
DROPRESISTORL65
/49.B2
=K
+K2
R29
DROPRESISTORL29
/19.C3
=K
+K2
R66*
DROPRESISTORL66
/49.B3
=K
+K2
R30
DROPRESISTORL30
/34.B2
=K
+K2
R71
DROPRESISTORL71
/39.B2
=K
+K2
R31A
DROPRESISTORL31A
/30.C3
=K
+K2
R73*
DROPRESISTORL73
/76.B5
=K
+K2
R31B
DROPRESISTORL31B
/30.C6
=K
+K2
R74
DROPRESISTORL74
/33.C6
=K
+K2
R32A
DROPRESISTORL32A
/31.B3
=K
+K2
R75
DROPRESISTORL75
/34.B5
=K
+K2
R32B
DROPRESISTORL32B
/31.B6
=K
+K2
R76
DROPRESISTORL75
/34.B6
=K
+K2
R33A
DROPRESISTORL33A
/32.B2
=K
+K2
R77
DROPRESISTORL77
/20.C4
=K
+K2
R33B
DROPRESISTORL33B
/32.B5
=K
+K2
R701
HEATERFLANGE
/19.F6
=M
+M
R34*
DROPRESISTORL34
/55.B6
=K
+K2
S1
IGNITIONSWITCH
/19.A3
=K
+K4
R35
DROPRESISTORL35
/40.C4
=K
+K2
S1.X1
PLUGIGNITIONSWITCH
/19.A3
=K
+K4
R36
DROPRESISTORL36
/47.B3
=K
+K2
S1.X1.8a*
CONNECTIONIMMOBILISER
/79.A6
=K
+K4
R38
DROPRESISTORL38
/47.B5
=K
+K2
S1.X2
PLUGIGNITIONSWITCH
/19.B4
=K
+K4
R39*
DROPRESISTORL39
/81.B5
=K
+K2
S1.X3
PLUGIGNITIONSWITCH
/19.B4
=K
+K4
R40*
DROPRESISTORL40
/81.B8
=K
+K2
S2
LHCONTROLLEVERVNRANDOPTIONS
/51.E4
=K
+K4
R42*
DROPRESISTORL42
/80.D2
=K
+K2
S2.1
FORWARDNEUTRALBACKWARDS
/51.F4
=K
+K4
R43
DROPRESISTORL43
/41.B2
=K
+K2
S2.2
KICKDOWN
/51.F5
=K
+K4
R44
DROPRESISTORL44
/41.B7
=K
+K2
S2.3
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHOPTION1
/51.F5
=K
+K4
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
13
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
S2.4
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHOPTION2
/51.F6
=K
S2.X
PLUGLHCONTROLLEVERVNRANDOPTIONS
/51.E5
S2a*
LHCONTROLLEVERWITHANALOGUESENSOR+GRIPSENSOR
S2a.X2*
SYSTEM PLACE
+K4
SPLICE.X7
REVERSINGLAMP
/25.D7
=H
+H4
=K
+K4
SPLICE.X8
BRAKELIGHT
/25.F1
=H
+H4
/60.D4
=K
+K4
SPLICE.X10*
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.B2
=H
+H3
PLUGLHCONTROLLEVER
/60.D5
=K
+K4
SPLICE.X30*
WORKINGBASKET
/59.D4
=K
+K6
S3
STEERINGCOLUMNSWITCH
/25.B1
=K
+K1
SPLICE.X70*
LHCONTROLLEVERWITHANALOGUESENSORGRIPSENSOR
/60.C5
=K
+K
S3.X1
PLUGSTEERINGCOLUMNSWITCH
/28.E2
=K
+K1
Splice.X1
LOGICMODULES
/41.D2
=K
+K
S3.X2
PLUGSTEERINGCOLUMNSWITCH
/25.A2
=K
+K1
Splice.X3
OPTIONSLHCONTROLLEVER
/51.D5
=K
+K
S15
BATTERYMAINSWITCH
/19.E1
=H
+H5
Splice.X4*
CONDENSERFAN
/69.D4
=K
+K
S15*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.E2
=H
+H5
Splice.X9
WINDSCREENWIPERFRONT
/28.A5
=K
+K
S15**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.E2
=H
+H5.
Splice.X11*
MIRROR/REARWINDOWHEATER
/33.D6
=K
+K3
S23*
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.C7
=K
+K4
Splice.X12*
MIRROR/REARWINDOWHEATER
/33.F6
=K
+K3
S23.X1*
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.C7
=K
+K4
T1
VOLTAGECONVERTER
/34.B7
=K
+K2
S23.X2*
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.D7
=K
+K4
T1.X
PLUGVOLTAGECONVERTER
/34.A7
=K
+K2
S23a*
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.C6
=K
+K4
V1
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK01
/19.C2
=K
+K2
S43*
BACKUPALARMCANBESWITCHEDOFF
/45.A7
=K
+K4
V2*
BLOCKINGDIODE
/28.C1
=H
+H
S43.X1*
PLUGBACKUPALARM
/45.A7
=K
+K4
V2
FREEWHEELINGDIODEk01.30
/19.C3
=K
+K2
S43.X2*
PLUGBACKUPALARM
/45.A7
=K
+K4
V2.X1*
PLUGBLOCKINGDIODE
/28.B1
=H
+H
S202*
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHJOYSTICKSTEERING
/72.C3
=K
+K4
V2.X2*
PLUGBLOCKINGDIODE
/28.C1
=H
+H
S204*
REFUELLINGPUMP
/55.C6
=H
+H2
V3
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK12
/34.B4
=K
+K2
S210*
WORKINGBASKET
/59.D3
=K
+K4
V8
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK5
/20.C3
=K
+K2
S210.X1*
PLUGWORKINGBASKET
/59.D3
=K
+K4
V9
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK3
/25.C5
=K
+K2
S210.X2*
PLUGWORKINGBASKET
/59.D3
=K
+K4
V10
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK2
/20.C7
=K
+K2
S212*
RFWEOAOPTIONAL
/33.C4
=K
+K4
V11
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK22
/27.C3
=K
+K2
S212.X1*
PLUGRFWEOAOPTIONAL
/33.B4
=K
+K4
V12
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK22a
/27.C4
=K
+K2
S212.X2*
PLUGRFWEOAOPTIONAL
/33.C5
=K
+K4
V13
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK22b
/27.C4
=K
+K2
S212a*
SYMBOLRFWEOAOPTIONAL
/33.B4
=K
+K4
V14*
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK25
/27.C6
=K
+K2
S213*
EMERGENCYOFF1WORKINGBASKET
/59.D7
=K
+K4
V15*
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK26
/27.C7
=K
+K2
S213*
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C4
=V
+V1
V16
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK31A
/30.B5
=K
+K2
S213.X1*
PLUGCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C4
=V
+V1
V17
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK31B
/30.B7
=K
+K2
S213.X2*
PLUGCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.C4
=V
+V1
V18
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK32A
/31.B4
=K
+K2
S214*
EMERGENCYOFF2WORKINGBASKET
/59.D8
=K
+K4
V19
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK32B
/31.B7
=K
+K2
S216*
EMERGENCYOFFAUTOMATICRUNOUT
/47.C8
=K
+K3
V20
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK33A
/32.B4
=K
+K2
S222
COMFORTCONTROL3.+4.COMFORTCONTROL
/51.E7
=K
+K4
V21
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK33B
/32.B6
=K
+K2
S222.X1*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.E7
=K
+K4
V32
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK244
/68.B4
=K
+K2
S222.X2*
PLUGCOMFORTCONTROL3.+4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
/51.E8
=K
+K4
V32C
BLOCKINGDIODE
/31.B7
=K
+K2
SPLICE.X2
SPLICELOGICMODULES
/42.C2
=K
+K2
V33
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK244
/68.B4
=K
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
14
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
V33C
BLOCKINGDIODE
/32.B6
=K
V34
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK245
/68.B7
V35
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK245
V36
SYSTEM PLACE
+K2
X2.B.50*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.50
/69.D6
=K
+K6
=K
+K2
X2.B.51*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.51
/69.D7
=K
+K6
/68.B7
=K
+K2
X2.B.52*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.52
/69.E7
=K
+K6
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK246
/49.D7
=K
+K
X2.J
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSEU
/27.C6
=K
+K2
V37
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK246
/49.D7
=K
+K
X2.S
PLUGCABFLOOR
/62.C5
=K
+K6
V46*
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK243
/80.D2
=K
+K2
X2.S**
PLUGCABFLOOROPTION
/69.E8
=K
+K6
V48*
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK246
/49.D8
=K
+K2
X2.S.50*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.50
/69.D6
=K
+K6
V49
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK245
/68.B7
=K
+K2
X2.S.51*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.51
/69.D7
=K
+K6
V50
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK244
/68.B5
=K
+K2
X2.S.52*
PLUGCABFLOORX2.S.52
/69.E7
=K
+K6
V53
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK240
/27.A3
=K
+K2
X3*
PLUGPRESELECTIONDIALTHERMO90
/81.B1
=K
+K4
V57
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK10
/33.C8
=K
+K2
X3.J
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSUSA
/27.C8
=K
+K2
V58
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK9
/33.C3
=K
+K2
X4*
PLUGPRESELECTIONDIALDBW2010
/80.B1
=K
+K4
V59
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK8
/28.C6
=K
+K2
X4.J*
JUMPERRESERVE
/20.C1
=K
+K2
V60
FREEWHEELINGDIODEK3A
/25.C7
=K
+K2
X5*
PLUGNOZZLESTICKPREHEATERDBW2010
/80.E3
=B
+B2
V80
BLOCKINGDIODE
/20.B2
=K
+K2
X5.J*
JUMPERRESERVE
/20.C2
=K
+K2
V81
BLOCKINGDIODE
/20.C3
=K
+K2
X6.J
JUMPERGG6
/20.C2
=K
+K2
V82
BLOCKINGDIODE
/20.D3
=K
+K2
X11.ST1*
PLUGAUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
/81.D5
=B
+B2
V83*
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D2
=K
+K2
X12.ST2*
PLUGAUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
/81.C6
=B
+B2
V84*
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D2
=K
+K2
X13.ST3*
PLUGAUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
/81.D7
=B
+B2
V85
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D3
=K
+K2
X16.B
PLUGLIGHTINGREARHATCH
/31.D4
=H
+H
V86
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D4
=K
+K2
X16.S
PLUGLIGHTINGREARHATCH
/31.D4
=H
+H
V87
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D8
=K
+K2
X22a.B
PLUGCABIN
/30.D4
=K
+K4
V88*
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.D8
=K
+K2
X22a.S
PLUGCABIN
/30.D4
=K
+K4
V89
BLOCKINGDIODE
/27.C8
=K
+K2
X22b.B
PLUGWIRINGHARNESSCABIN
/19.D7
=K
+K4
V100*
BLOCKINGDIODE
/57.B7
=K
+K2
X22b.S
PLUGWIRINGHARNESSCAB
/19.D7
=K
+K4
V100.X1*
PLUGBLOCKINGDIODE
/57.B7
=K
+K2
X26.B
PLUGE12
/32.D3
=K
+K3
V100.X2*
PLUGBLOCKINGDIODE
/57.B7
=K
+K2
X26.S*
PLUGE12
/32.E3
=K
+K3
W1
ANTENNA
/34.D8
=K
+K3
X26a.S*
PLUGE12b
/32.E4
=K
+K3
X1.B
PLUGCABFLOOR
/20.E3
=K
+K6
X27.B
PLUGE12a
/32.D4
=K
+K3
X1.B.64*
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.B8
=H
+H
X27.S*
PLUGE12a
/32.D4
=K
+K3
X1.B.65*
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.E8
=H
+H
X28.B
PLUGFANMOTOR
/21.B7
=H
+H
X1.J
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTSEU
/27.C5
=K
+K2
X28.B
PLUGE13
/32.D6
=K
+K3
X1.S
PLUGCABFLOOR
/20.D3
=K
+K6
X28.S
PLUGFANMOTOR
/21.B7
=H
+H
X1.S.61a*
PLUGCABFLOORX1.S.61
/69.C8
=K
+K
X28.S*
PLUGE13
/32.D6
=K
+K3
X2.B
PLUGCABFLOOR
/62.C5
=K
+K6
X28a.S*
PLUGE13b
/32.E7
=K
+K3
X2.B**
PLUGCABFLOOROPTION
/69.E8
=K
+K6
X29.B
PLUGE13a
/32.D7
=K
+K3
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
15
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
X29.S*
PLUGE13a
/32.D7
=K
X31
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/77.C5
X33
PLUGMAGNETICSPILOTCONTROLUNIT
X33.X
SYSTEM PLACE
+K3
X.RS232.B
PLUGDIAGNOSTICLEADAIRCONDITIONINGELECTRONICS
/70.B7
=K
+K
=H
+H5
XA16a.X1.58*
CANCONNECTION.INPUTMODULE1
/37.E7
=H
+H3
/56.C7
=K
+K4
XB39
PLUGAMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSOR
/62.D6
=K
+K6
PLUGMAGNETICSPILOTCONTROLUNIT
/56.C7
=K
+K4
XE14l.a*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.D7
=H
+H1
X37a*
PLUGRFWEOOPTIONAL
/25.C8
=H
+H3
XE14l.a.*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.E7
=H
+H1
X37b*
PLUGRFWEOOPTIONAL
/25.C8
=H
+H3
XE14l.b*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.D7
=H
+H1
X43
PLUGINDUCTIVESWITCH
/77.C7
=V
+V1
XE14r.a*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.D8
=H
+H1
X44*
PLUGRELAYBOARDDIESELPREHEATING
/82.B5
=K
+K2
XE14r.a.*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.E8
=H
+H1
X45.B*
PLUGCONNECTORLINTFILTER
/69.B5
=K
+K2
XE14r.b*
PLUGLICENCEPLATELIGHTITALIANVERSION
/25.E8
=H
+H1
X45.S*
PLUGCONNECTORLINTFILTER
/69.B5
=K
+K2
XMSP1
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/19.D3
=H
+H2
X48.B*
PLUGEMERGENCYOFF2WORKINGBASKET
/59.C8
=H
+H
XMSP1.e*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/59.F4
=H
+H2
X48.S*
PLUGEMERGENCYOFF2WORKINGBASKET
/59.C8
=H
+H
XMSP1a
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/31.F4
=K
+H2
X50.B*
PLUGCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.C2
=H
+H3
XMSP1b
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/43.D2
=H
+H2
X50.S*
PLUGCENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
/78.C2
=H
+H3
XMSP1c
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/25.F6
=H
+H2
X51.B*
PLUGEMERGENCYOFF
/59.A7
=K
+K
XMSP1d*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/48.D3
=H
+H2
X51.S*
PLUGEMERGENCYOFF
/59.A7
=K
+K
XMSP4.1
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEREARLEFT
/19.E1
=H
+H
X52.B*
PLUGREVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTOR
/75.D4
=K
+K2
XMSP4.1*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.D2
=H
+H
X60
DIAGNOSTICPLUG
/40.F6
=K
+K2
XMSP4.1**
OPTIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
/83.D2
=H
+H.
X60a
DIAGNOSTICPLUGENGINECONTROLUNIT
/70.E2
=M
+M
XMSP4.2
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEBACKLEFT
/19.D3
=H
+H5
X70
12VELECTRICALSOCKET
/34.E4
=K
+K5
XMSP4.3
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEBACKLEFT
/19.F3
=H
+H5
X70.X1
PLUG12VELECTRICALSOCKET
/34.E4
=K
+K5
XMSP6.1
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/19.D2
=K
+K2
X70.X2
PLUG12VELECTRICALSOCKET
/34.E4
=K
+K5
XMSP6.10*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/71.C2
=K
+K2
X71
ELECTRICALSOCKETCIGARETTELIGHTER
/34.E3
=K
+K4
XMSP6.11*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/71.C4
=K
+K2
X71.X
PLUGCIGARETTELIGHTER
/34.E3
=K
+K4
XMSP6.12*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/57.E8
=K
+K2
X73
CIGARETTELIGHTER
/34.F3
=K
+K4
XMSP6.13*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/33.F7
=K
+K2
X75.B*
PLUGINTERIORTEMPERATURESENSOR
/67.C6
=K
+K4
XMSP6.14*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/55.C8
=K
+K2
X75.S
PLUGINTERIORTEMPERATURESENSOR
/67.C6
=K
+K4
XMSP6.15*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/81.C6
=K
+K2
X223.B*
PLUGDIESELPREHEATING40
/80.F3
=K
+K2
XMSP6.16*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/80.F1
=K
+K2
X223.S*
PLUGDIESELPREHEATING40
/82.B6
=K
+K2
XMSP6.18*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/30.F5
=K
+K2
X321a*
COUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONLEFT
/26.E2
=V
+V
XMSP6.19*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/82.F6
=K
+K6
X321b*
COUNTRYSPECIFICTYPE/EXECUTIONRIGHT
/26.E8
=V
+V
XMSP6.2
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/19.D2
=K
+K2
X700.B
PLUGMOTORCONTROL
/105.D7
=M
+M
XMSP6.20*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/82.F6
=K
+K6
X700.S
PLUGMOTORCONTROL
/105.D7
=M
+M
XMSP6.21*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/76.C5
=K
+K2
X701.B
PLUGMOTORCONTROL
/105.D8
=M
+M
XMSP6.22*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/75.D4
=K
+K2
X701.S
PLUGMOTORCONTROL
/105.D8
=M
+M
XMSP6a
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/28.F8
=K
+K2
X.M7a.S
PLUGDIAGNOSTICLEADAIRCONDITIONINGELECTRONICS
/70.B6
=K
+K2
XMSP6b
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/39.B4
=K
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
16
114
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
XMSP6c
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/33.F7
=K
XMSP6d*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/45.B7
XMSP6e*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
XMSP7a
SYSTEM PLACE
+K2
Y11a.JPT*
PLUGOPTIONALEQUIPMENT3
/57.C3
=V
+V
=K
+K2
Y11b*
EP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C7
=V
+V1
/33.B5
=K
+K2
Y11b.JPT*
PLUGEP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C7
=V
+V1
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABROOF
/32.F6
=K
+K3
Y12
OPTIONALEQUIPMENT2
/57.C2
=V
+V
XMSP7b
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABROOF
/25.F6
=K
+K3
Y12.JPT
PLUGOPTIONALEQUIPMENT2
/57.C2
=V
+V
XMSP10*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
/84.F4
=M
+M
Y12a*
EP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C6
=V
+V1
XMSP12
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKA4
/19.D2
=K
+K2
Y12a*
OPTIONALEQUIPMENT4
/57.C4
=V
+V
XMSP12.1*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKA4
/47.E8
=K
+K2
Y12a.JPT*
PLUGEP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C6
=V
+V1
XMSP12.2*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKA4
/79.C6
=K
+K2
Y12a.JPT*
PLUGOPTIONALEQUIPMENT4
/57.C4
=V
+V
XMSP63*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/78.D4
=K
+K2
Y12b*
EP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C8
=V
+V1
XMSP200*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/50.C2
=K
+K2
Y12b.JPT*
PLUGEP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C8
=V
+V1
XMSP201*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKHINDCARRIAGEFRONTLEFT
/61.D4
=K
+K2
Y13
FANMOTORINTERCOOLER
/21.C7
=H
+H
XMSP.20*
MASSGROUPINGBLOCKCABREARWALL
/69.F7
=K
+K2
Y13.X
PLUGFANMOTOR
/21.C7
=H
+H
Y2
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONFORWARD
/54.C1
=H
+H
Y14
WORKINGHYDRAULICSLOCKOUT
/57.C5
=H
+H
Y2.DT
PLUGTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONFORWARD
/54.C1
=H
+H
Y14.JPT
PLUGWORKINGHYDRAULICSLOCKOUT
/57.C5
=H
+H
Y2a
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONFORWARD
/54.C3
=H
+H
Y15
PWMSWIVELANGLETRAVELPUMP
/54.C5
=H
+H
Y2a.DT
PLUGTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONFORWARD
/54.C3
=H
+H
Y15.JPT
PLUGPWMSWIVELANGLETRAVELPUMP
/54.C5
=H
+H
Y3
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONBACKWARDS
/54.C2
=H
+H
Y15a
PWMSWIVELANGLETRAVELPUMP
/54.C6
=H
+H
Y3.DT
PLUGTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONBACKWARDS
/54.C2
=H
+H
Y15a.JPT
PLUGPWMSWIVELANGLETRAVELPUMP
/54.C6
=H
+H
Y3a
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONBACKWARDS
/54.C4
=H
+H
Y16
OVERSPEEDPROTECTION
/53.C5
=H
+H
Y3a.DT
PLUGTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONBACKWARDS
/54.C4
=H
+H
Y16.JPT
PLUGOVERSPEEDPROTECTION
/53.C5
=H
+H
Y6
TRAVELRANGES,MODULATION
/53.C2
=F
+F3
Y17
LIFTKICKOUT
/56.C7
=K
+K4
Y6.1
TRAVELRANGE1
/53.C4
=F
+F3
Y18
FLOATPOSITION
/56.C7
=K
+K4
Y6.2
TRAVELRANGE2
/53.C2
=F
+F3
Y20
RIDECONTROL
/23.C7
=V
+V1
Y6.3
TRAVELRANGE3
/53.C3
=F
+F3
Y20.JPT
PLUGRIDECONTROL
/23.C7
=V
+V1
Y6.X
PLUGTRAVELRANGES,MODULATION
/53.C2
=F
+F3
Y21
RIDECONTROL
/23.C8
=V
+V1
Y9
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
/56.C7
=K
+K4
Y21.JPT
PLUGRIDECONTROL
/23.C8
=V
+V1
Y9a
BUCKETRETURNTODIGBERPUSHBUTTONSWITCH
/56.C6
=V
+V1
Y22
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
/62.E5
=M
+M
Y9a.JPT*
PLUGBUCKETRETURNTODIGBERPUSHBUTTONSWITCH
/56.C6
=V
+V1
Y22.X
PLUGAIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
/62.E5
=M
+M
Y10
PARKINGBRAKE
/78.C1
=H
+K6
Y50
FANREVERSAL
/21.C8
=H
+H3
Y10.JPT
PLUGPARKINGBRAKE
/78.C1
=H
+K6
Y50.AF2
PLUGFANREVERSAL
/21.C8
=H
+H3
Y11
OPTIONALEQUIPMENT1
/57.C1
=V
+V
Y51*
JOYSTICKSTEERINGLEFT
/72.C6
=H
+H3
Y11.JPT
PLUGOPTIONALEQUIPMENT1
/57.C1
=V
+V
Y51.AF2*
PLUGJOYSTICKSTEERINGLEFT
/72.C6
=H
+H3
Y11a*
EP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C5
=V
+V1
Y52*
JOYSTICKSTEERINGRIGHT
/72.C7
=H
+H3
Y11a*
OPTIONALEQUIPMENT3
/57.C3
=V
+V
Y52.AF2*
PLUGJOYSTICKSTEERINGRIGHT
/72.C7
=H
+H3
Y11a.JPT*
PLUGEP3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
/50.C5
=V
+V1
Y53
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.C8
=V
+V1
PROJ: 8920980_003
FUNCTION
SHEET
BMK
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FUNCTION
BMK
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Ort
Blatt
von
Anlage
003
17
114
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BMK
FUNCTION
SHEET
SYSTEM PLACE
Y53.JPT
PLUGQUICKCHANGEDEVICE
/57.D8
=V
+V1
Y57
HYDROMOTORSWIVELANGLE1
/53.C8
=F
+F3
Y57.DT
PLUGHYDROMOTORSWIVELANGLE1
/53.C8
=F
+F3
Y63*
GEROTORSTEERING
/55.C4
=H
+H3
Y63.JPT*
PLUGGEROTORSTEERING
/55.C4
=H
+H3
Y64*
SAFETYJOYSTICKSTEERING
/72.C8
=H
+H3
Y64.JPT*
PLUGSAFETYJOYSTICKSTEERING
/72.C8
=H
+H3
Y65*
WORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERLOCKOUT
/59.E4
=V
+V1
Y65.JPT*
PLUGWORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERLOCKOUT
/59.E4
=V
+V1
Y66*
WORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERLOCKOUT
/59.E5
=V
+V1
Y66.JPT*
PLUGWORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERLOCKOUT
/59.E5
=V
+V1
Y67*
WORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERFINECONTROL
/59.E6
=V
+V1
Y67.JPT*
PLUGWORKINGBASKETTILTCYLINDERFINECONTROL
/59.E6
=V
+V1
Y68*
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.E6
=V
+V1
Y68.JPT*
PLUGCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
/61.E6
=V
+V1
Y711
INJECTIONPUMP1
/109.B3
=M
+M
Y712
INJECTIONPUMP2
/109.B4
=M
+M
Y713
INJECTIONPUMP3
/109.B6
=M
+M
Y714
INJECTIONPUMP4
/110.B3
=M
+M
Y715
INJECTIONPUMP5
/110.B4
=M
+M
Y716
INJECTIONPUMP6
/110.B6
=M
+M
YEP1
HYDRAULICMOTOR1
/53.C6
=F
+F3
YEP1.DT
PLUGHYDRAULICMOTOR1
/53.C6
=F
+F3
YEP2
HYDROMOTORS2
/53.C7
=F
+F3
YEP2.DT
PLUGHYDRAULICMOTOR2
/53.C7
=F
+F3
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
BMKINDEX
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
18
114
WH 2.5Q
58
15
15
50a
50a
P 0 12
A16a.X1
OLE1
Verb.
1
+H5
F07
10A
RD
BK 70Q
31
RD 70Q
+H5
XMSP4.3
BK 70Q
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
+H2
XMSP1c
E2.X1
B
6
BK 2.5Q
RD 25Q
WH 2Q
+K2
M7
2
28
E2.X2
E2.X3
=K
+H2
XMSP1b
+M
R701
0
M7.X
+K3
XMSP7a
BK 2Q
BK 2Q
=K
BK 2Q
+K2
XMSP6b
IGNITION LOCKBATTERIESGENERATOR
MAINFUSES
4
+K3
E2
0
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
D+
M7.X
RD 1.5Q
+M
G3
WH 2Q
31
/81.B6
50
Datum
B+
Kl.30.F07 RD 1.5Q
+M
M1
/D+
* 30
WH 1Q
+B1
G2
X1.B
X1.S
R.5
=K
/27.A5
Ersteller
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
28
RD 25Q
/20.E3
BK 70Q
RD 25Q
+B
G1
+H5
S15
30.1
RD 25Q
RD 70Q
A4.X55
RD 25Q
XMSP4.1
+H
A4.X57
30.2 50
+H5
K04
2
1
GND
OLE2
=H
ELECTRICALSOCKET
RADIO
F8
/34.B3
L8
100A
F02
+H
+H5
F01
100A
*
1
L8A
65
+H5
XMSP4.2
BK 25Q
+H2
XMSP1
200A
F03
+H5
WH 1.5Q
1 1
+K2
XMSP6.1
BK,BK 25Q,25Q
BK 25Q
+K2
XMSP6.2
RD 25Q
BK 25Q
RD 25Q
MP
R8
WH 2Q
+H5
F010
5A
HBR
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
+K6
65
V2
GND
=K
Zustand
RD 6Q
XMSP12
RD 25Q
R8A
T.4
GND
Kl.30.X
1
Verb.
L29
85
15A
BU
GND
87
Kl.30.F08
R29
A700D.DO2
X2 39
A700D.X2
F8
=K+K4X3:1
10A
RD
A
WH 2Q
K01
A700D.X2
/93.E2
A700D
+M
WH 6Q
V1
A700D.DI2
X2 64
F8A
ENGINEECU
SELECTION
HEATERFLANGE
86
25A
WH
WH 1.5Q
=K+K6X1.S:65
F29
/23.B2
30
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/93.E2
A700D
+M
E
Kl.15
ENGINEECU
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
HEATERFLANGE
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15.X
1
T.1
39
T.3
64
A4
=K
+K2
A4.X57
S.4
A4.X56
RD 2.5Q
Kl.30
S1.X3
A4
=K
+K2
BK 1.5Q
A9IMMOBILISERKl.15
S1.X2
A4.X57
X1 24
A16a.UI15
A
+H3
Kl50a
A16a
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input15
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
30
ENGINESIDE/105.B6
PROJ: 8920980_003
30
WH 2.5Q
10
24
WH 2.5Q
+K4
S1
10
A9Kl.15
S1.X1
/79.C6
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
19
114
A18.X2
A4.X49
A4
=K
+K2
LEDGREEN
L77
10
OLDM.4
M.9
K.10
PROFILELIGHT/PARKINGLIGHT
R77
E
86
R9B
V81
220
F6
86
F27
10A
RD
87
87a
R27
GND
L27
T.7
T.8
A4.X57
A4.X57
WH 1.5Q
19
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aR
/25.C8
Kl.58aL
/25.D2
19
WH 1.5Q
6
WH 1.5Q
5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aL
/25.D3
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aL
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/25.E4
T.6
A4.X57
2
2
/19.F5
D+
GND
T.5
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
GND
A4.X57
A4.X53
/D+ WH 1Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
L7
GND
WH 1Q
O.1
L6
85
87a
WH 1.5Q
87
Kl.58aR
85
/25.D6
WH 1.5Q
V82
R7
WH 1.5Q
X6.J
10A
R6
Kl.58aR
X5.J
10A
K2
V8
/25.D6
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
K5
X4.J
10A
3A
VT
30
V10
Kl.58aR
F7
3A
VT
30
/25.E5
R9A
Kl.30
/51.A4
=K
+K2
A4.X51
F15.2
Kl.15
V80
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K2
XMSP6b
/51.A4
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
JUMPERX6220Ohm/5WattL550L586
P1.X2
Kl.15
F15.1
JUMPERX5RESERVE
A4
=K
+K2
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/94.D3
OUTLETA6
A18
PARKINGLIGHT
+K4
A
=K
A18.PWM6
X2 3
WH 1Q
INFO
JUMPERX4RESERVE0OHMEXCITATION
+K4
P1
P1.X1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
FUNCTIOND+
PROFILELIGHTPARKINGLIGHT
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
20
114
A
A16a.UI4
X1 7
A16a.X1
/93.D2
A700D
+M
A700D.AI11.1
X2 63
A700D.X2
/86.C5
A16a
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input13
A16a
transmisson overtemperature+H3
+H3
A16a.UI13
X1 22
A16a.X1
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
resistor input 1
hydraulics oil temperature
D
A16a.RI1
X1 46
A16a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput 6(Bank2)
A17a
VENTILATOR
+H3
A
A17a.PWM6
X1 19
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput6(Bank
A17b
FANREVERSAL
+H3
A
A17b.PWM6
X1 19
A17b.X1
+H
X28.B
X28.S
+K6
B19
0
0
sw
ge
UP
+
B
+H
B13
0
+H1
B8
0
B19.X
+F3
B14
0
B13.X
1
1
+H
Y13
0
B8.X
Y13.X
+H3
Y50
0
Y50.AF2
BK 1.5Q
+H
X28.S
X28.B
BU 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1.5Q
2
B25.X
Y13.X
B8.X
+H2
B25
B14.X
vi
B13.X
gn
Y50.AF2
B19.X
3
1
B25.X
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
WH 1Q
BU 1Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A16a
/86.E5
+H3
A16a
EARTHTANKSENSOR
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/86.D5
GND PRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
X1 32
A16a.24V
+H3
A16a
VccPRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
/86.E2
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
+M
A700D
+H3
A16a
COOLANT LEVEL
SIGNAL
ENGINEECU
/93.D2
/86.C5
X1 47
A16a.RI1
D
hydraulics oil temperature
resistor input 2
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
A17a.X1
A17b.X1
X1 61
A17a.GND_PWM6
+H3
A17a
EARTHVENTILATOR
/90.D5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
61
A16a.X1
X2 62
A700D.AI11.2
61
A700D.X2
47
A16a.X1
X1 61
A16a.GND
62
A16a.X1
X1 65
A16a.GND
61
A16a.X1
32
E
65
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
RD 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1.5Q
19
PRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
19
A16a.X1
37
A16a.X1
A16a
+H3
ENGINEECU
VCC
coolant level signal
46
A16a.24V
X1 37
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input 4
22
A16a
+H3
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input 14
A16a
TANKSENSOR
+H3
A
A16a.UI14
X1 23
23
/86.F2
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24VTANKSENSOR
63
X1 61
A17b.GND_PWM6
+H3
A17b
/91.D5
EARTHFANREVERSAL
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
TANKPIPESENSORTRANSMISSION/HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATURE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
VENTILATORCOOLINGWATERLEVEL,BRAKEACCUMULATOR
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
21
114
WH 1Q
A16a.RI1
X1 46
A16a.X1
+H3
A17a.X1
+H3
A17b.PWM6
X1 19
A17b.X1
+H3
X28.B
X28.S
+H3
A16a
/35.D5
X1 32
A16a.24V
=M
+M
+H3
A700D
D
pressure
accumulator
brake
A16a
=M+M/34.D2
MasseTankgeber
Masse
CAN:
INPUTMODUL1
/35.E2
Supply24V
CAN:
INPUTMODUL1
X2 62
A700D.AI11.2
KHLWASSERSTANDS.
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
B13a..X2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A17a.X1
X1 47
A16a.RI1
+H3
A16a Hydraulikltempertur
/35.B5 Widerstandseingang2
CAN:
INPUTMODUL1
+H3
A17b.X1
X1 61
A17a.GND_PWM6
+H3
A17a
/37.D5
MasseLfter
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL1
61
+H3
A16a.X1
WH 1Q
X1 65
A16a.GND
A700D.X2
62
+H3
A16a.X1
65
+H3
A16a.X1
32
B13a.X
W160 +WL017 BU
B13a
47
X28.S
X28.B
B13SteckverbindungSuperseal
L544L554
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
W160 +WL016 BK
B13a.X
Y50.AF2
+H3
BK 1.5Q
B13a..X2
WH 1Q
B8.X
2
Y13.X
+H3
Y50
2
1
C
B8
Y13
0
B13.X
Y13.X
1
B8.X
61
+F3
B14
B19.X
+K6
+H3
Y50.AF2
ge
2
B25.X
B13
sw
B14.X
+K6
B19
B13.X
1
B19.X
vi
X1 61
A17b.GND_PWM6
+H3
A17b MasseLfterumkehr
/38.D5
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A17a.PWM6
X1 19
19
A16a.X1
+H3
W160 +WL016 BU
1
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16a.UI13
X1 22
B25
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
gn
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
W160 +WL016 RD
B25.X
A700D.X2
+H3
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
/38.D2 PWMAusgang6(Bank2)
A17b
Lfterumkehr
19
A16a.X1
=M
+H3
A16a.UI4
X1 7
+H3
OUTPUTMODUL1
CAN:
/37.D2 PWMAusgang6(Bank2)
A17a
Lfter
A16a.X1
+H3
37
A16a.X1
+H3
A16a.UI14
X1 23
23
A16a.24V
X1 37
A700D.AI11.1
X2 63
INPUTMODUL1
INPUTMODUL1
CAN:
CAN:
/35.D2
analogerUniversaleingang13 /35.B5 Widerstandseingang1
A16a Getriebebertemperatur A16a Hydraulikltempertur
46
+H3
W160 +WL017 RD
+H3
MOTORECU
VCC
KHLWASSERSTANDS.
22
INPUTMODUL1
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
CAN:
=M+M/34.D2
/35.D2
analogerUniversaleingang14 /35.B2 analogue all-purpose input4
A16a
A16a pressure accumulatorbrakeA700D
Tankgeber
+M
WH 1Q
A16a
+H3
WH 1Q
/35.E2
A
INPUTMODUL1
CAN:
Versorgung24V
24VTankgeber
63
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
TANKPIPESENSORTRANSMISSION/HYDRAULICOILTEMPERATURE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
VENTILATORCOOLINGWATERLEVEL,BRAKEACCUMULATOR
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
22
114
WH 1Q
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
WH 1.5Q
30
30
WH 1Q
1
X1 60
A17b.GND_PWM5
+H3
A17b
EARTHemergency steering
/91.D5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
+H3
A16a
/86.D5
GNDNLPCheck
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
+H3
A16a
/86.E2
/86.D5
1
2
VccNLP
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
A700D.X2
X1 60
A16a.GND
+H3
A16a
BK 1.5Q
X1 34
A16a.24V
A16a.X1
X1 59
A16a.GND
+M
A700D
GNDNLP
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/93.E2
X2 46
A700D.TI1.GND
A17b.X1
A17b.X1
X1 62
A17b.GND_PWM7
+H3
A17b
EARTHLFD
/91.D5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
63
A16a.X1
Y21.JPT
62
A17b.X1
Y20.JPT
BK 1.5Q
A16a.X1
VccNLPCheck
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
59
60
B28.X
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
B4.X_1
60
/86.E2
33
WH 1Q
A16a
B3.X
BK 1Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 25Q
+V1
Y21
0
WH 1Q
Y21.JPT
+V1
Y20
0
Kl.15
Y20.JPT
1
/56.E2
UP
+K
B28
+H5
B3
0
UP
+H
B4
0
B28.X
WH 1Q
+H4
B3a
0
B4.X_1
46
Ausgabe
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1.5Q
85
B3.X
X1 33
A16a.24V
Datum
A17b.X1
34
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
B3a.X
+H3
A16a.X1
Ersteller
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMAusgang8(bank
A17b LFD/FLOATPOSITION
+H3
A
A17b.PWM8
X1 21
B3a.X
Zustand
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
86
88a
+H4
M8
0
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput7(bank
A17b
LFD
+H3
A
A17b.PWM7
X1 20
21
A16a.X1
20
A16a.X1
ENGINEECU
INPUTMODULE1
VACUUM
CAN:
/93.E2
A700D AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION /86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input6
A16a
LFD
+M
+H3
A700D.TI1
A
X2 60
A16a.UI6
X1 19
A700D.X2
19
18
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input3
A16a
PRESSURENLP
+H3
A
A16a.UI3
X1 6
RD 25Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
88
GNDVIAEARTHSTRIP
A16a.X1
+H4
K11
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Kl.30.F08
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input1
A16a PRESSURENLPCheck
+H3
A
A16a.UI1
X1 4
/19.C4
A17b.X1
60
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput5(bank
A17b
emergency steering
A
A17b.PWM5
X1 18
X1 63
A17b.GND_PWM8
+H3
A17b
/91.D5
EARTHLFD
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
F
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATION
RIDECONTROL
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
23
114
+H3
MOTORECU
UNTERDRUCK
LUFTFILTERVERSCHM.
A700D.X2
+M
=M
A16a.UI6
X1 19
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
=H+H/38.D5
X1 60
A17b.GND_PWM5
MasseNotlenkung
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
X1 62
A17b.GND_PWM7
X1 63
A17b.GND_PWM8
=H
=H
+H3
+H3
MasseLFD/Schaufelschwimmstellung
MasseLFD/Schaufelschwimmstellung
A17b
A17b
F1110A/RD =K+K/15.E2
=H
+H3
A17b
60
Kl.15.6
WH 1Q
63
M
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
UNTERDRUCK
MOTORECU
62
=M+M/34.E2
2
29
=M
A700D.TI1.GND
+M
A700D LUFTFILTERVERSCHM.GND
BK 1.5Q
=K
+K6
X1.S
29
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
B28.X
46
WH 1Q
WH 1.5Q
30
WH 1Q
+K
B28
BK 1.5Q
B4.X_1
+H
=M
+M
A700D.X2
+V1
Y21.JPT
1
+V1
Y21
0
2
Y21.JPT
+V1
B28.X
BK 1.5Q
WH 25Q
+V1
Y20.JPT
1
+V1
Y20
0
2
Y20.JPT
+V1
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
WH 1.5Q
30
WH 1Q
+H
Splice.X6
=K
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
+K6
=K
A17b.PWM8
X1 21
WH 1Q
+H
B4
B3.X
+H5
+H3
=H
B3a.X
+H4
+H
B4.X_1
X1.S
+K6
=K
=H+H/38.D5
Masse
=H+H/38.D5
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A17b.PWM7
X1 20
X2 46
=H
+H4
M8
+H3
=H
WH 1Q
A16a.X1
+H3
=H
+H5
B3
WH 1Q
1
1
+H5
B3.X
INPUTMODUL1
OUTPUTMODUL2
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
=H+H/35.D2analogue all-purpose =H+H/38.D2
input6
PWMAusgang7(Bank2)=H+H/38.D2 PWMAusgang8(Bank2)
A16a
A17b
A17b
LFD
LFD
LFD/Schaufelschwimmstellung
+H3
=H
A700D.TI1
X2 60
=M
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
A16a.X1
+H3
30.1 31
K11.X3
K11.X1
+H4 +H4
=H =H
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16a.UI3
X1 6
PROJ: 8920980_003
=H =H
+H4 +H4
K11.X4
K11.X2
30.2 50
=H
+H4
K11
GNDberMasseband
+H4
B3a.X
+H4
B3a
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Kl.30.F08
18
A16a.X1
+H3
=K+K/4.C4
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
A16a.UI1
X1 4
+H3
A17b.PWM5
X1 18
+H3
=H
21
OUTPUTMODUL2
INPUTMODUL1
INPUTMODUL1
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
=M+M/34.E2
=H+H/38.C2 PWMAusgang5(Bank2) =H+H/35.B2analogue all-purpose input1
=H+H/35.B2analogue all-purpose input3 A700D
A17b
A16a pressureNLPCheck
A16a
Notlenkung
DruckNLP
+M
20
19
60
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
EMERGENCYSTEERINGPUMPLFDAIRFILTERCONTAMINATION
RIDECONTROL
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
24
114
HIGHBEAM
30
86
30
F4
A17b.X1
F5
7,5A
BN
7,5A
BN
V9
R5
L21
L4
L5
7,5A
BN
V60
85
87a
A
GND
87
R2
R3
L2
L3
GND
10
XMSP1c
E4.X
XMSP1c
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1
1
XE14l.a.
H53
E7
H21
H18
+B2
E5
0
XE14l.b
+K3
XMSP7b
+H2
XMSP1c
XE14r.b
X16.B
X16.S
EXTENSION OF THE
LICENCE-PLATE LIGHTING
FOR THEITALIANVERSION
+H2
XMSP1c
+H4
Splice.X8
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
STEERINGCOLUMNSWITCHSTOPLIGHT
LOWBEAMHIGHBEAM
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
XE14r.a.
+H1
E14r
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
/27.E7
Kl.49
/20.E6
Kl.58aR
WH 1.5Q
1
1
SW 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K3
E9
H51 H16
BK 1.5Q
4
WH 1.5Q
3
/20.E6
H55
WH 1.5Q
3
WH 1.5Q
H57
XE14r.a
1
+H1
E14l
BK 1.5Q
2
2
XE14r.b
XE14l.b
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+V1
E4
+H
X16.S
X16.B
XE14l.a
BK 1.5Q
+V1
E3
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
SW 1.5Q
H56
F.6
H54
H50
WH 1.5Q
2
+H4
Splice.X7
A4.X45
/27.E5
18
18
/20.E6
17
17
16
2
WH 1.5Q
3
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
4
E3.X
+K3
XMSP7a
16
19
19
/20.E5
/27.E6
WH 1.5Q
5
10
H15
X1.S
X1.B
5
1
H52
A4.X45
*
E
BK 1.5QEXTEN
6
X1.S
X1.B
+K6
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A4.X45 F.5
GND
F.1
Kl.58aL
E6
GND
BK 1.5Q
H20
A4.X45
WH 1.5Q
3
BK 1.5Q
H17
XMSP1b
nderung
+H3
X37a
85
GND
F.3
SW 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/20.E5
3
/20.E6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Kl.58aL
Kl.49
B12.1
WH 1.5Q
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
+K3
E8
B12.X
GND
A4.X44
+B1
E1
0
87
R4
E.3
/27.E5
/45.E8
R21
GND
F3
7,5A
BN
X37b
+H3
X2 4
A18.PWM7
A
low beam
/94.E3
OUTLETA7
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
+H3
B12
0
F2
K3A
10A
RD
K3
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
F21
=K
+K4
A18
/33.E4
A17b.DO3
X1 37
86
B12.X
X1.37
+H3
87a
A18.X2
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.F2
digital output 3
A17b
REVERSINGLIGHT
hb/lbF/A
LH
0
/33.E4
K.8
Zustand
LOWBEAM/DRIVINGLIGHT
A4.X49
K.6
Kl.15
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
+K1
S3
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4
=K
+K2
A4.X49
K.4
/20.E7
A4.X49
K.2
WH 1.5Q
A4.X49
X1.37
56
Kl.58aR
30
56a
BK 1.5Q
2
2
56b
37
49a
=K
WH 1.5Q
=K
BK 1.5Q
=K
2
=K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
3/7 S3.X2
A16b.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
2/7
/87.C2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
5/7
A16b.X1
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEuniversal
HIGHBEAM
A
A16b.UI2
X1 5
A16b
+K2
/87.C2
4/7
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEuniversal
DRIVINGLIGHT
A
A16b.UI1
X1 4
A16b
+K2
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
25
114
/7.E7
Kl.49a.2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/36.B2ANALOGUEUniversaleingang1
DRIVINGLIGHT
/36.B2ANALOGUEUniversaleingang2
HIGHBEAM
A16b
+K2
49a
56b
56a
15
A4.X49
A4.X49
K.4
A4.X49
K.6
K.8
B
A4
=K
+K2
56
A4.X49
K.2
A16b.X1
A16b.UI2
X1 5
A16b.X1
3/7
S3.X2
5/7
+K1
S3.X2
2/7
+K1
S3.X2
A16b
+K2
A16b.UI1
X1 4
2
2
LOWBEAM/DRIVINGLIGHT
HIGHBEAM
Kl.15
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K1
+K1
S3
0
30
F21
10A
RD
a bc
L OR
ab
E
F4
7,5A
BN
F5
7,5A
BN
87
30
F2
7,5A
BN
87a
86
K3
F3
7,5A
BN
85
87a
GND
86
K3a
87
85
GND
C
GND
GND
H50 H54
H56
=V
+V1
E3
=V 2
+V1
E4
H57
H55
H51
4
WH 1.5Q
D
31
intstall 3pin
socket!
58
+V
X321b
0
31
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
1
XMSP1c
54
54
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
E4.X
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
3
WH 1.5Q
H16
E4.Xa
XMSP1c
E3.Xa
E3.X
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
58
+V
X321b
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/7.E5
/5.E6
4
WH 1.5Q
18
3
Kl.58aR.1
4
Kl.49.3
5
+V
E4.Xa
1
1
18
17
17
16
19
19
3
+V
E3.Xa
H15
1.5Q,1.5Q BK,BK
8JB0019333001
LBHID6200003
F.6
E4.Xb
+V
/5.E5
/7.E6
Kl.49.2
5
Kl.58aL.1
4
2
+K6 +K6
X1.SX1.S
16
+K6 +K6
X1.SX1.S
E3.Xb
+V
A4.X45
F.1
WH 1.5Q
F.3
54
A4.X45
A4.X45F.5
A4.X45
WH 1.5Q
3
3
4
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+V
X321a
0
31
GND
BK 1.5Q
58
install3-pin
socket!
31
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
54
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
58
WH 1.5Q
+V
X321a
Abblentlicht
OUTLETA7
CAN:
ELECTRIESKEYBOARD
/39.E4
+K4
A18
A4.X44
E.3
WH 1.5Q
8JB0019333001
LBHID6200003
GND
HELLAint
X2 4
A18.PWM7
WH 1.5Q
A18.X2
GND
HELLA
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
5 S3.X2
4/7
+K1
Kl.49aR.2
Kl.49aL.2
/7.B5
/7.B5
E3.Xb
E4.Xb
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
COUNTRYSPECIFIC
TYPE/EXECUTION
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
26
114
A18.X1
A4.X50
RD,RD 1.5Q,1.5Q
A4.X50
L.4
A4
=K
+K2
RD 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
Kl.30.F07
Kl.30
7
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/94.C3 FLASHINGSPEEDINPUT
A18 HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT
+K4
A
=K
A18.Flasher
X1 6
/19.F5
/39.B3
L.3
86
30
A18.X1
10
RD 1.5Q
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/94.D3
OUTLETA1
A18 HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT
+K4
A
=K
A18.PWM1
X1 10
K240
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEuniversal
INDICATORSIGNAL
A
A16b.UI3
6 X1
A16b.X1
+K2
/87.C2
A16b
+K2
A
V53
85
87
87a
GND
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
L.1
A4.X50
RD 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
U.3
U.4
A4.X58
A4.X58
11
A4.X50
L.11
V89
M.7
C
E
30
86
30
K22
F07B
86
30
K22a
10A
RD
87a
87
85
86
K22b
V11
V12
87a
87
V13
85
87a
87
X1.J
10A
RD
30
86
K25
V14
85
87a
87
X2.J
10A
RD
30
86
49
K26
GND
87a
87
85
GND
49a
A4.X58
U.6
E1/H18RIGHTREAR
WH 1.5Q
/25.D7
Kl.49
10
X1.S
X1.B
WH 1.5Q
M.10
OLDM.3
V88
10
L.6
Kl.49
E5/H17LEFTREAR
A4.X51
WH 1.5Q 10
WH 1.5Q 6
A4.X50
/25.E4
8
8
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
E3/H15LEFTFRONT
56
Kl.49
hb/lbF/A
LH
0
30
X1.S
X1.B
/25.D2
=K
+K1
S3
0
56a
L.5
WH 1.5Q
56b
WH 1.5Q 5
WH 1.5Q 12
49a
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
A4.X50
M.12
OLDM.1
WH 1.5Q
A4.X51
Kl.49
GND
V87
/25.E5
31
GND
V86
E4/H16RIGHTFRONT
X3.J
10A
RD
85
GND
WH 1.5Q
2
WH 1.5Q
3
WH 1.5Q
L
GND
V85
GND
+K1
S3.X1
K1
V84 V83
F07bKL.15
R07B
L07B
V15
WH 1.5Q
A4.X51
OLDM.6
A4
=K
+K2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L.8
A4.X50
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHTS
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
27
114
OPTION
HORNOPERATIONVIAPUSHBUTTONSWITCHON
LHCONTROLLEVER
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
12
A4.X49
A4
=K
+K2
31
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6a
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
3
2
=K
BK 1.5Q
15A
BU
A18.X2
86
30
K8
F18
V59
10
85
87
10A
RD
87a
R20
L20
SW 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
B10.X2
+H
R18
GND
L18
GND
GND
A4.X44
53
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
31b
M3.X
M9.X
+K2
M3
M4.X
53a
+K4
M9
0
M9.X
31
sw
sw
31
swbl
wsbl
+K1
M4
0
bl
M3.X
53
7/7
6/7
7
1
7
53a
WH 1.5Q
swbl
wsbl
53c
WH 1.5Q
0 J 1
53
+K1
M2
0
wash
53b
31b
bl
M3.X
1
+
WH 1.5Q
6
*
M4.X
1/7
horn
0 1
M2.X2
M2.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S3.X2
=K
+H2
XMSP1a
E.7
WH 1.5Q
K.1
A4.X49
E.9
A4.X44
47
X1 47
A17b.GND_PWM2
D
+H3
EARTHOPTIONS
A17b
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
B10a.X2
+H
K.12
WH 1.5Q
+H
B10
15
WH 1.5Q 6
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
F20
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH
WH 1.5Q
B10.X1
31b
0
K5a.X
6905155
31b
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6a
S3.X1
Ersteller
BK 1.5Q
15
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Zustand
+K1
K5a
E
V2
B10a
1
+H
+H
V2.X2 1/1
A18.X1
Kl.15
1
1
A4
=K
+K2
86
0 1
WH 1.5Q
25
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
SW 1.5Q
5
25
K5a.X
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
OPT3
sw5
S3
+K1
V2.X1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
ELECTRICKEYPAD
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
CAN:
/94.D3
OUTLETA3
/94.D3
OUTLETA4
A18 WINDSCREENWIPER
A18 WASHINGPUMPREAR
+K4
+K4
A
A
=K
=K
A18.PWM3
A18.PWM4
X1 12
X2 1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput2(Array
A17b
OPTIONS
+H3
A
A17b.PWM2
X1 5
+K
Splice.X9
OPT1
sw4
OPT2
sw3
12
+K2
XMSP6a
+K2
XMSP6a
+K2
XMSP6a
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
WINDSCREENWASHERFRONT
ANDREARHOOTER
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
28
114
Splice.X9
A18
+K4
+K6
X1.S
+K4
31b
BK 1.5Q
12
86
30
K8
V44
10
87a
87
85
F18
10A
RD
85
GND
87
87a
GND
GND
A4.X49
A4.X44
A4.X55
+K2
A4.X44
11
GND
K.1
E.9
BK 1.5Q
86
K271
E.7
M4
0
53
+K2
M3
sw
M4.X
sw
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
15
31b
S3.X1
+K2
XMSP6a
M9.X
31
BK 1.5Q
M3.X
+K2
+K4
M9
0
53
0 J 1
31
53a
53b
S3.X2
2
7/7
31b
M9.X
+K2
XMSP6a
+K2
XMSP6a
WH 1.5Q
+K1
M2
6/7
53a
+
wsbl
swbl
bl
wsbl
1
53c
53
+K2
* M3.X
1
+
31b
+K2
M3.X
swbl
+K2
M3.X
*
M4.X
bl
1/7
M2.X2
M2.X1
S3
+K1
WH 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6a
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
12
E
30
+K2
XMSP6a
+H2
XMSP1a
A4
=K
+K2
F20
15A
BU
A4.X49
V59
A18.X2
K.12
31
A18.PWM4
X2 1
+K1
K5
Kl.15
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
15
+K2
+K2
A4.X55 A4.X55
4
5
10
I 86
B10.X2
+H
=H
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
3
2
A18.X1
=H
+H
B10.X1
=H
+H
B10
ELEKTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
OutputA4
windscreen washerrear
A18.PWM3
X1 12
25
25
/39.D4
ELEKTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/39.D4
OutputA3
SWindscreen wiper A18
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
WINDSCREENWASHERFRONT
ANDREARHOOTER
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
29
114
WH 1.5Q
A4.X58
A4
=K
+K2
E1
PROJ: 8920980_003
F31A
Kl.30
E1
30
KL.15
E2
oder
Kl.30
F31B
30
KL.15
E1 A E2
E1 A E2
87a
87
10A
RD
85
86
K31B
V16
10A
RD
E1 A E2
V17
E1 A E2
87a
R31A
87
85
R31B
GND
L31A
GND
L31B
XMSP7a
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
+K2
XMSP6.18
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WH 2Q
2
XMSP7a
E11b.X
+K2
XMSP6.18
OPTIONXENON
WORKINGPROJECTOR
Ident.Nr.
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTCABIN
XENONWORKINGPROJECTOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
+K3
E11b
0
BK 2Q
E11a.X
OPTIONXENON
WORKINGPROJECTOR
Ersteller
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
SW 1.5Q
+K3
E11a
SW 1.5Q
+K3
XMSP7a
E11b.X
E11.X
A4.46.8
+K2
3
1
+K3
E11
E11a.X
SW 1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
5
E10b.X
E10a..X
SW 1.5Q
WH 2Q
2
SW 1.5Q
1
1
2
E11.X
+K3
E10b
0
+K3
E10a
SW 1.5Q
+K3
XMSP7a
E10b.X
E10.X
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
A4.46.4
+K2
BK 2Q
+K3
E10
E10a..X
G.8
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4.X46
G.7
SW 1.5Q
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
A4.X46
G.4
A4.X46
G.3
A4.X46
X2 5
A18.PWM8
=K
A
+K4
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT
A18
/94.E3
OUTLETA8
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
A18.X2
GND
GND
Zustand
86
K31A
E10.X
Kl.15
Kl.30
E2
oder
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Kl.15
Kl.30
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT
U.5
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
30
114
A4.X58
Verb.
=K+K2A4.X58:7
OLE3
U.8
A4
=K
+K2
WORKINGPROJECTORREARAMREAR
E2
E1
30
oder
F32A
Kl.30
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
E1
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
KL.15
86
V32C
E2
oder
K32A
Kl.30
F32B
KL.15
V18
10A
RD
E1 A E2
E1 A E2
87a
87
85
10A
RD
E1 A E2
R32A
L32A
87
85
X58
GND
/32.A7
GND
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
10
WH 2Q
14
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
4
BK 2Q
+H2
XMSP1a
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
ZeichNr.
Ident.Nr.
WORKINGPROJECTORREARREAR
3
+H
X16.B
X16.S
BK 2Q
E17.X
BK 2Q
Ersteller
3
2
+H2
XMSP1a
WH 2Q
1
+H1
E17
E16
+H
X16.B
X16.S
E17.X
E16.X
X1.S
E16.X
13
11
11
1
+H
X16.S
X16.B
X2 6
A18.PWM9
=K
A
+K4
A18 WORKINGPROJECTORREAR
/94.E3
OUTLETA9
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
G.10
13
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
X1.S
A18.X2
A4.X46
G.9
WH 2Q
+H
X16.S
X16.B
A4.X46
G.6
WH 2Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
A4.X46
12
G.5
WH 2Q
A4.X46
WH 2Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
87a
L32B
GND
Zustand
B
V19
R32B
GND
BK 2Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
86
K32B
PROJ: 8920980_003
30
E1 A E2
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
31
114
+K2
A4.X58
U7
A4
=K
+K2
E2
oder
F33A
Kl.30
KL.15
V33C
E2
86
X58
Kl.15
E1
30
/31.C8
E1
Kl.30
Kl.15
WORKINGPROJECTORREARAMCABROOF
Kl.30
WH 1.5Q
oder
K33A
Kl.30
F33B
KL.15
V20
10A
RD
E1 A E2
E1 A E2
87a
87
10A
RD
85
E1 A E2
R33A
87a
87
85
GND
GND
GND
+K3
XMSP7a
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
10
10
1.5Q
1
2
+K3
X28a.S
1.5Q
E13.b.X
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
BK 2Q
+K3
XMSP7a
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
+K3
E13.b
WH 2Q 12
WH 2Q
1
1
1
E13.b.X
1.5Q
X28a.S
+K3
1.5Q
2
+K3
X29.S
X29.B
WORKINGPROJECTORREARCABIN
3
E13a.X
BK 2Q
+K3
XMSP7a
WORKINGPROJECTOR
DOUBLE
+K3
X28.S
X28.B
G.12
+K3
E13a
SW 1.5Q
E13.X
A4.X46
11
WH 2Q
9
9
WH 2Q
1
E13a.X
1.5Q
+K3
X26a.S
+K3
X29.B
X29.S
1
2
E12.b.X
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
+K3
E13
BK 2Q
+K3
XMSP7a
G.11
SW 1.5Q
1.5Q
E13.X
=K
A4.X46
+K3
E12.b
1.5Q
SW 1.5Q
=K
X27.S
X27.B
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
+K3
X28.B
X28.S
E12a.X
WORKINGPROJECTOR
SIMPLE
WH 2Q
+K3
E12a
2
2
+K3
X26.S
X26.B
1
1
E12.X
E12.b.X
1.5Q
E12a.X
+K3
E12
X26a.S
+K3
=K
+K3
X27.B
X27.S
WORKINGPROJECTOR
DOUBLE
E12.X
G.2
7
7
1
WH 2Q
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
SW 1.5Q
=K
+K3
X26.B
X26.S
A4.X46
WH 2Q
G.1
WORKINGPROJECTOR
SIMPLE
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
A4.X46
WH 2Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Zustand
V21
L33B
BK 2Q
R33B
GND
L33A
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
86
K33B
PROJ: 8920980_003
30
E1 A E2
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
32
114
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/94.D3
OUTLETA2
A18
WARNINGBEACON
+K4
A
=K
A18.PWM2
X1 11
WH 1.5Q
ELECTRICKEYPAD
CAN:
/94.D3
OUTLETA5
A18 REARWINDOWHEATER
+K4
A
=K
A18.PWM5
X2 2
OptionBACKUPALARM
OPTICALOPTIONALREVERSINGACTIVE
RD 1Q
A18.X2
=K
BK 1.5Q
H.4
A4.X47
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
=K
+K2
K10
S212.X1
86
F74
S212.X2
30
V57
87a
10A
RD
87a
87
R74
85
WH 1.5Q
Masse
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
WH 2.5Q
+K3
+K3
R6a
R6b
0
2
1
1
BK 2.5Q
=K
BK 2.5Q
+K2
XMSP6.13
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
R12.X2
BK 2.5Q
R6b.X
Splice.X12
+K3
WARNINGBEACONMIRRORAND
REARWINDOWHEATER
4
R12.X1
+K2
R12
Verb.
OLE4
WH 2.5Q
OPTIONMIRRORHEATING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
R6b.X
R6a.X
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
=K+K4S212.X2:9
1
R6a.X
WH 1.5Q
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
=K
H.2
=K
WH 1.5Q
+K3
Splice.X11
BK 2.5Q
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
36
WH 1.5Q
REVERSINGLIGHT
+K3
H22
X1.37
/25.A8
H22.X
/25.A8
X1.37
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
WH 1.5Q
+K6
36
35
35
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
A4.X47
H.1
L.10
WH 1.5Q
15
WH 1.5Q
A4.X50
L.9
+K6
X1.S
WH 1.5Q
A4.X50
R.8
10
A4.X55
A4.X47
WH 2.5Q
GND
GND
Ausgabe
L74
L25
Datum
85
GND
GND
R25
Ersteller
87
V58
86
15A
BU
K9
F25
Zustand
+K2
XMSP6e
Kl.15
10
10
12
PROJ: 8920980_003
30
S212.X2
210
WH 1.5Q
0
S212
+K4
1
E
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
S212a
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4
=K
+K2
S212.X1
+K2
A4.X50.12a
L.12
A4.X50
A18.X1
11
WH 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6c
8920980
460901000003
7
1
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
33
114
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S.5
A4.X56
=K
T1.X
S.9
A4.X56
O.5
A4.X53
C.7
A4.X42
=K
4
24V
+K2
A4
=K
+K2
T1
A4.X56
S.7
A4.X56
5
BK 1.5Q
6
WH 1.5Q
3
BK 1.5Q
S.3
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
RD 1.5Q
+K4
X22a.B
X22a.S
+K4
12
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
=K
7
A3.X1
=K
+K3
A3
X70.X2
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
+K3
B11l
+K3
B11r
2
B11l.X2
CIGARETTELIGHTERELECTRICALSOCKET12VRADIO
LOUDSPEAKER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
B11r.X1
B11l.X1
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
24V
Datum
RD<>BNRD
BK<>BN
ELECTRICALSOCKET12V
Ersteller
+K3
=K
RD 0.75Q
=K
W1
6
6
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
10165605
BK 0.75Q
=K
RD 0.75Q
+
X70.X1
+K5
X70
10165605
1
2
LSli
5
LSre
3
=K
RADIO
A3.X2
+K4
X71
4
+
BK 0.75Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
IGN
=K
XMSP6a
+K2
Zustand
12
O.3
GND
BK 1.5Q
L76
RD 1.5Q
L75
11
R76
BK 1.5Q
A4.X53
=K
11
R75
GND
=K
85
GND
R.6
=K
B
A
L30
A4.X55
RD 1.5Q
87
WH 1.5Q
87a
=K
10A
RD
/19.B8
F8Kl.58
F76
10A
RD
PROJ: 8920980_003
R30
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
V3
F75
K12
86
T1.X
15A
BU
WH 1.5Q
30
F30
WH 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6a
12V
WH 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
BK 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
B11r.X2
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
34
114
/99.C2
/99.C2
+K4
A22
/99.C2
/99.C2
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
A21.X1
RD 1Q
A19.X1
A19.X1
A19.X1
A19.X1
L10
X1 8
A19.CAN_Low
A
+K4
CAN_Low
A19
/98.D4
CAN_Low
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
BK 1.5Q
WH 0.5Q
RD 1Q
A21.X1
=K
F.11
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
CAN:
/96.C2
CAN1_LowOUT
/96.C2
CAN1_HighOUT
CAN1_LowOUT
CAN1_HighOUT
A
A
A21.CAN1
A21.CAN1
X1 16
X1 17
X1 7
A19.CAN_High
A
+K4
CAN_High
A19
/98.D4
CAN_High
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
X1 4
A19.CAN_Low
A
+K4
CAN_Low
A19
/98.C4
CAN_Low
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
X1 3
A19.CAN_High
A
+K4
CAN_High
A19
/98.C4
CAN_High
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
+K4
+K4
+K4
+K4
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
F
Ident.Nr.
DISPLAYUNIT
CANBUS3
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
A19.X2
7
11
Datum
HEAT/AIRCON
CAN:
CAN_High
CAN_High
A
A22.CAN_High
X1 3
=K
+K2
XMSP6c
Ersteller
A21.X1
X1 13
X1 14
A21.CAN1
A21.CAN1
A
A
+K4
+K4
CAN1_LowINPUT
CAN1_HighINPUT
A21
A21
/96.C2
CAN1_Lowᕮ
/96.C2
CAN1_Highᕮ
CAN:
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
=K
A4.X45
A21.X1
=K
WH,WH 0.5Q,0.5Q
+K2
XMSP6b
=K
R10
GND
=K
=K
BU 1Q
A13a.X
+K1
5A
LBN
A15.CAN.X
X1 7
A22.CAN_High
A
CAN_High
CAN_High
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCON
A22.X1
=K
F10
A15.CAN.X
CANHIGH3
A
A15.CAN3H
.CAN.X 7
14
A22.X1
A22.X1
A22.X1
HEAT/AIRCON
CAN:
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
A
A22.CAN_Low
X1 4
WIRINGHARNESS
PREPARATION
COLOURGRAPHICDISPLAY
Kl.15
WH 0.5Q
0.5Q
BK
=K
X1 8
A22.CAN_Low
A
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCON
+K4
A22
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
A15
+K2
=K
17
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
A11.X1
+K4
=K
/85.C1
CANLOW3
A
A15.CAN3L
.CAN.X 2
RD 1Q
A11.X1
+K4
=K
=K
A15
+K2
=K
+K2
XMSP6a
/85.C1
A11
+K4
=K
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
BU 1Q
/95.D4
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
13
A11
+K4
=K
MAINKEYBOARD
CAN:
CAN_High
CAN_High
A
A11.CAN_High
X1 3
16
/95.D4
CANBUS3
=K
=K
rpm
time
hours
=K
PROJ: 8920980_003
STOP
MAINKEYBOARD
CAN:
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
A
A11.CAN_Low
X1 4
BU 1Q
/95.D4
X1 7
A11.CAN_High
A
CAN_High
CAN_High
CAN:
MAINKEYBOARD
/95.E4
=K
+K4
A11
RD 1Q
3/
Zustand
A13.X2
+K1
=K
A11.X1
A13.X1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 1.5Q
1/2
1/
1/1
MP
check
A11.X1
mph
km/h
50
120
+K1
A13
A
12
40
11
100
90
40
10
A
13
=K
BU 1Q
30
20
=K
X1 8
A11.CAN_Low
A
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN:
MAINKEYBOARD
=K
+K4
A11
A
23
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
35
114
A11.CAN_Low
X1 4
A11.CAN_High
X1 3
+K4
A22.X1
W156 +WL006 BU
A11.X1
X1 8
A22.CAN_Low
CAN_Low
/43.C2
CAN_Low
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR
CAN:
/43.C2
CAN_Low
A22
CAN_Low
+K4
A19.X1
+K4
A19.X1
X1 8
A19.CAN_Low
+K4
A19
/42.C4
GND
/41.C4
/41.C4
A21
+K4
+K4
A19
/42.C4
A21.X1
A19.X1
A21.X1
+K4
A19
CAN_High
CAN_High
CAN:
OPTIONSTASTATUR
/42.C4
X1 14
A21.CAN1
+K4
A21
/41.C4
/41.D4
A21
+K4
CAN1_HighIN
CAN1_HighIN
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
CAN1_HighOUT
CAN1_HighOUT
A21.CAN1
X1 17
A21.X1
A19.X1
X1 4
A19.CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN:
OPTIONSTASTATUR
X1 3
A19.CAN_High
+K4
A19
/42.C4
CAN_High
CAN_High
CAN:
OPTIONSTASTATUR
E
A4.X45
+K2
XMSP6b
A19.X2
F.11
W156 +WL036 RD
2
W156 +WL036 BU
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A15.CAN3H
.CAN.X 7
A21.CAN1
X1 16
X1 7
A19.CAN_High
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN:
OPTIONSTASTATUR
CANHIGH3
A15..CAN.X
CAN1_LowIN
CAN1_LowIN
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
CAN1_LowOUT
CAN1_LowOUT
W156 +WL045 RD
W156 +WL045 BU
Kl.15
F10
5A
LBN
+K4
A21
A22.CAN_High
X1 3
A22.X1
+K4
A15
+K2
X1 13
A21.CAN1
+K4
A22.X1
+K4
A21.X1
CAN_High
/43.C2
CAN_High
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR
HEIZ/KLIMATASTATUR
CAN:
/43.C2
CAN_High
A22
CAN_High
A22.CAN_Low
X1 4
A4
=K
+K2
A15..CAN.X
+K4
A22
WH 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
+K4
/33.C1
CANLOW3
A15.CAN3L
.CAN.X 2
X1 7
A22.CAN_High
+K4
A22
11
+K4
A22.X1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
W156 +WL005 RD
W156 +WL005 BU
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
A11.X1
A15
+K2
/33.C1
W156 +WL010 RD
A11
+K4
14
/40.C4
17
A11
+K4
W156 +WL034 RD
/40.C4
+K2
XMSP6a
MasterModul
CAN:
rpm
time
hours
STOP
MasterModul
CAN:
W156 +WL010 BU
BK 1.5Q
1/1
A13.X2
+K1
/40.C4
13
40
1/
3/
/40.C4
MP
2
1
1/2
A13.X1
check
50
120
mph
km/h
CANCONNECTION3(C)
CAN_High
CAN_High
CAN:
HAUPTTASTATUR
HAUPTTASTATUR
CAN:
CAN_High
CAN_High
16
A
12
W156 +WL034 BU
11
10
40
100
90
+K4
A11
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
CAN:
HAUPTTASTATUR
HAUPTTASTATUR
CAN:
CAN_Low
CAN_Low
A
13
X1 7
A11.CAN_High
30
20
+K1
A13
+K4
A11
A
23
W156 +WL006 RD
3
2
A11.X1
X1 8
A11.CAN_Low
A11.X1
DISPLAYCAN
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
DISPLAYUNIT
CANBUS3
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
36
114
5
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
A15
+K2
=K
CANHIGH1
A
A15.CAN1H
.CAN.X 5
A15.CAN.X
A17a.X1.43.57
+H3
A16c.X1
B
2
A17a.X1.43.57
+H3
44
39
RD 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
38
38
X1.S
X1.B
BU 1Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
CANBUS1
+H3
A16a
/86.C5
X1 43
A16a.CAN_Low
D
CANlow(Resverb.)
CANlow
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
X1 57
A16a.CAN_High
+H3
A16a
/86.D5
CANhigh(Resverb.)
CANhigh
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/86.C5
A16a.X1
A16c.X1
+H3
A16a.X1.44
X1 58
A16a.CAN_High
+H3
A16a
58
58
44
A17a.CAN_High
X1 57
A17a.X1
X1 44
A16a.CAN_Low
D
CANlow
CANlow
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
+H3
A16a
/88.C5
A16c
+H3
/88.D5
A16c
+H3
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
CANhigh
CANhigh
A16c.CAN_High
X1 57
A16c.X1
57
A16a.X1
+H3
BU 1Q
A16a.X1
A16a.X1
A17a.X1
RD 1Q
A700D.X2
BU 1Q
A700D.X2
A700D.CAN1H.1
X2 8
A700D.CAN1L.2
X2 9
CAN1HIGH
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
CANlow
CANlow
D
A16c.CAN_Low
X1 43
CANhigh
CANhigh
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
RD 1Q
A700D
+M
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D5
CANhigh
A17a
CANhigh
/88.D5
+H3
XA16a.X1.58
E
1
/93.C6
CAN1LOW
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C5
CANlow
A17a
CANlow
+H3
D
A17a.CAN_Low
X1 43
/88.C5
+H3
A16c
43
ENGINEECU
CAN:
+H3
A16c
BU 1Q
ENGINEECU
CAN:
CANhigh
/90.D5
CANhigh
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
X1 58
A16c.CAN_High
CAN:
ENGINEECU
+H3
A17a
X1 44
A16c.CAN_Low
D
CANlow
CANlow
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
57
CAN:
ENGINEECU
A16c.X1
X1 58
A17a.CAN_High
RD 1Q
/93.C6
/93.C6
A700D
+M
CAN1RES
A17a.X1
58
/93.C6
+M
A700D
X1 44
A17a.CAN_Low
D
+H3
CANlow
A17a
/90.C5
CANlow
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
43
CAN1LOW
A17a.X1
57
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
A700D
X2 54
A700D.CAN1R
44
A700D.X2
X2 40
A700D.CAN1L.1
54
A700D.X2
40
BU 1Q
43
RD 1Q
=K
BU 1Q
=K
A15.CAN.X
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
CANLOW1
A
A15.CAN1L
.CAN.X 4
/85.C1
A15
+K2
=K
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE2
/85.C1
39
CANhigh
CANhigh
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/86.D5
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
CANBUS1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
37
114
+K
A17b.X1.44
29
43
X1 29
A17c.CAN_Res
+H3
A17c
RESERVE
/92.E2 CANMATCHINGRESISTOR
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
+H3
A17c.X1
58
A17c.CAN_High
X1 58
59
59
58
X1.S
X1.B
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.D5
CANhigh
A17c
CANhigh
44
A17c.X1
58
A17c.X1
57
CANlow
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C5
CANlow
A17c
CANlow
+H3
D
A17c
X1 44
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
43
58
A16b.CAN_High
X1 57
A16b.X1
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
A17b.X1
X1 58
A17b.CAN_High
+H3
A17b.X143a
A17b.X1
X1 57
A17b.CAN_High
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.E2 CANMATCHINGRESISTOR
A17b
CANEND
+H3
A17b
+H3
/91.D5
A17b.CAN_Res
X1 29
A17b.X1
57
CANhigh
CANhigh
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
/91.D5
+H3
A17b
CANhigh(CANEm.
CANhigh
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
29
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C5
CANlow
A17b
CANlow(CANEm.
+H3
D
A17b.CAN_Low
X1 43
58
44
A17b.X1
X1 44
A17b
D
+H3
CANlow
A17b
/91.C5
CANlow
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A16d.CAN_High
X1 57
+K
A17b.X1.58
/92.C5
CANlow(CANEm.CAN_Resverb.)
58
A17b.X1
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
CANhigh
CANhigh(Resverb.)
A16d.X1
+H3
A17c
X1 43
A17c.CAN_Low
D
CANBUS2
CANhigh
CANhigh
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
BU 1Q
A16d.X1
/89.D5
A16d
+H3
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
RD 1Q
/89.C5
A16d
+H3
/87.D5
A16b
+K2
43
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
CANlow
CANlow(Resverb.)
D
A16d.CAN_Low
X1 43
/89.D5
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
CANhigh
CANhigh(CANEm
/85.C1
57
/89.C5
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
.CAN.X 6
A15.CAN2H
A
CANHIGH2
=K
+K2
A15
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
CANlow
CANlow(CANEm.
D
A16b.CAN_Low
X1 43
A16b.X1
RD 1Q
44
BU 1Q
A15.CAN.X
.CAN.X 3
A15.CAN2L
A
CANLOW2
X1 58
A16d.CAN_High
+H3
A16d
WH 1.5Q
+H3
A16d
/87.C5
A16b
+K2
A16b.CAN_High
X1 58
A15.CAN.X
=K
+K2
A15
RD 1Q
1
BU 1Q
44
A16d.X1
43
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A17b..X1.43.57
+K
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
/87.D5
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
CANhigh
CANhigh
A16b.X1
/85.C1
X1 44
A16d.CAN_Low
D
CANlow
CANlow
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
A17c.X1
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
CANlow
CANlow
D
A16b.CAN_Low
X1 44
A16b.X1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16d.X1
WH 1.5Q
A16b
+K2
A17b..X1.43.57
+K
/87.C5
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE1
ERECTIONOUTPUTMODULE3
CANEND
(JUMPER)
REMOVE!
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
CANBUS2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
38
114
SUPPLYELECTRICKEYPAD
SUPPLYMAINKEYBOARD
/27.A5 F07Kl.30
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
F71
10A
RD
R71
XMSP6b
+K2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
C.6
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
A4.X42
C.4
X1 5
A18.Kl30
=K
A
+K4
SUPPLY
A18
/94.C3
SUPPLY
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
A18.X1
X1 1
A18.Kl15
=K
A
+K4
INFORMATIONINPUT
A18
/94.C3
INFORMATIONINPUT
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
A18.X1
X1 2
A18.GND
=K
A
+K4
SUPPLYEARTH
A18
/94.C3
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN:
ELECTRICKEYPAD
=K
+K4
A11
/95.D4
A11.X1
X1 1
A11.Kl15
A
+24V
SUPPLY
CAN:
MAINKEYBOARD
=K
+K4
A11
/95.D4
A11.X1
A18.X1
X1 2
A11.GND
A
SUPPLYEARTH
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN:
MAINKEYBOARD
XMSP6c
+K2
XMSP6c
+K2
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
X1 5
A19.Kl15
A
+K4
SUPPLYKl.15
A19
/98.D4
SUPPLY
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
+K4
A22
/99.C2
BK 1.5Q
A22.X1
X1 1
A22.Kl15
A
INFORMATIONINPUT
INFORMATIONINPUT
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCON
/99.C2
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYKEYPADS
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
+K4
A22
ZeichNr.
A22.X1
X1 2
A22.GND
A
SUPPLYEARTH
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCON
+K4
A22
/99.C2
8920980
460901000003
7
WH 1.5Q
A22.X1
X1 2
A19.GND
A
+K4
SUPPLYEARTH
A19
/98.C4
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
A19.X1
A19.X1
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X1 1
A19.Kl15
A
+K4
INFORMATIONINPUT
A19
/98.C4
INFORMATIONINPUT
CAN:
OPTIONSKEYBOARD
A19.X1
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
/51.B6
SUPPLYHEAT/AIRCONKEYBOARD
Kl.15
/51.B6
SUPPLYOPTIONKEYPAD
Zustand
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
* A4.X42
GND
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L71
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
XMSP6b
+K2
Kl.30
X1 5
A22.Kl15
A
SUPPLYKl.15
SUPPLY
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCON
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
39
114
SUPPLYMASTERMODULE
SUPPLYDIAGNOSTICPLUG
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
A
/85.C5
A15.COM4.X
A15
+K2
=K
Receive(RXD)
A
A15.RXD
.COM4.X 2
Transmit(TXD)
A
A15.TXD
.COM4.X 3
A15.COM4.X
=K
=K
5A
HBR
A
R35
R54
L35
L54
GND
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.30
PROJ: 8920980_003
/85.B5
A15
+K2
=K
=K
F54
10A
RD
GND
XMSP6b
+K2
C
10A
RD
A4.X42
RD 0.5Q
F26
BU 0.5Q
10
BK 0.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
XMSP6b
+K2
C.8
R26
L26
GND
A4.X40
10
RD 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A.9
A4.X40
A.10
A9Kl.30
RD 1.5Q
RD 1.5Q
XMSP6b
+K2
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
/85.C1
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
MASTERMODULE
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
+K2
X60
DIAGNOSTICPLUG
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYMASTER
SUPPLYDIAGNOSTICPLUG
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
*9
.PWR.X 6
A15.VBat
A
Kl.30
/85.B1
=K
+K2
A15
.PWR.X 2
A15.DIGIN0
A
Kl.15
/85.C1
=K
+K2
A15
/85.B1
.PWR.X 5
A15.Shield
A
HOUSINGMASTER
/79.C6
=K
+K2
A15
A15.X
IMMOBILISERKl.30
.PWR.X 1
A15.GND
A
EARTH
=K
+K2
A15
A15.X
A15.X
BK 1.5Q
A15.X
Zustand
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
F35
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
SIGNALGround(S
A
A15.GND
.COM4.X 5
A15.COM4.X
Kl.15
E
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
MASTERMODULE
CAN:
/85.B5
A15
+K2
=K
A.4
A4.X40
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
40
114
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE1
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
F43
F45
5A
VI
F44
10A
RD
10A
RD
R45
R44
L43
L45
L44
R43
GND
/42.C2
GND
A4.X44
XMSP6b
+K2
XMSP1a
+H2
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
A16a.X1
XMSP1a
+H2
WH 1.5Q
+K2
A16b
X1 2
A16b.24V_logic
A
VBatt24VLog
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
40
40
+K2
A16b
/87.D2
+K2
A16b
/87.E2
VBatt24V
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
+K2
A16b
/87.E2
X1 2
A16a.24V_logic
A
+H3
VBatt24VLog
A16a
/86.C2 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
+H3
A16a
/86.D2
X1 16
A16a.GND_logic
A
SUPPLYGNDLOGIK
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
A16a.X1
X1 30
A16a.24V
+H3
A16a
VBatt24V
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/86.E2
31
A16a.X1
30
A16a.X1
X1 31
A16b.GND
A16b.X1
X1 30
A16b.24V
31
30
16
A16b.X1
X1 16
A16b.GND_logic
A
EARTHLOGIK
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
X1 31
A16a.GND
+H3
A16a
/86.E2
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
/87.C2
A16b.X1
A16b.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=H+H3A17c.X1:2,=K+K6X2.S:33
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
XMSP6b
+K2
16
+K
Splice.X1
41
WH 1.5Q
A.5
OLE7
Verb.
A4.X40
E.11
WH 1.5Q
S.12
41
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
11
A4.X56
/48.C2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
12
PROJ: 8920980_003
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE1AND2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
41
114
SUPPLYOutputmodule1
A
Kl.15
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
F47
F43
B
/41.B1
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
R47
R48
L47
L48
GND
GND
A4.X44
+H3
A17a
/90.D1
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
44
WH 1.5Q
D
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
A17a.X1
X1 3
A17a.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17a
/90.C1
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
10
A17a.X1
X1 15
A17a.24V_B2
A
+H3
SUPPLY24VBank2
A17a
/90.D1
SUPPLY24VBank2
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
17
A17a.X1
XMSP1a
+H2
15
BK 1.5Q
X1 1
A17a.24V_B1
A
+H3
VBatt24VBank1
A17a
/90.B1
SUPPLY24VBANK1
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
SUPPLYEARTHLOGICALPART
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
WH 1.5Q
A17a.X1
X1 16
A17a.GND_logic
A
BK 1.5Q
2
A17a.X1
X1 2
A17a.24V_logic
A
+H3
VBatt24VLog
A17a
/90.C1 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
XMSP1a
+H2
44
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
43
/44.C2
43
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K+K6X2.S:64
WH 1.5Q
Splice.X2.F43KL.15
42
XMSP1a
+H2
42
OLE8
Verb.
1
WH 1.5Q
E.10
X1 17
A17a.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17a
/90.D1
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
/71.C1
Kl.15
A17a.X1
A4.X44
E.8
16
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
10
11
A4.X56
+K2
Splice.X2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
R43
L43
S.11
10A
RD
F48
10A
RD
5A
VI
SUPPLYLOGIC
SUPPLYBANK1
SUPPLYBANK2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
42
114
F59
F60
10A
RD
R52
L59
L60
L51
L52
GND
A4.X43
GND
A4.X43
D.5
A4.X42
A4.X42
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
50
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
46
45
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
45
C.11
WH 1.5Q
50
WH 1.5Q
GND
C.3
46
PROJ: 8920980_003
R51
WH 1.5Q
X1 28
A17a.24V_B4
X1 26
A17a.GND
+H3
+H3
A17aVBatt24VBk4zuM2/33(2.AST) A17a
/90.E1
SUPPLY24VBank4
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
SUPPLYEARTH
/90.E1
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
SUPPLYBANK4
A17a.X1
A17a.X1
A17b.X1
X1 14
A17a.24V_B3
A
+H3
A17aVBatt24VBk3zuM2/35(2.AST)
/90.D1
SUPPLY24VBank3
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
VBatt24VBk4
/91.E2
SUPPLY24VBank4
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYBANK3
+H3
A17a.DO2
X1 35
A17a.X1
A17b.X1
X1 28
A17b.24V_B4
+H3
A17b
34
32
A17a.DO1
X1 33
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.E1
digital output2
A17a 2.ASTpump2zuM2/14
X1 26
A17b.GND
+H3
A17b
/91.E2
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17b.X1
X1 12
A17b.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17b
/91.C2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYBANK4
35
A17b.X1
XMSP1b
+H2
14
A17b.DO2
X1 35
X1 12
A17a.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17a
/90.C1
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
XMSP1b
+H2
+H3
33
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.E1
digital output1
A17a 2.ASTJoystickzuM2/28
12
+H3
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO2
/90.E1 SUPPLYforDIGTALOUTPUT2
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A17a
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO1
/90.E1 SUPPLYfor digital output1
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
28
BK 1.5Q
A17a.X1
26
33
A17b.DO1
X1 33
XMSP1b
+H2
BK 1.5Q
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.E2
digital output2
A17b 2.ASTTRANSMISSION
+H3
A17a
35
XMSP1b
+H2
12
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.E2
digital output 1
A17b
2.ASTpump1
X1 34
A17a.V_DO2
BK 1.5Q
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO
/91.E2
SUPPLY
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17a.X1
X1 32
A17a.V_DO1
26
+H3
A17b
VBattSUPPLYDO1
/91.E2
SUPPLY
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17a.X1
A17a.X1
X1 34
A17b.V_DO2
+H3
A17b
A17b.X1
34
A17b.X1
X1 32
A17b.V_DO1
14
A17b.X1
32
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
28
R60
D.4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
10A
RD
R59
GND
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
A
E
F52
10A
RD
F51
10A
RD
51
A4
=K
+K2
51
Kl.15
11
Kl.15
SUPPLYOutputmodule2
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
SUPPLYOutputmodule1
Kl.15
A17b.X1
X1 14
A17b.24V_B3
A
+H3
VBatt24VBK3
A17b
/91.D2
SUPPLY24VBank3
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYBANK3
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE1AND2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
43
114
SUPPLYOutputmodule2
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
A
Kl.15
F55
F56
10A
RD
10A
RD
R56
L55
L56
GND
A4.X43
WH 1.5Q
49
A17b.X1
X1 3
A17b.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17b
/91.C2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
BK 1.5Q
X1 15
A17b.24V_B2
A
+H3
VBatt24VBank2
A17b
/91.D2
SUPPLY24VBank2
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYBANK1
A17b.X1
17
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A17b.X1
49
48
48
X1 1
A17b.24V_B1
A
+H3
VBatt24VBank1
A17b
/91.B2
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYLOGIC
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
15
A17b.X1
X1 16
A17b.GND_logic
A
+H3
VBattEARTH
A17b
/91.D2
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
XMSP1b
+H2
16
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
A17b.X1
X1 2
A17b.24V_logic
A
+H3
VBatt24VLOGICALPART
A17b
/91.C2
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
XMSP1b
+H2
Splice.X2.F43KL.15
WH 1.5Q
XMSP1b
+H2
D.6
WH 1.5Q
A.12
A17b.X1
A4.X40
/42.C3
12
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
R55
GND
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
X1 17
A17b.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17b
/91.D2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
SUPPLYBANK2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
44
114
WH 1.5Q
9
C.5
5
1
=K+K4S43.X2:9
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
E200.X
1
WH 1.5Q
+K4
E200
+H3
A17b
VBattDO3
/91.F2
SUPPLY
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
B12.1
BK 1.5Q
/25.D1
54 X1
A17b.GND_DO4
X1 38
A17b
+H3
+H3
A17b
EARTHBackup
A17b
EARTH
/91.D5
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
VBattD04
/91.F2
SUPPLY
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
+K2
XMSP6a
Ident.Nr.
OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARM
ANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
STOPLIGHT
X1 36
A17b.V_DO3
A17b.X1
54
A17b.X1
38
A17b.X1
10
E200.X
Zustand
20
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
20
B16b.X
B16.X
+H5
2 B16a.X1
C
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
OLE9
Verb.
WH 1.5Q
1
1
1
B16b.X
+H5
A4.X44
22
22
21
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
WH 1.5Q
21
52
52
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
+H5
B16
+H1
B16c.X1
+K2
XMSP6d
BK 1.5Q
53
53
+H5
B16
0
M
2
H22a.X2
B16.X
+H1
H22a
0
B16a.X1
1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S43.X2
WH 1.5Q
B16c.X1
+H1
L22
GND
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
10
R22
WH 1.5Q
A4.X42
H22a.X1
10A
RD
A
10
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X43
F22
S43.X2
10
S43.X1
OPTIONᕪ
Rear side/ERECTIONUPbonnet
GND
36
L62
D.10
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L61
GND
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
R62
=K
+K4
S43
0
WH 1.5Q
R61
WH 1.5Q
S43.X1
A17b.X1
10A
RD
A
E
10
F62
10A
RD
39
F61
+H3
A17b.DO4
39 X1
Kl.15
BK 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
WH 1.5Q
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
Digitalausgang4
/91.F2
A17b
BackupALARM
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
OPTIONBackupALARMCANBESWITCHEDOFF
SUPPLYOutputmodule2
A4
=K
+K2
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
45
114
=K
+K4
S43
0
GND
=K
+K2
XMSP6d
22
WH 1.5Q
22
A4.X44
20
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
BK 1.5Q
D
X1 36
A17b.V_DO3
=H
+H3
A17b
54
38
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
54 X1
A17b.GND_DO4
X1 38
A17b
Reserve
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
VBattDO3
Reserve
=H+H/51.F2
VersorgungfrDigitalausgang3
=H+H/51.F2
VersorgungfrDigitalausgang4
CAN:
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
OUTPUTMODUL2
=H
+H3
A17b
=K+K/7.D1
=H
+H3
A17b
+H3
A17b.X1
36
+H3
A17b.X1
B12.1.2
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
20
B16.X
+H5
B16b.X
+H5
=H
=H
2
+H5
B16a.X1
2
+H1
B16c.X1
+H5
B16
0
BK 1.5Q
52
52
53
53
H22a.X2
=H
+H5
B16b.X
B16a.X1
+H5
=H
21
21
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
+H5
B16
0
M
2
=K
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
+K6
=K
+H1
H22a
0
B16c.X1
+H1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
H22a.X1
=K
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
+K6
=K
10
S43.X2
C.5
+H5
B16.X
Verb. A4.X44:5
10
PROJ: 8920980_003
S43.X1
A4.X42
=H+H/51.D5
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
10
Bremslicht
A4.X43
S43.X2
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
D.10
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
F22
10A
RD
=K+K4S43.X2:9
=K
+K4
S43a
S2
6905201
6002120 0
Rckfahrwarneinrichtungoptisch
Heckseitig/MontageaufMotorhaube
S43.X1
WH 1.5Q
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
WH 1.5Q
A17b.DO4
39 X1
F62
10A
RD
39
F61
10A
RD
A17b
+H3
=H
WH 1.5Q
=H+H/51.F2
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
10
Kl.15
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
Digitalausgang4
Reserve
A4
=K
+K2
SupplyOutputmodule2
A
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
OUTPUTMODULE2BACKUPALARM
ANDCANBESWITCHEDOFF
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
46
114
+K2
A4.X40.3a
+K2
Kl.30a
1
WH 1.5Q
SUPPLYLHECUUP/CR
PROJ: 8920980_003
R24
R38
L36
L24
L38
GND
GND
A4.X40
A.1
R36
GND
A.2
XMSP6c
+K2
XMSP6c
RD 6Q
Verb.
37
37
1
5A
LBN
A4.X41
+K2
B.2
A700D.X2
+K2
F216
5A
LBN
X2 68
A700D.15
+M
A700D
IGNITION
ON
ENGINEECU
/93.B2
=K
+K2.RH
2 100mm
RD 1.5Q
F38
10A
RD
=K+K2K216:87
F24
40A
OG
WH 1.5Q
F36
68
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
A4.X40
OLE10
A4.X40
A.3
+K3
S216
21
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+M
A700D
/93.B2
SUPPLY30b
PERFORMANCEPART
ENGINEECU
+M
A700D
/93.C2
X2 15
A700D.31.2
EARTH
PERFORMANCEPART
ENGINEECU
+M
A700D
/93.C2
X2 2
A700D.30.2
SUPPLY30b
PERFORMANCEPART
ENGINEECU
+M
A700D
EARTH
PERFORMANCEPART
ENGINEECU
/93.C2
X2 4
A700D.30.3
+M
A700D
SUPPLY30b
ELECTRONICS
ENGINEECU
/93.C2
A700D.X2
87 10022680
10022680
87a
E
1
A700D.X2
X2 16
A700D.31.3
A700D.X2
16
A700D.X2
15
A700D.X2
X2 1
A700D.30.1
31
BK 1.5Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
15
+K2
XMSP12.1
+M
A700D.X2
+K2
K216
0
RD 2.5Q
30
57
X1.S
X1.B
57
56
=K
+K2.RH
56
X1.S
X1.B
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 2.5Q
24
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
24
55
RD 2.5Q
21
54
X1.S
X1.B
55
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
21
54
BU 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
22
XMSP6c
X2 3
A700D.31.1
+M
A700D
EARTH
ELECTRONICS
ENGINEECU
/93.C2
OPTIONLAGGING AUTOMATICS
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
MOTORCONTROLAUTOMATICRUNOUT
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
47
114
CONNECTWITHA4.X56.12F43
F64
10A
RD
10A
RD
R63
R64
L63
L64
/41.F1
GND
A4.X41
+K2
10
A4.X41
+K2
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
29
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
XMSP1d
+H2
29
28
33
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
XMSP1d
+H2
28
33
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
XMSP1d
+H2
A17c.X1
X1 3
A17c.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17c
/92.C2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
A17c.X1
X1 15
A17c.24V_B2
A
+H3
SUPPLY24VBank2
A17c
/92.D2
SUPPLY24VBank2
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
17
A17c.X1
X1 1
A17c.24V_B1
A
+H3
VBatt24VBank1
A17c
/92.B2
SUPPLY24VBANK1
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
15
A17c.X1
X1 16
A17c.GND_logic
A
+H3
VBattEARTHLOGICALPART
A17c
/92.D2
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
A17c.X1
X1 2
A17c.24V_logic
A
+H3
VBatt24VLOGICALPART
A17c
/92.C2 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
A17c.X1
16
E
2
F63
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
SUPPLYOutputmodul3
X1 17
A17c.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17c
/92.D2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
48
114
SUPPLYOutputmodule3
F66
L65
L66
GND
A4
=K
+K2
GND
E
F71
10A
RD
WH 1.5Q
11
A4.X40
A4.X40
1
1
30
86
+K2
K246
D
V48
+K4
A18.X1.1a
87a
87
85
V36
V37
WH 1.5Q
GND
MP
A4.X48
I.11
I.10
MP
10
BK 1.5Q
A18.X1.1b
+K4
A4.X48
I.8
A4
=K
+K2
X1 1
A18.Kl15
A
+K4
A18 INFORMATIONINPUT
/52.C3 INFORMATIONINPUT
CAN:
ELECTRIESKEYBOARD
WH 1.5Q
A4.X48
12
C.6
A18.X1
WH 1.5Q
A4.X42
I.12
C.4
WH 1.5Q
* A4.X42
SUPPLYOPTIONS/KLIMATASTATUR
31
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
31
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
30
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
XMSP1d
+H2
30
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
XMSP1d
+H2
GND
X1 12
A17c.GND
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A17c
/92.C2
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
A17c.X1
A17c.X1
X1 28
A17c.24V_B4
+H3
A17c
SUPPLY24VBank4
/92.E2
SUPPLY24VBank4
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
26
A17c.X1
X1 14
A17c.24V_B3
A
+H3
SUPPLY24VBank3
A17c
/92.D2
SUPPLY24VBank3
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
28
A17c.X1
12
E
14
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
R66
32
PROJ: 8920980_003
SUPPLYELECTRICKEYPAD
R65
32
10A
RD
SUPPLYMAINKEYPAD
10A
RD
Kl.15
F65
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput1(Bank1)
A17c VccCUTOFFLIGHTING
+H3
A
A17c.PWM1
X1 4
Kl.15
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
X1 26
A17c.GND
+H3
A17c
/92.E2
OPTIONAUTOMATICLIGHTING
CUTOFF(ABA)
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
SUPPLYOUTPUTMODULE3AUTOMATIC
LIGHTINGSHUTDOWN
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
49
114
A17c.X1
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput4(Bank1)
A17c 4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
+H3
A
A17c.PWM4
X1 7
A17c.X1
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.D2
PWMOutput5(Bank2)
A17c 4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
+H3
A
A17c.PWM5
X1 18
A17c.X1
F209
5A
LBN
F210
10A
RD
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
18
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput3(Bank1)
A17c 3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
+H3
A
A17c.PWM3
X1 6
WH 6Q
A17c.X1
/89.D2
+H3
A16d
/89.E2
Y12b.JPT
Y11b.JPT
SUPPLY24V
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
+H3
A16d
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A17c.X1
50
49
A17c.X1
X1 47
X1 48
X1 49
X1 50
A17c.GND_PWM2
A17c.GND_PWM3
A17c.GND_PWM4
A17c.GND_PWM9
D
D
D
D
+H3
+H3
+H3
+H3
RESERVE
A17cGND3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1 A17cGND3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2 A17cGND4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1 A17c
/92.C5
EARTH
/92.C5
EARTH
/92.C5
EARTH
/92.C5
EARTH
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE3
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
/89.E2
A17c.X1
48
A17c.X1
X1 31
A16d.GND
47
BK 1.5Q
A16d.X1
X1 30
A16d.24V
31
WH 1.5Q
A16d.X1
D
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A16d
X1 16
A16d.GND_logic
A
EARTHLOGICALPART
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
30
BK 1.5Q
A16d.X1
X1 2
A16d.24V_logic
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A16d
/89.C2 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODUL4
16
WH 1.5Q
A16d.X1
Y12b.JPT
1
+V1
Y12b
0
Y12a.JPT
Y11a.JPT
2
2
BK 1.5Q
Y11b.JPT
1
+V1
Y11b
0
57
56
Y12a.JPT
1
+V1
Y12a
0
57
WH 1.5Q
Y11a.JPT
1
+V1
Y11a
0
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
56
BK 1.5Q
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
55
54
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
54
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
XMSP200
+K2
55
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
XMSP200
+K2
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput2(Bank1)
A17c 3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
+H3
A
A17c.PWM2
X1 5
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
+K2.RH
WH 6Q
+K2
A4.Kl.15.a
1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE4EP3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
50
114
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
F9
10A
RD
A4.X45
WH 1Q
5
A4.X45 F.10
F.9
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
CONTROLLEVEROption1
A
A16b.UI9
X1 8
/87.C2
A16b
+K2
WH 1Q
A16b.X1
18
A16b.X1
10
A4.X44
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
CONTROLLEVERBACKWARD2
A
A16b.UI6
X1 19
19
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
/87.D2
CONTROLLEVERFORWARD2 A16b
+K2
A
A16b.UI5
X1 18
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
A16a.X1
A16a.X1
XMSP6c
+K2
A16b.X1
/87.C2
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
CONTROLLEVEROption2
A
A16b.UI10
X1 9
A16b.X1
/87.C2
A16b
+K2
A16b.X1
WH 1Q
10
11
12
OPT2
sw3
10
WH 1Q
10
E
1
OPT3
sw5
S222.X1
S222.X2
10
S222.X2
12
11
10
COMFORTCONTROLVIA1<>5
3CONTROLCIRCUITVIA1<>5AND6<>2
INFOASSEMBLYINSTRUCTIONS!
0
S2.1
S2.2
S2.3
S2.4
BK 1.5Q
VNR
WH 1.5Q
+K4
S2
S2.X
OPT1
sw4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
0
S222
+K4
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
A16b.X1.10a
+K2
WH 1Q
A16b.X2.9+10b
+K2
WH 1Q
A16b.X2.9+10b
+K2
A16b.X1.9a
+K2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
D
1
WH 1Q
23
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
+K6
23
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
+K6
LHCONTROLLEVERVNRANDOPTIONS
OLE5
OLE6
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
+K
Splice.X3
S222.X1
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
CONTROLLEVEROption3
A
A16b.UI11
X1 10
WH 1Q
22
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
E.4
22
L9
GND
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L15
10
R9
F15.3
R15
/39.E8
Kl.15
F15.2
10A
RD
/39.E3
F15
Kl.15
F15.1
/20.C3
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input10
/87.D2
A16a CONTROLLEVERFORWARD1 A16a CONTROLLEVERBACKWARD1 A16b
+H3
+H3
+K2
A
A
A16a.UI9
A16a.UI10
X1 8
X1 9
/20.B2
Kl.15
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
LHCONTROLLEVER
SWITCHCOMFORTCONTROL3AND4CONTROLCIRCUIT
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
Verb.
Verb.
1
1
8920980
460901000003
7
=K+K4S222.X2:9
=K+K4S222.X2:10
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
51
114
A16b.X1
35
A16b.24V
X1 35
RD 0.5Q
21
15
15
14
14
BU 0.5Q
12
/87.E2
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24Vthrottle transmitter2
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
12
11
11
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
1
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
A16b.X1
BU 0.5Q
A16a.X1
25
A16a.X1
/87.D2
A16a.UI16
X1 25
RD 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
A16b.X1
A16a.24V
X1 39
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
throttle transmitter2
A
A16b.UI8
X1 21
A16b
+K2
+H3
+K6
R5
R5.X
BK 0.5Q
EARTHInchPot.1
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
16
A16b.X1
X1 67
A16a.GND
EARTHInchPot.2
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
+H3
A16a
/86.E5
EARTHthrottle transmitter1
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
63
67
A16a.X1
X1 62
A16b.GND
/87.D5
62
A16b.X1
+K2
A16b
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
63
X1 63
A16a.GND
16
13
BK 0.5Q
13
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
/86.D5
signal
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
+H3
A16a
3
signal
A16a.X1
BK 0.5Q
R1.X
signal
R5.X
3
signal
+K6
R1
1
4
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16b.24V
X1 34
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.E2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input16
A16a
throttle transmitter1
R1.X
/86.F2
A16a
+H3
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24Vthrottle transmitter1
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
/87.E2
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24VInchPotentiometer2
39
A16b.X1
PROJ: 8920980_003
/87.D2
A16b
+K2
RD 0.5Q
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
InchPotentiometer2
A
A16b.UI7
X1 20
21
A16a.X1
RD 0.5Q
A16a.X1
20
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input8
24VInchPotentiometer1A16a
InchPotentiometer1
+H3
A
A16a.24V
A16a.UI8
X1 35
X1 21
35
/86.E2
A16a
+H3
34
X1 63
A16b.GND
+K2
A16b
/87.D5
EARTHthrottler transmitter
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
ANGLESENSORINCH/GASPEDAL
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
52
114
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput13(Bank4)
A17a
oil engine1
+H3
A
A17a.PWM13
X1 22
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput14(Bank4)
A17a
oil engine2
+H3
A
A17a.PWM14
X1 23
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
A
/90.D1
PWMOutput8(Bank2)
A17a Swivel angle limitation.oil engine1
+H3
A
A17a.PWM8
X1 21
A17a.X1
21
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput1(Bank
A17b OVERSPEEDPROTECTION
+H3
A
A17b.PWM1
X1 4
23
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput9(Bank3)
A17a
cruising range1
+H3
A
A17a.PWM9
X1 8
22
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput11(Bank3)
A17a
cruising range3
+H3
A
A17a.PWM11
X1 10
A17a.X1
10
A17a.X1
11
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput10(Bank3)
A17a
cruising range2
+H3
A
A17a.PWM10
X1 9
9
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput12(Bank3)
A17a
Modulation
+H3
A
A17a.PWM12
X1 11
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Y6.3
Y16.JPT
YEP2.DT
Y57.DT
H
G
YEP1.DT
G
F
+F3
Y57
Y6.1
0
E
Y6.X
Y57.DT
Y6.2
+H
Y16
YEP2.DT
1
+F3
YEP2
MO1
YEP1.DT
1
+F3
YEP1
+F3
Y6
Y16.JPT
Y6.X
A
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A17a
+H3
A17a
EARTHModulation
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
EARTHTRAVELRANGES2
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
X1 52
A17a.GND_PWM11
+H3
A17a
EARTHTRAVELRANGES3
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
X1 46
A17b.GND_PWM1
D
+H3
EARTHoverspeed
A17b
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17a.X1
X1 64
A17a.GND_PWM13
+H3
A17a
A17a.X1
X1 65
A17a.GND_PWM14
EARTHoil engine1
/90.D5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
+H3
A17a
EARTHoil engine2
/90.E5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
63
A17a.X1
65
A17b.X1
X1 50
A17a.GND_PWM9
D
+H3
EARTHTRAVELRANGES1
A17a
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
64
A17a.X1
46
A17a.X1
X1 51
A17a.GND_PWM10
50
A17a.X1
X1 53
A17a.GND_PWM12
51
A17a.X1
52
E
53
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
X1 63
A17a.GND_PWM8
+H3
A17a
/90.D5
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
TRAVELRANGESSWIVELANGLEHYDROMOTORS
OVERSPEEDPROTECTION
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
53
114
A
A17b.PWM9
X1 8
A17a.X1
A17b.X1
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump2BACKWARD
A
A17b.PWM10
X1 9
A17b.X1
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput4(Bank
A17b SWIVELANGLEtravel pump2
+H3
A
A17b.PWM4
X1 7
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.C2 ANALOGUEOutput2
A16a
+H3
HIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
A
A16a.UI2
X1 5
A16a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput7(Bank2)
A17a
BUZZER
+H3
A
A17a.PWM7
X1 20
A17a.X1
26
26
WH 1Q
BU 1Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
Y15.JPT
Y15a.JPT
H40.X2
IP
+H4
B45
0
+K2
H40
0
+
C
BK 1Q
B45.X
Y15a.JPT
1
+H
Y15a
0
Y3a.DT
1
1
+H
Y15
0
+H
Y3a
0
Y2a.DT
Y15.JPT
Y3.DT
+H
Y2a
0
2
Y2.DT
+H
Y3
0
Y3a.DT
+H
Y2
0
Y2a.DT
Y3.DT
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Y2.DT
H40.X1
B45.X
BK 1Q
20
20
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
RD 1Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H3
A17a EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD
+H3
A17a EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1BACKWARD
+H3
A17b
/90.E5
/90.E5
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
+H3
A17b
/91.C5
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
X1 48
A17b.GND_PWM3
D
+H3
EARTHtravel
pump
A17b
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17b.X1
X1 49
A17b.GND_PWM4
D
+H3
EARTHSWIVELANGLE
A17b
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A16a.X1
41
A17b.X1
X1 51
A17b.GND_PWM10
49
A17b.X1
X1 41
A16a.24V
D
+H3
HIGHPRESSUREtravel
pump
A16a
/86.B5
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
A17a.X1
62
X1 50
A17b.GND_PWM9
D
48
A17b.X1
X1 67
A17a.GNDPWM16
51
A17a.X1
X1 66
A17a.GND_PWM15
50
A17a.X1
67
E
66
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1Q
A17b.X1
20
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump2
A17a.PWM16
X1 25
24
A17a.X1
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1BACKWARD
A17b
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput3(Bank
A17b SWIVELANGLEtravel pump1
+H3
A
A17b.PWM3
X1 6
A
A17a.PWM15
X1 24
A17b
+H3
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD
A17a
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput10(Ban
A17a
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput9(Bank
25
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.E1
PWMOutput16(Bank4)
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput15(Bank4)
X1 62
A17a.GND_PWM7
+H3
A17a
/90.D5
EARTHBUZZER
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
TRAVELDIRECTIONSHYDRAULICPUMPBUZZER
PRESSUREHIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
54
114
OPTIONGEROTORSTEERING
+H3
+H3
A17a.V_DO4
X1 38
A17a.DO4
X1 39
A17a.X1
38
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput15(Ban
A17b VccMVGEROTORSTEERING
+H3
A
A17b.PWM15
X1 24
A17b.X1
39
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.F1
digital output4
A17a back up alarm .OPTICAL
OPTIONFUELPREHEATING
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
F34
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
24
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.F1 SUPPLYfor digital output4
A17a supply for digital output 4via.A4
A
E
F14
20A
YE
15A
BU
L34
L14
GND
A4.X42
A4.X44
GND
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
RD 2.5Q
1
1
Y63.JPT
+H2
S204
BK 2.5Q
+H3
Y63
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
XMSP6.14
+K2
C
WH 2.5Q
=B
+B1
H59
Y63.JPT
10
10
=B
+B1
H58
BK 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
F49
WH 2.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A4.X43
BK 1.5Q
10A
RD
+M
A17b.X1
X1 54
A17a.GND_DO4
R49
L49
+H3
A17b
/90.D5
/91.E5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
X1 66
A17b.GND_PWM15
+H3
A17a EARTHback up alarm.OPTICAL
GND
R13
66
A17a.X1
M10
0
EARTHGEROTORSTEERING
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
Kl.15
OPTIONBACKUPALARMVISUALREDFLASHING
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
R14
B
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
54
R34
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
OPTIONREFUELLINGPUMP
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
BACKUPALARMGEROTORSTEERING
DIESELPREHEATING
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
55
114
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput3(Bank1)
A17a BUCKETRETURNTODIG
+H3
A
A17a.PWM3
X1 6
A16a.X1
X33.X 2
36
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
32
33
33
32
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
31
D
BK 1.5Q
WH 1Q
2
2
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+V
B17.B
B17.X
Y18
Y17
Y9
+K4
X33
0
+V1
Y9a
0
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
+H3
A17a.X1.48a
BK 1Q
/23.E6
10A
RD
F11
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
1
OPT2
sw3
OPT3
sw5
31
OPT1
sw4
1
1
X33.X
B17.X_1
+
+V
B17
0
B17.X_1
F.7
A4.X45
36
35
35
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
34
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
OPTION
BUCKETRETURNTODIGVIA
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHAMLHCONTROLLEVER
34
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
WH 1Q
B32.X
WH 1Q
27
27
B17.X
B17.B
+V
WH 1Q
R11
X1 11
A16a.UI12
A
+H3
A16a BUCKETRETURNTODIG
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input12
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
GND
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
X1 66
A16a.GND
+H3
A16a
/86.E5
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
+H3
A16a
/86.D5
LIFTKICKOUT
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
+H3
A17a
/90.C5
EARTHBUCKETRETURNTODIG
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
X1 49
A17a.GND_PWM4
D
+H3
A17a EARTHLIFTKICKOUT
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
8920980
460901000003
7
A17a.X1
60
A17a.X1
X1 48
A17a.GND_PWM3
D
49
48
A17a.X1
X1 64
A16a.GND
FLOATPOSITIONBUCKETRETURNTODIG
LIFTKICKOUT
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
A16a.X1
X1 10
A16a.UI11
A
+H3
LIFTKICKOUT
A16a
/86.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input11
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
64
A16a.X1
10
A16a.X1
11
A16a.X1
66
L11
Zustand
A17a.X1.6a
+H3
A17a.X1
WH 1Q
36
18
A16a.24V
X1 38
A17a.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.D1
PWMOutput5(Bank2)
A17a
FLOATPOSITION
+H3
A
A17a.PWM5
X1 18
B15.X
+
+V3
B15
0
B15.X
+K4
B32
0
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
B32.X
A17a.X1
38
A16a.24V
X1 36
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24VLIFTKICKOUT
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput4(Bank1)
A17a
LIFTKICKOUT
+H3
A
A17a.PWM4
X1 7
WH 1Q
A16a
+H3
+H3
A16a.X1
Kl.15
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
/86.F2
WH 1Q
A16a.X1
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.F2
SUPPLY24V
A16a 24VBUCKETRETURNTODIG
A
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/86.D2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input5
A16a
FLOATPOSITION
+H3
A
A16a.UI5
X1 18
18
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
X1 60
A17a.GND_PWM5
+H3
A17a
/90.D5
EARTHFLOATPOSITION
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
56
114
/87.C2
A16b.X1
10
2
BK 1.5Q
=K+K4S23.X2:9
+K2
XMSP6.12
EARTHAdditional equipment
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
+H3
A17c
RESERVE
/92.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
+H3
A17c
/92.C5
RESERVE
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE3
Verb.
47
+H3
A17b
A17a.X1
X1 47
A17a.GND_PWM2
D
+H3
EARTHAHS
A17a
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
ADDITIONALEQUIPMENT123AND4
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
+H
X1.B.65
E
1
OLE23
EARTHAdditional equipment
/91.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
X1 51
A17c.GND_PWM10
+H
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
F2210AX44/5
+H3
A17b
A17c.X1
X1 52
A17c.GND_PWM11
51
A17c.X1
X1 53
A17b.GND_PWM12
52
A17b.X1
X1 52
A17b.GND_PWM11
53
A17b.X1
63
1
A17.X2
70mm
+K2
XMSP6.12
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
S23.X2
BK 1.5Q
2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
S23.X1
10
BK 1.5Q
Y14.JPT
0 1
+V1
Y53
0
S23a
0
+H
A17.X2
BK 1.5Q
Y12a.JPT
+K4
S23
0
*
S23.X2
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
Y11a.JPT
S23.X1
Y14.JPT
+H
Y14
0
Y12.JPT
Y11.JPT
Y12a.JPT
1
+V
Y12a
0
+V
Y12
0
Y11a.JPT
1
+V
Y11a
0
+V
Y11
0
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
63
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
+K6
X1.B.64
+H
WH 1.5Q
64
+K2
V100
Zustand
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
alarm buzzer
A
A16b.UI12
X1 11
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
Y12.JPT
52
Y11.JPT
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1.5Q
A17a.X1
A16b
+K2
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput2(Bank1)
A17a
AHS
+H3
A
A17a.PWM2
X1 5
64
A17c.X1
WH 1.5Q
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput10(Bank3)
A17c
RESERVE
+H3
A
A17c.PWM10
X1 9
11
A17c.X1
WH 1.5Q
A17b.X1
10
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/92.C2
PWMOutput9(Bank3)
A17c
RESERVE
+H3
A
A17c.PWM9
X1 8
11
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput12(Bank
A17b
Additional equipment2
+H3
A
A17b.PWM12
X1 11
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.C2
PWMOutput11(Bank
A17b
Additional equipment1
+H3
A
A17b.PWM11
X1 10
ZeichNr.
SEEASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS!
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
57
114
A17a.PWM2
X1 5
A4
=K
+K2
=H
+H3
A17bMasseZusatzausrstung1
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
X1 53
A17b.GND_PWM12
=H
+H3
A17bMasseZusatzausrstung2
=H+H/38.C5
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
X1 47
A17b.GND_PWM2
=H
+H3
A17b GNDQuick change device
=H+H/38.B5
MGND
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
=H
+H3
A17a
=H+H/37.B5
A4.X45
XMSP6a
+K2
F.12
X1 47
A17a.GND_PWM2
MasseAHS
Masse
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL1
+K4
A21
/41.B4
BK 1.5Q
+K4
A21.X1
X1 3
A21.Kl15
Klemme30
Versorgung
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
+K4
A21
/41.B4
RD 2.5Q
+K4
A21.X1
X1 2
A21.GND
+K4
A21
Klemme15
Klemme15
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
/41.B4
AnspeisungMasse
AnspeisungMasse
CAN:
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A4.X41
X1 1
A21.Kl30
47
=H
+H3
A17a.X1
47
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
53
52
X1 52
A17b.GND_PWM11
=H+H/38.C5
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
GND
B.5
+K4
A21.X1
=H
+H3
A17b.X1
F19
10A
rt
GND
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1
+H
Y14.JPT
1
+H
Y14
0
2
Y14.JPT
+H
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
F19a
20A
ge
WH 1.5Q
+V1
Y53.JPT
1
+V1
Y53
0
2
Y53.JPT
+V1
WH 1.5Q
+V
Y12.JPT
1
+V
Y12
0
2
Y12.JPT
+V
=V
+V
Y11.JPT
1
+V
Y11
0
2
Y11.JPT
+V
=V
BK 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
A17a.X1
+H3
=H
SpeisungKlimaanlage
/25.F1
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
+H3
=H
Kl.15
A17b.PWM2
X1 5
12
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
+H3
=H
WH 1Q
A17b.PWM12
X1 11
OUTPUTMODUL1
CAN:
=H+H/37.B2 PWMAusgang2(Bank1)
A17a
AHS
A17b.X1
+H3
=H
+H3
=H
A17b.PWM11
X1 10
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
=H+H/38.B2 PWMOutput2(Bank1)
A17b Squick change device
+H3
=H
10
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
=H+H/38.C2 PWMAusgang12(Bank3)
A17b Zusatzausrstung2
11
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
=H+H/38.C2 PWMAusgang11(Bank3)
A17b Zusatzausrstung1
Kl.30
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ADDITIONALEQUIPMENT12
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
58
114
OPTIONWORKINGBASKET
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
87a
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
9
9
S210.X2
BK 1.5Q
5
5
WH 1.5Q
1
1
+H2
XMSP1.e
210
+K4
S213
22
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
Y67.JPT
BK 1.5Q
+H2
XMSP1.e
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
5
WH 1.5Q
2
2
WH 1.5Q
+H
X48.S
X48.B
25
A16c.X1
X1 25
A16c.UI16
+H3
A16c
basket functionNotOFF2
/88.E1 ANALOGUEall-purpose input16
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
ZeichNr.
X1 6
A16c.UI3
A
+H3
basket
functionNotOFF1
A16c
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose input3
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
Ident.Nr.
FUNCTIONWORKINGBASKET
3
A16c.X1
2
BK 1.5Q
+H2
XMSP1.e
Y66.JPT
BK 1.5Q
Verb.
OLE20
+H2
XMSP1.e
+V1
Y67
0
2
2
Y65.JPT
Verb.
WH 1.5Q
+V1
Y66
0
+V1
Y65
0
Y67.JPT
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K+K4S210.X2:9
Y66.JPT
BK 1.5Q
=K+K4S210.X2:10
Y65.JPT
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
10
S210.X2
WH 1.5Q
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
22
WH 1.5Q
+K6
Splice.X30
10
S210.X1
Datum
21
D
3
Ersteller
+K4
S214
21
+K4
S210
0
WH 1.5Q
X2.S
X2.B
WH 1.5Q
S210.X1
WH 1.5Q
+H
X48.B
X48.S
3
BK 1.5Q
5
5
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
A4.X43
WH 1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
30
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
85
K208
WH 1.5Q
Zustand
87
L50
OLE19
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
K208
*
=K
+K2.RH
86
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
R50
WH 1.5Q
10A
RD
A16c.X1
F50
A16c.X1
+K
X51.S 1/1
X51.B
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9
A16c
basket functionMode2
+H3
A
A16c.UI9
X1 8
8
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input4
A16c
basket functionMode1
+H3
A
A16c.UI4
X1 7
WH 1.5Q
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
59
114
OPTIONPROPORTIONALCONTROL3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
A16d.X1
INPUTMODUL4
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input2 /89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input9
A16d 3.CONTROLCIRCUITAktiv A16d
OPTION
+H3
+H3
A
A
A16d.UI2
A16d.UI9
X1 5
X1 8
BK 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
GND
+K4
S2a
0
cap.sensor
feed24V
S2.X1
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
GND
GND
Out
Vcc5V
Out
GND
Ident.Nr.
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
ZeichNr.
EP3.AND4.CONTROLCIRCUIT
3
CAPACITIVE
Hallsensors+SW1
feed5V
Ulow(V)Umid(V)Uhigh(V)
Sensor10,5052,524,54
Sensor20,5562,5214,539
FNR
JOYSTICK SENSOR
Vcc5V
WH 1Q
Datum
NO
SW1
WH 1Q
Ersteller
NC
COM
WH 1Q
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
+K6
WH 1Q
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
+K6
HALL SENSOR
1.and2.
VNR
Vcc24V
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
S2a.X2
INPUTMODUL2
/50.D2 ANALOGUEUniversal
A16b JOYSTICK REVERSE2
+K2
A16b.UI6
X1 19
A16b.X1
+K2
S020mA
CAN:
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
7
INPUTMODUL2
/50.D2 ANALOGUEUniversal
A16b
JOYSTICKFORWARD2
+K2
A16b.UI5
X1 18
A16b.X1
+K2
WH 1Q
INPUTMODUL1
CAN:
INPUTMODUL1
SW1
A4.X44
E.4
Zustand
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
A
F15.3
BK 1Q
FUNKTIONFNR
F15.2
E
F15
10A
RD
BU 1Q
/6.C3
F15.1
RD 1Q
/6.B2
WH 1Q
Kl.15
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4
=K
+K2
CAN:
A16d.X1
+K
Splice.X70
CAN:
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16d.X1
54
A16d.X1
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
EARTH
GNDRockerRollerCap
A16d.GND
X1 54
WH 1Q
A16d.X1
/89.D5
A16d
+H3
10
A16d.X1
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input11
A16d
OUTPUTHallsensor2
+H3
A
A16d.UI11
X1 10
A16d.X1
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input3
A16d
OUTPUTHall sensor1
+H3
A
A16d.UI3
X1 6
A16d.X1
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input4
A16d
CONTROL5V
+H3
A
A16d.UI4
X1 7
WH 1Q
A16d.X1
36
A16d.X1
A16d.GND
X1 59
/89.C5
A16d
+H3
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
SUPPLY5V
RollerRockerCap
D
A16d.5V
X1 50
50
A16d.24VV
X1 36
/89.D5
A16d
+H3
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
EARTH
capacitive Joysticksensor
59
/89.F2
A16d
+H3
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
/89.C2 ANALOGUEall-purpose input1
A16d
capacitiveJoystick sensor
+H3
A
A16d.UI1
X1 4
4
INPUTMODUL4
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
capacitiveJoystick sensor
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
60
114
+K2
Kl.15
1
BK 1Q
=K
+K2.RH
+K2
XMSP201
+V1
S213
0
B213.X
=V +
+V2
B213
0
S
B213.X
*
30
85
+K2
K213
10
0
10
87a
87
86
BK
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
BU
3
B213.X
S213.X2
BK 1Q
S213.X1
10
1
BN
BK 1Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K2
F213
7,5A
HBR
S213.X2
S213.X1
=K
+K2.RH
XMSP201
+K2
WH 1Q
=K
XMSP201
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WH 1Q
Y68.JPT
+V1
Y68
0
BK 1Q
Y68.JPT
=K
+K2
XMSP201
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
WH 6Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1Q
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
WH 1Q
OPTIONCUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
F
Ident.Nr.
CUTOFFTILTCYLINDER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
61
114
/96.B2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/96.B2
X1 2
A21.GND
A
SUPPLYEARTH
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
28
A21.X1
29
26
27
10
A21
+K4
/68.E8
RD 0.5Q
6
6
5
5
1
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
BU 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
WH 2.5Q
1
C
XB39
B39.X
Y22.X
B42.X
+K1
B42
0
2
B42.X
WH 2.5Q
53
+K6
B39
0
B39.X
XB39
62
+K4
X22b.S
X22b.B
BU 0.5Q
BU 0.75Q
RD 0.75Q
WH 1.5Q
62
WH 1.5Q
+K4
A21
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
/96.B2
+K4
A21
X1 3
A21.Kl15
A
CLAMP15
CLAMP15
CAN:
A21.X1
/96.D2
/62.D2
+K4
A21
61
18bar
WH 1Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
/62.E4
X1 1
A21.Kl30
A
CLAMP30
SUPPLY
CAN:
A21.X1
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
WH 1Q
RD 2.5Q
A21.X1
B27.X
A21.X1
3
P
+K6
X1.B
X1.S
A21
+K4
F.12
A21.X1
/96.D2
CAN:
SUNSENSOR
SUNSENSOR
A
A21.PME
X1 28
XMSP6a
+K2
A21
+K4
WH 0.75Q
B.5
A4.X45
/96.D2
CAN:
SUNSENSOR+
SUNSENSOR+
A
A21.PME
X1 29
WH 1Q
12
+H
B27
A21.X1
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
B27.X
GND
A4.X41
+K2
X1.S
X1.B
Kl.15
GND
A21
+K4
CAN:
SENSOR_ambient temp.
SENSOR_ambient temp.
A
A21.PME
X1 27
CAN:
SENSOR_ambient temp.
SENSOR_ambient temp
A
A21.PME
X1 26
L19
/96.D2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
WH 2.5Q
L19A
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
WH 2.5Q
5
WH 1Q
R19
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
R19A
+M
Y22
0
REMOVEWIRE JUMPERXB39WHEN
MOUNTING B39!
/68.E2
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
60
10A
RD
60
F19
20A
GE
A21
+K4
CAN:
compressor clutch
compressor clutch
A
A21.PME
X1 10
A21.X1
WH 1Q
F19A
A21.X1
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/96.C2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
/96.B2
SWITCHHIGH&#
A21
SWITCHHIGH&#
+K4
A
A21.PME
X1 5
Kl.15
Kl.30
A4
=K
+K2
61
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
Kl.15
53
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
AMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
62
114
A21.X1
A21.PME
X1 21
A21.X1
+K4
A21.PME
X1 20
A21.X1
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
Sonnensensor
Sonnensensor
A21.PME
X1 29
A21.X1
A21.PME
X1 28
A21.X1
28
A21.X1
A21.PME
X1 26
A21
+K4
29
A21.X1
+K4
A21.PMES
X1 27
+K4
/41.E4
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
Sonnensensor+ /41.E4
A21
Sonnensensor+
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
A21.PME
X1 10
+K4
A21
+K4
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
Fhler_Innenr.1
Fhler_Innenr.1
20
A21.X1
+K4
A21.X1
+K4
A21.PME
X1 6
6
A21.PME
X1 5
+K4
/41.D4
21
+K4
26
+K4
10
+K4
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
/41.C4 Kompressorkupplung
A21 Kompressorkupplung
27
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
CAN:
/41.B4SchalterHochNiederdruck /41.C4 SchalterMitteldruck
A21SchalterHochNiederdruck A21 SchalterMitteldruck
W160 +WL040 BU
X1.S
+K6
1
2
B42.X
+K1
=M
+M
Y22
F19Kl.15.Kl.15
2
B40.X
62
=M
+M
Y22.X
B40
+K1
B42
WH 1Q
2
B39.X
+K1
B42.X
B40.X
B39.X
1
=H
+K6
C
B39
62
W156 +WL037 BU
W156 +WL037 RD
W156 +WL038 BU
W156 +WL038 RD
3
3
W160 +WL040 RD
WH 1Q
=H
+H
Splice.X4
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
2
B27.X
+H
X2.S
X2.B
/24.E7
4
B27.X
+H
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
+H
B27
W156 +WL039 BU
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+H
B27.X
WH 1Q
3
+H
B27.X
61
61
60
+K6
X1.S
60
PROJ: 8920980_003
+K6
X1.S
W156 +WL039 RD
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
AMBIENTTEMPERATURESENSORSUNSENSOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
63
114
A21a
+K4
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
A21a
+K4
CAN:
Sensor2(icing)
Sensor2(icing)
A
A21a.38
X2 38
A21a.X2
38
CAN:
Sensor2+(icing)
Sensor2+(icing)
A
A21a.37
X2 37
WH 1.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
37
A21a
+K4
CAN:
Sensor1(icing)
Sensor1(icing)
A
A21a.36
X2 36
WH 1.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
36
A21a
+K4
CAN:
Sensor1+(icing)
Sensor1+(icing)
A
A21a.35
X2 35
WH 1.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
35
42
A21a.X2
A21a
+K4
CAN:
diagnosticsFAN
diagnosticsFAN
A
A21a.16
X2 16
WH 1.5Q
A21a
+K4
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
16
CAN:
Logic output(010V)
Logic output(010V)
A
A21a.2
X2 2
WH 1Q
BK 2.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4
M5
1
+K4
B26a
M5.X
+K4
B26
1
A21a.X2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a
+K4
28
A21a.X2
CAN:
GND FAN
GND FAN
A
A21a.42
X2 42
RD 2.5Q
A21a
+K4
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
WH 1Q
CAN:
24VFAN
24VFAN
A
A21a.28
X2 28
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
FANMOTOR
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
MOTOR AND
SENSORICEUPPROTECTION
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
64
114
CAN:
VMC2clockwise rotation
VMC2clockwise rotation
A
A21a.8
X2 8
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
12
A21a.X2
A21a
+K4
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC2potentiometer tap
VMC2potentiometer tap
A
A21a.12
X2 12
A21a.X2
CAN:
VMC2counter clockwise rotation
VMC2 counter clockwise rotation
A
A21a.9
X2 9
A21a
+K4
10
11
A21a
+K4
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
A21a
+K4
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC1clockwise rotation
VMC1clockwise rotation
A
A21a.3
X2 3
BK 0.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
A21a.X2
A21a
+K4
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
M14.X
M11.X
A21a.X2
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a
+K4
CAN:
VrefVMC2
VrefVMC2
A
A21a.10
X2 10
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC1potentiometer tap
VMC1potentiometer tap
A
A21a.7
X2 7
7
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
GNDVMC2
GNDVMC2
A
A21a.11
X2 11
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
A21a
+K4
A21a.X2
CAN:
VMC1counter clockwise rotation
VMC1counter clockwise rotation
A
A21a.4
X2 4
A21a
+K4
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VrefVMC1
VrefVMC1
A
A21a.5
X2 5
A21a
+K4
A21a
+K4
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
MasseVMC1
MasseVMC1
A
A21a.6
X2 6
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
+K4
M11
+K4
M14
WATERVALVEVMC1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
WATERVALVEVMC1
RECIRCULATEDAIRFLAPVMC2
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
65
114
23
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC4clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC4clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.22
X2 22
BK 0.5Q
22
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
26
A21a.X2
BK 0.5Q
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC4counter-clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC4counter-clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.23
X2 23
24
25
18
A21a.X2
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC4potentiometer tap
A21a
VMC4potentiometer tap
+K4
A
A21a.26
X2 26
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VrefVMC4
A21a
VrefVMC4
+K4
A
A21a.24
X2 24
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC3clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC3clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.17
X2 17
21
PROJ: 8920980_003
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
GNDVMC4
A21a
GNDVMC4
+K4
A
A21a.25
X2 25
M16.X
M15.X
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC3counter clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC3counter clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.18
X2 18
17
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC3potentiometer tap
A21a
VMC3potentiometer tap
+K4
A
A21a.21
X2 21
A21a.X2
20
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VrefVMC3
A21a
VrefVMC3
+K4
A
A21a.19
X2 19
19
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
GND VMC3
A21a
GND VMC3
+K4
A
A21a.20
X2 20
+K4
M15
+K4
M16
FOOTFLAPVMC3
MIDDLEFLAPVMC4
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
FOOTFLAPVMC3
MIDDLEFLAPVMC4
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
66
114
40
39
31
A21a.X2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K4
M17
M17.X
1
2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
2
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
temp.sensor(air cond. aut.)
A21a temp.sensor(air cond. aut.)
+K4
A
A21a.40
X2 40
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
BK 0.5Q
BK 0.5Q
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC5clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC5clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.30
X2 30
34
PROJ: 8920980_003
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
temp.sensor+(air cond. aut.)
A21a temp.sensor+(air cond. aut.)
+K4
A
A21a.39
X2 39
+K4
X75.S
X75.B
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC5counter clockwise rotation
A21a
VMC5counter clockwise rotation
+K4
A
A21a.31
X2 31
30
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VMC5potentiometer tap
A21a
VMC5potentiometer tap
+K4
A
A21a.34
X2 34
A21a.X2
33
A21a.X2
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
VrefVMC5
A21a
VrefVMC5
+K4
A
A21a.32
X2 32
32
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
CAN:
GNDVMC5
A21a
GND VMC5
+K4
A
A21a.33
X2 33
+K4
B40
0
HEADFLAPVMC5
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
HEADFLAPVMC5
TEMPERATURESENSORAUTOMATICAIRCONDITIONING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
67
114
Zustand
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
1
Name
Datum
BK 2.5Q
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
MP
A4.X48
A4.X48
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
1,5Ohm
70Watt
M13.X
+H3
M13
0
M13.X
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
+K2
XMSP6c
VENTILATORCONDENSERINTEGRATED
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
5
6
Kl.15
A4.X56
87a
MP
A
B
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
30
86
K245
0
V49
87
85
V34
GND
8920980
460901000003
7
WH 2.5Q
86
I.6
A4
=K
+K2
I.9
I.4
A4.X48
/62.A4
MP
I.5
V33
V50
WH 2.5Q
V32
85
51
GND
87
51
WH 2.5Q
K244
L13
I.7
A4
=K
+K2
R13
87a
A4.X48
WH 2.5Q
30
WH 2.5Q
Kl.15
I.3
A4.X48
50
I.2
15A
BU
50
*
2
F13
I.1
52
WH 2.5Q
WH,WH 2.5Q,2.5Q
52
WH 2.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
BK 2.5Q
Kl.15
X1 8
A21.PME
A
+K4
FAN_interior.
A21
/96.C2
FAN_interior.2+
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
/62.E4
A21.X1
WH 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
D
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
7
8
A
A
A4.X48
V35
GND
MP
A4.X48
C
F
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
68
114
RETROFITKITCONDENSERFAN
A
A4.X48.
=K
+K2.RH
I.5
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
1
WH 1.5Q
M13.X
1,5Ohm
70Watt
2
2
53a
53a
WH 1Q
B27.X.2
+H
=H
+K6
X2.B*
X2.S*
M13.X
BK 1.5Q
3
+H
B27
P
=H
+H3a
M13
0
LOCATE SPLICE
CLOSE TOX2.S:1!
X2.S.51
X2.B.51
WH 1.5Q
10
WH 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP.20
+K
Splice.X4
1
A4.X48.
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K
X1.S.61a
X1.B
MP
I.7
MP
X2.S.50
X2.B.50
+K6
2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
GND
10022680
V35
V34
61
87
WH 1.5Q
87a
WH 1.5Q
31
87a
A21.PME
X1 10
A21.X1
+K4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X2.S.52
=M
+M
Y22.X
85
A4.X48.
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
87
15
X45.B
86
K245
X45.S
HEIZ/KLIMAANLAGE
CAN:
Kompressorkupplung
Kompressorkupplung
30
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
10008761 0
/62.C2
A21
+K4
A4.X48.
V49
WH 1.5Q
=K
+K2.
K248
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X56a
X45.S
30
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
B
GND
A4
=K
+K2
R13
L13
+K2
X45.B
I.6
15A
BU
F13
I.9
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
=M
+M
Y22
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
VENTILATORCONDENSERRETROFITKIT
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
69
114
DIAGNOSTICPLUGDIESELENGINE
A
A700D.RXD
X2 37
A700D.GND
X2 38
A700D.X2
38
A700D.X2
/93.D6
A700D
+M
DIAGNOSTICLEADAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
A700D.TXD
X2 36
A700D.X2
5
3
2
/93.D6
A700D
+M
ENGINEECU
EMIT
DIAGNOSIS
36
/93.D6
A700D
+M
ENGINEECU
RECEIVE
DIAGNOSIS
37
ENGINEECU
EARTH
DIAGNOSIS
X.RS232.B
+K
BK 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
* =K
11
12
22
+K4
A21.XB
*29
+K4
A21.XB
+M
X60a
3
2
WH 1Q
BK 1Q
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
10290843 0
*9
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
DIAGNOSTICPLUGMOTORCONTROL
ANDAIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
70
114
A
A16c.UI1
X1 4
A16b.UI16
X1 25
A16b.X1
A16c.X1
BK5 1Q
BK 1Q
2
OG
GY
WH
RD
4
signal
signal
BK 1Q
BK6 1Q
+H3
A16c
/88.D1
X1 16
A16c.GND_logic
A
EARTHLOGICALPART
EARTHLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
+H3
A16c
/88.E1
SUPPLY24V
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
A16b.X1
X1 31
A16c.GND
+H3
A16c
+K2
A16b
SUPPLYEARTH
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
/88.E1
A16c.X1
X1 67
A16b.GND
/87.E5
E
67
A16c.X1
X1 30
A16c.24V
67
A16c.X1
31
A16c.X1
X1 2
A16c.24V_logic
A
+H3
SUPPLYEARTH
A16c
/88.C1 SUPPLY24VLOGICALPART
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
30
A16c.X1
16
BK 1.5Q
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
67
67
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1Q
61
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
B202.X
BK3 1Q
61
62
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
62
63
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
64
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
63
64
B202.X
BK
BN
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
B202.X
+K4
B202
BK4 1Q
BK 1Q
BK2 1Q
BK 1Q
BK1 1Q
1
12
/42.E1
Kl.15
XMSP6.11
+K2
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4.X44
B202.X
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
XMSP6.10
+K2
A16c.X1
66
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
L46
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2re
66
R46
BK 1Q
/88.E1
A16c
+H3
A16c.24VDO1
X1 33
WH 1.5Q
A16b.X1
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
33
10A
RD
X56/11F34/5A
A16b.24V
X1 36
A16c
+H3
65
F46
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR1
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose input1
/87.E2
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
ANALOGUEUniversal
/87.F2
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
VCCJOYSTICKSTEERING
65
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
WH 1.5Q
25
36
X1 67
A16c.GND
+H3
A16cJOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2re
GNDJOYSTICKSTEERING
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
/88.E5
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
71
114
A
A16c.UI2
X1 5
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24VJoystickARMREST
A16c.24VV
X1 36
A16c.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput13(Bank
A17b JOYSTICKSTEERINGLEFT
+H3
A
A17b.PWM13
X1 22
A16c.24V
X1 37
A16c.X1
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.D2
PWMOutput14(Bank
A17b JOYSTICKSTEERINGRIGHT
+H3
A
A17b.PWM14
X1 23
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE2
CAN:
/91.E2
PWMOutput16(Bank
A17b
SavetyMVJoy
+H3
A17b.PWM16
X1 25
A17b.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
68
68
60
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
BK 1Q
BK9 1Q
X1 38
A16c.24V
+H3
A16c
PRESSUREstandard steering1
/88.D5
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
+H3
A16c VccPRESSUREstandard steering1
/88.F1
SUPPLY24V
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
Y64.JPT
1
2
Y52.AF2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
70
+K6
BK 1Q
X1 23
A16c.UI14
A
+H3
JoystickARMREST
A16c
/88.D1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input14
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
A16c.X1
A17b.X1
X1 65
A16c.GND
+H3
A16c
/88.E5
EARTHJoystick armrest
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
A17b.X1
X1 64
A17b.GND_PWM13
+H3
A17b
EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING
/91.D5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
A17b.X1
X1 65
A17b.GND_PWM14
+H3
A17b
EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING
/91.E5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
67
E
65
A16c.X1
Y51.AF2
WH 1Q
X1 22
A16c.UI13
A
+H3
Joystick
activation
A16c
/88.D1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input13
CAN:
INPUTMODULE3
0
3
+H3
Y64
0
BK 1.5Q
BK 1Q
BK11 1Q
A16c.X1
22
A16c.X1
X1 64
A16c.GND
38
A16c.X1
+H3
Y52
70
BK 1Q
59
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
WH 1.5Q
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
69
59
BK10 1Q
BU
BK8 1Q
B202.X
WH 1Q
B201.X
BK 1Q
BK
Y64.JPT
+H3
Y51
65
Y52.AF2
S202
Y51.AF2
BN
69
+H3
P
B201 U
0 B
+K4
B200.X
1
+
+K4
B200
0
S 2
B200.X B200.X
BK 1Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
64
B202.X
C
23
B201.X
BK 1Q
BK7 1Q
60
WH 1Q
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
64
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
A16c.X1
/88.F1
A16c
+H3
25
JoystickPRESSUREstandard steering1
/88.F1
A16c
+H3
23
A16c
+H3
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
24VJoystick activation
36
INPUTMODULE3
CAN:
/88.C1 ANALOGUEall-purpose Input2
22
37
X1 67
A17b.GNDPWM16
+H3
A17b
/91.E5
GNDSavetyMVJoy
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
JOYSTICKSTEERING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
72
114
A16b24VJoystick activation
+K2
=K
A16b.24V
E
F46
10A
RD
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
=K+K/49.E2
+K2
=K
X56/11F3475A
A16b.X1
+K2
=K
BK 1Q
5
WH
BN
RD
WH
RD
BK 1Q BK6 1Q
BK 1Q
61
67
A16c.X1
+H3
A16c
X1 2
A16c.24V_logic
A
A Feed GND
Feed24V
Supply24V
CAN:
INPUTMODUL3
A16b.X1
X1 31
A16c.GND
+H3
A16c
=H+H3/58.E1
67
A16c.X1
X1 30
A16c.24V
31
A16c.X1
X1 16
A16c.GND_logic
A
+H3
+H3
Feed
GNDLogic
part
A16c
A16c
=H+H3/58.D1
GNDLogic part =H+H3/58.E1
CAN:
INPUTMODUL3
30
A16c.X1
A16c.X1
16
BK 1.5Q
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
67
67
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X2.B
X2.S
+K6
4
signal
signal
BK3 1Q
61
62
X2.S
X2.B
62
63
X2.S
X2.B
63
64
64
X2.S
X2.B
BK4 1Q
BK 1Q
4
BN
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
+K4
S202
B_JOYSTICK
BK5 1Q
BK2 1Q
1
XMSP6.11
+K2
=K
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
A16c.X1
66
65
BK 1Q
BK 1Q
BK1 1Q
12
=H+H/19.E1
Kl.15.2
PROJ: 8920980_003
XMSP6.10
+K2
=K
X1 67
A16b.GND
+K2
A16b GNDJoystick
FeedGND
MGND
CAN:
INPUTMODUL3
=K+K/49.E5
steeringleft
MGND
CAN:
INPUTMODUL2
X1 67
A16c.GND
+H3
A16c GNDJoystick
=H+H3/58.E5
steeringSensor2re
MGND
CAN:
INPUTMODUL3
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A16c.X1
A4.X44
+K2
=K
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
INPUTMODUL3
CAN:
66
65
A16b.UI16
X1 25
X1 36
A16b.X1
+K2
INPUTMODUL3
CAN:
Supply24V
6 =H+H3/58.E1
A16b Joystick steeringtransmitter1
A16c
analogueall-purpose Input16
=K+K/49.F2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
Supply24V
33
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
WH 1.5Q
25
36
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
SUPPLYINPUTMODULE3JOYSTICKSTEERING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
73
114
WH 1Q
25
A17b.X1
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1Q
+H3
Y64
YVENTIL_2 0
BK 1Q
A17b.X1
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A17b.X1
X1 65
A17b.GND_PWM14
A17b.X1
X1 67
A17b.GNDPWM16
+H3
A17b
+H3
MasseGNDJoystick steeringright
A17b
=H+H/51.E5
=H+H/51.E5
67
A16c.X1
X1 23
X1 22
X1 65
X1 64
A16c.UI14
A16c.UI13
A16c.GND
A17b.GND_PWM13
A
+H3
A
+H3
+H3
+H3
JoystickArmrest
A16c
Joystick
activation
GNDJoystick armrest
GNDJoystick steeringleft
A16c
A16c
A17b
aanalogueuniversal input14 =H+H3/58.E5
=H+H3/58.D1 1analogueall-purpose Input13=H+H3/58.D1
3
MGND
=H+H/51.D5
MGND
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
INPUTMODUL3
INPUTMODUL3
INPUTMODUL3
OUTPUTMODUL2
65
70
70
BK 1.5Q
69
BK 1Q
64
A16c.X1
23
22
WH 1.5Q
WH 1Q
59
59
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
69
BK 1Q
A16c.X1
BU
+H3
Y52
0
+K4
S202
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
+H3
Y51
0
65
BK
BN
60
1
=K +
+K4
B200
0
S 2
BK 1Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X2.B
X2.S
+K6
60
WH 1Q
+H3
Splice.X11
BK 1Q
68
X2.B
X2.S
+K6
Reserve
MGND
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
MGND
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
INFORMATIONFROM
Ident.Nr.8920980
Zeich.Nr.460901000000
VALIDTOSERIALNUMBER:see attachment
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
A17b.X1
23
36
A17b.X1
OUTPUTMODUL2
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
CAN:
PWMOutput16(Bank4)
=H+H/51.E2
=H+H/51.D2 PWMOutput14(Bank4)
Reserve
A17b Joystick steering right A17b
+H3
+H3
A
A17b.PWM16
A17b.PWM14
X1 25
X1 23
22
A16c.24V
X1 37
WH 1Q
24
+H3
A16c.X1
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
=H+H/51.D2 PWMOutput13(Bank4)
A17b Joystick steering left
+H3
A
A17b.PWM13
X1 22
68
PROJ: 8920980_003
1
Servostat
26bar
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
P
INPUTMODUL3
CAN:
=H+H3/58.F1
Supply24V
A16c 24VJoystickArmrest
Reserve
+H3
B201a
0
A16c.X1
WH 1Q
A16c.X1
WH 1Q
A16c.X1
INPUTMODUL3
INPUTMODUL3
INPUTMODUL3
CAN:
CAN:
CAN:
aanalogueuniversal-input155 =H+H3/58.F1
=H+H3/58.C1 analogueuniversal-input22 =H+H3/58.D1
Supply24V
A16c
A16c JJoystickpressurestandard steering11
A16c 224VJoystick activation
steering22
+H3 JJoystickpressurestandard
+H3
+H3
A
A
A16c.UI2
A16c.UI15
A16c.24VV
X1 24
X1 5
X1 36
37
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
JOYSTICKSTEERING
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
74
114
OUTPUTMODUL2
CAN:
Digitaloutput4
BackupALARM
/75.F2
A17b
+H3
A17b.DO4
39 X1
39
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
F23
A17b.X1
10A
RD
A
R23
Verb.
WH 1.5Q
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORGROENEVELD
A4.X41
+K2
NOT USED
=K+K2X52.B:2
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
WH 1.5Q
+K2
X52.B
B16.X
+H5
B16
0
2
1
2
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6.22
RD
BU
YE
A17b.X1
54
B16.X
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
L23
Rckfahrs.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
OLE23
54 X1
A17b.GND_DO4
MASSEBackup&#
MASSE
CAN:
OUTPUTMODUL2
+H3
A17b
/75.D5
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTORGROENEVELD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
75
114
E
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Zustand
nderung
1
1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
OLE24
OLE25
Verb.
Verb.
1
1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
4
PK
RT
BN
BK
OG
WH
PROJ: 8920980_003
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
4
5
A4
=K
+K2
F73
MONITOR
REARAREAMONITORING
BERMONITORANDCAMERA
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
REARAREAMONITORINGVIAMONITORANDCAMERA
Kl.15
3A
VT
R73
L73
B
GND
A4.X41.6
+K2
XMSP6.21
+K2
C
ELECTRONICS
REARAREAMONITORING
D
CAMERA
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
76
114
A17a.X1
R53
32
RD 0.5Q
1
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
RD 0.5Q
A
RD 1Q
+V1
X43
BN
BN
WH 1.5Q
+H5
X31
X31
BU
BU
BK
B43
M6.X
+H5
M6
0
47
B44
X43
47
WH 1.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
9
WH 1.5Q
+K6
X1.S
X1.B
BK
PROJ: 8920980_003
A4.X41
+K2
B.9
+H3
A17a
/90.F1
+K2
A16b
/87.D2
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
/87.D5
+K2
A16b
/87.D5
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
5
Ident.Nr.
BK 0.5Q
42
42
BK 0.5Q
X1 59
A16b.GND
+K2
A16b
/87.D5
8920980
460901000003
7
59
56
Sig.DISTRIBUTOR centr.
frequency input2
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
ZeichNr.
A16b.X1
X1 56
A16b.FI2
GNDLEVEL centr
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
A16b.X1
X1 60
A16b.GND
+K2
A16b
41
BU 0.5Q
45
45
A16b.X1
X1 22
A16b.UI13
A
Sig.LEVELcentr
ANALOGUEUniversale
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMLIEBHERR
3
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
1
60
A16b.X1
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
1
22
X1 40
A17a.GND_DO3
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
BK 0.5Q
BU 0.5Q
44
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
41
44
BK 1.5Q
A17a.X1
BU 0.5Q
BK 1Q
BU 1Q
Zustand
GND
40
A16b.X1
L53
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16b.24V
X1 32
40
A17a.DO3
X1 37
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
VCCDISTRIBUTORcen. l. s.
RD 0.5Q
+H3
37
A16b.X1
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.F1
digital output3
A17a VCCcentral lubrication unit.MVPUMP
10A
RD
/87.E2
A16b
+K2
33
Kl.15
F53
A16b.24V
X1 33
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO3
/90.F1 SUPPLYfordigital output3
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
SUPPLY24V
VCCLEVELcentral l. s.
+H3
A17a
A4
=K
+K2
40
/87.E2
A16b
+K2
X1 36
A17a.V_DO3
43
A17a.X1
36
43
GNDDISTRIBUTOR centr.
EARTH
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
77
114
A16a.FI2
X1 56
A16a.FI1
X1 55
A16a.X1
A16b.FI1
X1 55
A16b.X1
AUTOMATIC
GREASING
SYSTEM
10A
RD
L12
1
*1
2
WH 1.5Q
*2
A204.X
*
A4.X56
+K2
X50.S
X50.B
+H3
4
4
GND
RD 1Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
R12:
RD 1Q
17
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
17
B
GREASING
MODE
WH 1.5Q
RD 1Q
F12
RD 1Q
A16a.X1
/87.D5
A16b
+K2
INPUTMODULE2
CAN:
frequency input1
SPEEDhydro motor
55
/86.D5
A16a
+H3
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
frequency input1
SPEEDhydro motor1
55
INPUTMODULE1
CAN:
frequency input2
drive rotation speed
+H3
Splice.X10
+H3
X50.S
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
/86.D5
27
+F3
B2
0
+K2
XMSP63
B1.X
B2.X
B2a.X
BU 1Q
BK 1.5Q
+V1
B203
0
BU 1Q
18
18
P
BU 1Q
B203.X
+K6
X2.B
X2.S
Groeneveld
TwinPump
A16a.X1
X1 70
A16a.GND_FI2
+H3
A16a
/86.E5
EARTHoutput speed
EARTHfrequency input2
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
69
A16a.X1
X1 46
A17a.GND_PWM1
D
+H3
EARTHPARKINGBRAKE
A17a
/90.C5
EARTH
CAN:
OUTPUTMODULE1
70
A16b.X1
X1 69
A16a.GND_FI1
+H3
A16a
/86.E5
SPEEDhydro motor1
EARTHfrequency input1
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
69
B203.X
BU 1Q
+H3
A205
A17a.X1
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
A205.X
+F3
B2a
0
+F3
B1
0
B2a.X
B2.X
B1.X
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
27
WH 1.5Q
26
WH 1.5Q
25
WH 1.5Q
Y10.JPT
25
+K6
X2.S
X2.B
26
WH 1.5Q
+K6
Y10
0
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Y10.JPT
WH 1.5Q
46
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4
A204
Kl.15
A4
=K
+K2
A17.aX1a
+H3
A16a
+H3
A17a.X1
OPTIONGROENEVELD
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEM
OUTPUTMODULE1
CAN:
/90.C1
PWMOutput1(Bank1)
A17a
PARKINGBRAKE
+H3
A
A17a.PWM1
X1 4
56
X1 69
A16b.GND_FI1
+K2
A16b
/87.E5
EARTHSPEEDhydro m.
EARTHfrequency input
CAN:
INPUTMODULE2
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
PARKINGBRAKESPEEDSENSOR
CENTRALLUBRICATIONSYSTEMGROENEVELD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
78
114
INGITIONLOCKWITHTRANSPONDERCOIL
OLE12
S1.X1.8PINNINGOUT
WITHOLE12CONNECT
+K4
S1.X1.8a
Verb.
=K+K2A9.X:2
WH 2.5Q
+K6
X1.S
30
S1.X3
K01
CAN:
INPUTMODULE1
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
F29
25A
WH
Kl50a
ANALOGUEuniversal-input15
GNDMP6CABIN
86
igniton lockS1.X1:6
T.3
F26A4.X40:9
A4.X57
X1 24
A16a.UI15
=H
+H3
A16a
=H+H/37.D2
24
WH 2.5Q
S1.X2
30
V1
(1) dashboard
85
(5) key
Kl.30
=K
+K2
A9
Kl.30
Kl.15
GND
Operation-Key
Relais1
Relais2
Relais3
RD
WH
BK
WH
WH
11
14
13
1
3
BK 1.5Q
A9Kl.15
XMSP12.2
+K2
1.5Q
2.5Q
1.5Q
2.5Q
2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
2
4
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
8
10
A4
=K
+K2
/5.B2
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
Relais4
11
14
13
1
3
5
2
4
6
8
10
12
7
9
A9.X
Master-Key
WH 2.5Q
XMSP12
A9Kl.30
Kl.30.X
1
RD 1.5Q
1
GND
Kl.15
87
(4) mother
/19.A1
/40.E5
(2) antenna
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
+H3
A16a.X1
Kl.15.X
1
30
/5.C3
F15.1
E
F15
10A
RD
F15.2
A
F15.3
10pinPLUG
NOTin use!
ELECTRONICSIMMOBILISER
+K4
S2
10
11
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
A4.X44a:4
+K2
VNR
OPTION
Ersteller
12
=K+K2A9.X:8
Ident.Nr.
ELECTRONICIMMOBILISER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
Verb.
460901000003
7
E.4
A4.X44:4PINNINGOUT
WITHOLE13CONNECT
OLE13
8920980
A4.X44
WH 1Q
GND
Zustand
50a
OLE11
E
50a
Kl.15
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
15
+K2
A4.X56a:4
S.4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
15
RD 2.5Q
A4.X56
A4
=K
+K2
P 0 12
S1
A4.X56:4PINNINGOUT
WITHOLE11CONNECT
10
58
Verb.
WH 2.5Q
=K+K2A9.X:1
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
79
114
PRESELECTORCLOCK
A4
=K
+K2
120 min
F39
5A
BN
A
20A
YE
A
R40
L40
OLE14
=K
WH 2Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
XMSP6.16
+K2
BK 2.5Q
Kl.30
X2/1
M15.X
A4.X41
+K2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
OR
NOZZLESTICKPREHEATER
Verb.
+K2
XMSP6.16
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
1
BK 1.5Q
2
1
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WH 1.5Q
OLE22
Verb.
=K+K2OLE17:1
=K
+K4
A21.X1
WITHCABLE(OR)CONNECT!
+B2
X5
=B+B2X5:1 RD 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+K2
X223.B
OLE18
M15.X
A4.X52
C.X1
12
2
1
DBW2010
GND
A.X1
+B2
L42
Verb.
+H1
M15
0
OLE17
30
+B2
B.X6
=B+B2OLE22:1
1
2
3
4
5
6
K243
V46
A
86
OLE16
87a
WH 2.5Q
R42
Verb.
WH 2.5Q
10A
RD
87
85
=K+K2A4.X52:7
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
RD 2.5Q
A4.X52
RD 2.5Q
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A4.X52
F42
=K
RD,RD 2.5Q,2.5Q
A4
=K
+K2
A4.X41
+K2
XMSP6.16
Verb.
A4.X41
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
+K2
XMSP6.16
GND
=K+K4X4:1
RD 1Q =K+K4X4:11
Zustand
RD 1Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 1.5Q
GND
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
L39
A4
=K
+K2
Verb.
R39
F40
X4
+K4
7
F810AKl.58A4.X57/4
OLE15
X1 4
A21.PME
A
AUXILIARYHEATER
/46.B2 AUXILIARYHEATER
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
1
2
3
4
=K
+K4
A21
PLUGCONNECTION
FUELPREHEATING
F
Ident.Nr.
AUXILIARYHEATERDBW2010
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
80
114
PRESELECTORCLOCK
Kl.30
120 min
F39
Kl.30
5A
BN
11
12
20A
YE
A
R40
/19.F7
GND
A4.X41
+K2
PROJ: 8920980_003
GND
A4.X41
+K2
RD 1Q
WH 2Q
BK 1Q
RD 2.5Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
XMSP6.15
+K2
11
12
+B2
X12.ST2
3
4
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
BK 2.5Q
THERMO90
=K+K4A21.X1:4
+B2
X11.ST1
WH 1.5Q
X13.ST3
Verb.
OLE21
WITHCABLE(SW)CONNECT!
A21.X1
E
4
F40
L40
BK,BK 1Q,1Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
R39
A
E
L39
1
2
X3
+K4
A4
=K
+K2
F810AKl.58A4.X57/4
A4
=K
+K2
X1 4
A21.PME
A
+K4
AUXILIARYHEATER
A21
/96.B2
AUXILIARYHEATER
CAN:
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
AUXILIARYHEATERTHERMO90
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
81
114
A4
=K
+K2
Kl.15
F14
PLUGCONNECTION
AUXILIARYHEATER
DBW2010
15A
BU
A
R14
L14
GND
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
WH 2.5Q
=K
+K2.RH
F208
20A
YE
87a
87
86
87a
K227
+K2
K228
+K2
30
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
87
86
85
30
RD 2.5Q
85
WH 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
RD 2.5Q
D
BK 2.5Q
R10.X
BK 2.5Q
X44
+K2
RD 6Q
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
+K2
Kl.30.Xa
1
2/2
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X223.S 1/2
+K2
R10
+M
TON+50:OFF+10
+K6
XMSP6.19
+K6
XMSP6.20
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
DIESELPREHEATINGCOLDWEATHERKIT40
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
82
114
Zustand
BK 95Q
nderung
1
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Datum
Name
Datum
XMSP4.1*
+H.
+H5.
S15*
2
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
1
RD 25Q
+B1.
G1*
+
30.1
2
K11*.X4
+H5.
F01*
100A
2
RD 95Q
+B1.
G2*
+
30
+M.
M1*
M
50
31
K11*
+H4.
30.2 50
30.1
+H5.
F03*
200A
+H.
F02*
100A
*
2
+M.
G3*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSES40
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
B+
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
RD 6Q
M
1
WH 25Q
5
6
F07*.X1
+H5.
F07*
10A
RD
+H4.
M8*
0
K11*.X3
RD 25Q
RD 25Q
RD,RD 25Q,6Q
RD 25Q
RD 25Q
RD,RD 95Q,25Q
BK 95Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 95Q
D
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
7
8
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESCOLDWEATHERKIT40C
A
A
+H5.
K04*
30.2 50
B
31
*
RD 25Q
*
D+
31
B
8920980
460901000003
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
83
114
Zustand
BK 95Q
nderung
1
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Datum
Name
Datum
XMSP4.1*
+H
+H5
S15*
2
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
1
RD 25Q
+H4
M8*
0
+B1
G1*
1
+
+M
XMSP10*
+H4
K11*
88
88a
1
1
+H5
F01*
100A
+H5
F03*
200A
RD 95Q
+B1
G2*
+M
M1*
M
50
+H
F02*
100A
2
2
2
+M
G3*
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
B+
RD 6Q
B
WH 25Q
5
6
30.1
F07*.X1
+H5
F07*
10A
RD
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
RD 25Q
RD 25Q
RD,RD 6Q,25Q
RD 25Q
RD 25Q
RD,RD 25Q,95Q
BK 95Q
PROJ: 8920980_003
BK 95Q
D
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
7
8
VERSIONBATTERYWIRINGHARNESSESL586
A
A
86
+H5
K04*
30.2 50
B
85
31
RD 25Q
*
30
D+
BK 95Q
31
B
8920980
460901000003
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
84
114
PMEMASTERGENERALOUTLAYONANDOUTLETS
=K
+K2
A15
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
PME_MASTER
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
A15.GND
A15.DIGIN0
A15.DIGIN1
A15.DIGIN2
A15.Shield
A15.VBat
A15.CAN4L
A15.CAN3L
A15.CAN2L
A15.CAN1L
A15.CAN1H
A15.CAN2H
A15.CAN3H
A15.CAN4H
A15.DCD
A15.RXD
A15.TXD
A15.DTR
A15.GND
A15.n.c.
A15.RTS
A15.CTS
A15.n.c.
A15.DCD
A15.RXD
A15.TXD
A15.DTR
A15.GND
A15.n.c.
A15.RTS
A15.CTS
A15.n.c.
/40.E1
/40.E3
Description
EA
/40.E2
/40.E4
/35.B6
/38.C3
/37.A4
/37.A5
/38.C4
/35.B7
A15.DCD
A15.RXD
A15.TXD
A15.DTR
A15.GND
A15.n.c.
A15.RTS
A15.CTS
A15.n.c.
Plug
Pin
EARTH
Kl.15
DIGITAL1
DIGITAL2
HOUSINGMASTER
Kl.30
CANLOW4
CANLOW3
CANLOW2
CANLOW1
CANHIGH1
CANHIGH2
CANHIGH3
CANHIGH4
DataCarrierDetec
Receive(RXD)
Transmit(TXD)
DataDerminalRead
SIGNALGround(S
NOTUSED
Requesttosend(R
Cleartosend(CTS
NOTUSED
DataCarrierDetec
Receive(RXD)
Transmit(TXD)
DataDerminalRead
SIGNALGround(S
NOTUSED
Requesttosend(R
Cleartosend(CTS
NOTUSED
.PWR.X
.PWR.X
.PWR.X
.PWR.X
.PWR.X
.PWR.X
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DataCarrierDetec
Receive(RXD)
Transmit(TXD)
DataDerminalRead
SIGNALGround(S
NOTUSED
Requesttosend(R
Cleartosend(CTS
NOTUSED
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
COM3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Phys.Adr.
A15.DCD
A15.RXD
A15.TXD
A15.DTR
A15.GND
A15.n.c.
A15.RTS
A15.CTS
A15.n.c.
A15.TXD+
A15.TXD
A15.RXD+
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
A15.RXD
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
A15.TXD+
A15.TXD
A15.RXD+
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
A15.RXD
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
Sheet
EA
/40.A7
/40.A8
/40.A6
Description
DataCarrierDetec
Receive(RXD)
Transmit(TXD)
DataDerminalRead
SIGNALGround(S
NOTUSED
Requesttosend(R
Cleartosend(CTS
NOTUSED
TransmitData+
TransmitData
ReceiveData+
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
ReceiveData
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
TransmitData+
TransmitData
ReceiveData+
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
ReceiveData
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
TransmitData+
TransmitData
ReceiveData+
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
ReceiveData
NOTUSED
NOTUSED
A15.TXD+
A15.TXD
A15.RXD+
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
A15.RXD
A15.n.c.
A15.n.c.
Plug
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
COM4
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN1
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
LAN2
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
LAN3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYMASTER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
85
114
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16a.UI10
A16a.UI11
A16a.UI12
A16a.GND
A16a
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.GND_logic
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16a.24V
A16a.24V_logic
A16a.GND
A16a.UI1
A16a.UI2
A16a.UI3
A16a.UI4
A16a.UI9
A16a.GND
A16a.UI5
A16a.UI6
A16a.UI7
A16a.UI8
A16a.UI13
A16a.UI14
A16a.UI15
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Sheet
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
EA
/41.E5
/23.A3
/54.A7
/23.A4
/21.A3
/51.C1
/51.C2
/56.F4
/56.F2
/41.E6
/56.A1
/23.A6
/52.A2
/21.A5
/21.A2
/19.B6
A16a.UI16
A16a.GND
A16a
A16a.24V
A16a.CAN_Res
A16a.24V
A16a.GND
A16a.24V
/52.A6
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.24V
A16a.GND
/23.E4
/23.E5
/52.A1
/56.A2
/21.A1
/56.A4
/52.A5
INPUTMODULE1ONANDOUTLETS
A16a
Phys.Adr.
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
/41.E7
/41.E8
/21.F3
PME1_INPUT MODULE
Description
Plug
Pin
Phys.Adr.
A16a.24V
A16a
A16a.CAN_Low
A16a.CAN_Low
A16a.GND
A16a.RI1
A16a.RI1
A16a.RI2
Sheet
RESERVE
VBatt24VLog
RESERVE
PRESSURENLPCheck
HIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
PRESSURENLP
PRESSUREPRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
CONTROLLEVERVOR1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CONTROLLEVERREVERSE1
LIFTKICKOUT
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
SUPPLYGNDLOGIK
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A16a.RI2
A16a.5V
A16a.5V
A16a.5V
A16a.5V
A16a.GND
A16a.FI1
A16a.FI2
RESERVE
FLOATPOSITION
LFD
QUICKCHANGEDEVICE
InchPotentiometer1
Transmission overtemperature
TANKSENSOR
Kl50a
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A16a.CAN_High
A16a.CAN_High
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
/37.E3
/37.E5
/23.E3
/23.E4
/21.F2
Throttle transmitter1
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANENDWITHPIN43verb.
VBatt24V
SUPPLYEARTH
VccPRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND
A16a.GND_FI1
A16a.GND_FI2
/21.F1
/56.F3
/52.F6
VccNLPCheck
VccNLP
24VInchPotentiometer1
24VBUCKETRETURNTODIG
24VTANKSENSOR
24VLIFTKICKOUT
24VThrottle transmitter1
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
EA
/54.F7
/37.E2
/37.E4
/21.A6
/21.F6
/78.A7
/78.A6
/52.F2
/56.F5
/78.F7
/78.F6
Description
Plug
Pin
HIGHPRESSUREtravel pump
RESERVE
CANlow(Resverb.)
CANlow
RESERVE
Hydraulic oil temperature
Hydraulic oil temperature
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
SPEEDhydro motor1
Drive rotation speed
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
CANhigh(Resverb.)
CANhigh
GNDNLPCheck
GNDNLP
GNDPRESSURERESERVOIRBRAKE
HIGHPRESSURETRAVELPUMP
EARTHInchPotentiometer1
LIFTKICKOUT
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
EARTHTANKSENSOR
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
EARTHThrottle transmitter1
RESERVE
SPEEDhydro motor1
EARTHOutput speed
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
86
114
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16b.UI10
A16b.UI11
A16b.UI12
A16b.GND
A16b
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.GND_logic
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16b.24V
A16b.24V_logic
A16b.GND
A16b.UI1
A16b.UI2
A16b.UI3
A16b.UI4
A16b.UI9
A16b.GND
A16b.UI5
A16b.UI6
A16b.UI7
A16b.UI8
A16b.UI13
A16b.UI14
A16b.UI15
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Sheet
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
EA
/41.E1
/25.A5
/25.A7
/27.A8
/51.C6
/51.C6
/51.C8
/57.A6
/41.E2
/51.C3
/51.C4
/52.A3
/52.A7
/77.F4
A16b.UI16
A16b.GND
A16b
A16b.24V
A16b.CAN_Res
A16b.24V
A16b.GND
A16b.24V
/71.A6
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.24V
A16b.GND
/77.A4
/52.A4
/52.A8
/71.A5
INPUTMODULE2ONANDOUTLETS
A16b
Phys.Adr.
+K2
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
/41.E3
/41.E4
/77.A7
PME1_INPUTMODULE
Description
Plug
Pin
Phys.Adr.
RESERVE
VBatt24VLog
RESERVE
DRIVINGLIGHT
HIGHBEAM
INDICATORSIGNAL
RESERVE
CONTROLLEVER Option1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A16b.24V
A16b
A16b.CAN_Low
A16b.CAN_Low
A16b.GND
A16b.RI1
A16b.RI1
A16b.RI2
CONTROLLEVEROption2
CONTROLLEVEROption3
Warning buzzer
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
EARTHLOGIK
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A16b.RI2
A16b.5V
A16b.5V
A16b.5V
A16b.5V
A16b.GND
A16b.FI1
A16b.FI2
RESERVE
CONTROLLEVERFORWARD2
CONTROLLEVERREVERSE2
InchPotentimeter2
Throttle transmitter2
Sig.LEVELZentr
Diesel particulate filter
Diesel particulate filter
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A16b.CAN_High
A16b.CAN_High
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR1
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANEND
VBatt24V
SUPPLYEARTH
VCCDISTRIBUTORCentral lubrictaion system
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND
A16b.GND_FI1
A16b.GND_FI2
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Sheet
EA
/38.B5
/38.B3
/78.A8
/77.F7
/38.B6
/38.B4
/77.F8
/77.F5
/52.F3
/52.F7
/71.F6
/78.F8
Description
Plug
Pin
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANlow(CANEm.
CANlow
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
SPEEDhydro motor
Sig.DISTRIBUTORcentral lubrication system
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
CANhigh(CANEm
CANhigh
GNDDISTRIBUTORcentral lubrication system
GNDLEVELcentral lubrication system
RESERVE
EARTHInchPotentiometer2
EARTHThrottle transmitter
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
EARTHJoystick&
RESERVE
GNDJOYSTICKSTEERING
RESERVE
EARTHSPEEDHy
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
87
114
A16c
PROJ: 8920980_003
Sheet
Plug
Pin
Phys.Adr.
/71.A7
/72.A2
/59.F7
/59.A2
/59.A3
/71.F2
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
EARTHLOGICALPART
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A16c.RI2
A16c.5V
A16c.5V
A16c.5V
A16c.5V
A16c.GND
A16c.FI1
A16c.FI2
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
Joystick activation
JoystickARMREST
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A16c.CAN_High
A16c.CAN_High
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
/37.D7
/37.C7
A16c.UI16
/59.F8
A16c.GND
A16c
A16c.24V
A16c.CAN_Res
A16c.24V
/71.F3
A16c.GND
/71.F4
A16c.24VV_DO1
basket functionNotOFF2
SUPPLYEARTH
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
CANENDWITHPIN43conn.
SUPPLY24V
SUPPLYEARTH
VbattSUPPLYDO1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND
A16c.GND_FI1
A16c.GND_FI2
/72.F5
A16c.24VDO1
A16c.24V
A16c.24V
A16c.24VV
A16c.24V
A16c.24V
A16c.24V
A16c.GND
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2right
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
24VJoystick activation
24VJoystickARMREST
VccPRESSUREstandard steering1
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/72.F3
/72.F4
/71.A8
/72.A3
/72.A4
/72.F2
A16c.24V
A16c
A16c.CAN_Low
A16c.CAN_Low
A16c.GND
A16c.RI1
A16c.RI1
A16c.RI2
Sheet
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A16c.GND
A16c.UI5
A16c.UI6
A16c.UI7
A16c.UI8
A16c.UI13
A16c.UI14
A16c.UI15
PME1_INPUTMODULE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
/71.F1
INPUTMODULE3ON/OUTLETS
Description
EA
NOTUSED!
SUPPLYEARTH
NOT USED!
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2right
JoystickPRESSUREstandard steering1
Basket functionNotOFF1
Basket functionModus1
Basket functionModus2
A16c.UI10
A16c.UI11
A16c.UI12
A16c.GND
A16c
A16c.24V
A16c.24V
A16c.GND_logic
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A16c.24V
A16c.24V_logic
A16c.GND
A16c.UI1
A16c.UI2
A16c.UI3
A16c.UI4
A16c.UI9
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Phys.Adr.
Module Nr.:
Module name:
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
/37.D6
/37.C6
/72.F1
/71.F7
EA
Description
Plug
Pin
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
CANlow
CANlow
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
CANhigh
CANhigh
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
PRESSUREstandard steering1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
EARTHJoystick armrest
NOTUSED!
JOYSTICKSTEERINGSENSOR2re
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE3
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
88
114
INPUTMODULE4ON/OUTLETS
A16d
PROJ: 8920980_003
A16d.24V
A16d.24V_logic
A16d.GND
A16d.UI1
A16d.UI2
A16d.UI3
A16d.UI4
A16d.UI9
EA
PME1_OUTPUTMODULE
Description
Plug
Pin
Phys.Adr.
NOTUSED!
SUPPLYEARTH
NOTUSED!
capacitive Joystick sensor
3.CONTROLCIRCUITActive
OUTPUTHall sensor1
CONTROL5V
OPTION
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NOTUSED!
OUTPUTHall sensor2
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
EARTHLOGICALPART
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A16d.RI2
A16d.5V
A16d.5V
A16d.5V
A16d.5V
A16d.GND
A16d.FI1
A16d.FI2
A16d.GND
A16d.UI5
A16d.UI6
A16d.UI7
A16d.UI8
A16d.UI13
A16d.UI14
A16d.UI15
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A16d.CAN_High
A16d.CAN_High
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.UI16
A16d.GND
A16d
A16d.24V
A16d.CAN_Res
A16d.24V
/50.E3
A16d.GND
/50.E4
A16d.24VV_DO1
NOTUSED!
SUPPLYEARTH
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
WITHPIN43conn.
SUPPLY24V
SUPPLYEARTH
VbattDO1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND
A16d.GND_FI1
A16d.GND_FI2
A16d.24VDO1
A16d.24V
A16d.24V
A16d.24VV
A16d.24V
A16d.24V
A16d.24V
A16d.GND
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
capacitive Joystick sensor
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A16d.UI10
A16d.UI11
A16d.UI12
A16d.GND
A16d
A16d.24V
A16d.24V
A16d.GND_logic
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Sheet
Phys.Adr.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
+H3
/50.E1
/60.A2
/60.B7
/60.A5
/60.A4
/60.B7
/60.A6
/50.E2
/60.A1
A16d.24V
A16d
A16d.CAN_Low
A16d.CAN_Low
A16d.GND
A16d.RI1
A16d.RI1
A16d.RI2
Sheet
EA
/38.D1
/38.D1
/60.A3
/60.A8
/38.D2
/38.D2
/60.A3
Description
Plug
Pin
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
CANlow(Resconn.)
CANlow
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
NOTUSED!
RollerRockerCap
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
GNDRockerRollerCap
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
CANhigh(Resverb.)
CANhigh
capacitive Joystick sensor
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
NOTUSED!
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYINPUTMODULE4
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
89
114
A17a
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PME1_OUTPUTMODULE
Sheet
Description
A17a.24V_B1
A17a.24V_logic
A17a.GND
A17a.PWM1
A17a.PWM2
A17a.PWM3
A17a.PWM4
A17a.PWM9
/42.E4
/42.E1
/42.E5
/78.A1
/57.A5
/56.A6
/56.A7
/53.A4
VBatt24VBank1
VBatt24VLog
SUPPLYEARTH
PARKINGBRAKE
AHS
BUCKETRETURNTODIG
LIFTKICKOUT
cruising range1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A17a.24V
A17a.24V
A17a.CAN_Low
A17a.CAN_Low
A17a.GND_DO2
A17a.GND_PWM1
A17a.GND_PWM2
A17a.GND_PWM3
A17a.PWM10
A17a.PWM11
A17a.PWM12
A17a.GND
A17a.24V_logic
A17a.24V_B3
A17a.24V_B2
A17a.GND_logic
/53.A2
/53.A3
/53.A1
/43.E3
/43.E4
/42.E7
/42.E2
cruising range2
cruising range3
Modulation
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
VBatt24VBk3zuM2/35(2.AST)
SUPPLY24VBank2
SUPPLYEARTHLOGICALPART
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A17a.GND_PWM4
A17a.GND_PWM9
A17a.GND_PWM10
A17a.GND_PWM11
A17a.GND_PWM12
A17a.GND_DO4
A17a.FI1
A17a.FI2
A17a.GND
A17a.PWM5
A17a.PWM6
A17a.PWM7
A17a.PWM8
A17a.PWM13
A17a.PWM14
A17a.PWM15
/42.E7
/56.A8
/21.A7
/54.A8
/53.A8
/53.A6
/53.A7
/54.A1
SUPPLYEARTH
FLOATPOSITION
VENTILATOR
BUZZER
Swivel angle limitation.oil engine1
oil engine1
oil engine2
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A17a.PWM16
A17a.GND
A17a.GND_logic
A17a.24V_B4
A17a.CAN_Res
A17a.24V
A17a.GND_DO1
A17a.V_DO1
/54.A2
/43.E2
/43.D5
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1BACKWARD
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
VBatt24VBk4zuM2/33(2.AST)
CANENDWITHPIN43verb.
RESERVE
RESERVE
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A17a.DO1
A17a.V_DO2
A17a.DO2
A17a.V_DO3
A17a.DO3
A17a.V_DO4
A17a.DO4
A17a.GND_DO3
/43.D5
/43.D8
/43.D8
/77.A3
/77.B3
/55.A1
/55.A2
/77.F3
2.ASTJoystickzuM2/28
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO2
2.ASTPump2zuM2/14
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO3
VCCcentral lubrication systemMVPUMP
Supplydigital output4A4
Back alarmOPTICAL
GNDcentral lubrication systemMVPUMP
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/43.E1
OUTPUTMODULE1ON/OUTLETS
Phys.Adr.
EA
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
Plug
Pin
Plug
Pin
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANlow
CANlow
RESERVE
EARTHPARKINGBRAKE
EARTHAHS
EARTHBUCKETRETURNTODIG
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
/56.F7
/53.F4
/53.F2
/53.F3
/53.F1
/55.E2
EARTHLIFTKICKOUT
EARTHTRAVELRANGES1
EARTHTRAVELRANGES2
EARTHTRAVELRANGES3
EARTHModulation
EARTHBack alarmOPTICAL
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
A17a.CAN_High
A17a.CAN_High
A17a.GND
A17a.GND_PWM5
A17a.GND_PWM6
A17a.GND_PWM7
A17a.GND_PWM8
A17a.GND_PWM13
/37.D5
/37.C5
CANhigh
CANhigh
RESERVE
EARTHFLOATPOSITION
EARTHVENTILATOR
EARTHBUZZER
Swivel angle limitation,oil engine1
EARTHOil engine1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
A17a.GND_PWM14
A17a.GND_PWM15
A17a.GNDPWM16
A17a.GND
A17a.GND_FI1
A17a.GND_FI2
/53.F7
/54.F1
/54.F2
EARTHOil engine2
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1FORWARD
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump1BACKWARD
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
/37.D4
/37.C4
/78.F1
/57.F5
/56.F6
/56.F8
/21.F7
/54.F8
/53.F8
/53.F6
EA
Description
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE1
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
90
114
A17b
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
A17b.24V_B1
A17b.24V_logic
A17b.GND
A17b.PWM1
A17b.PWM2
A17b.PWM3
A17b.PWM4
A17b.PWM9
/44.E4
/44.E1
/44.E5
/53.A5
/28.B1
/54.A5
/54.A6
/54.A3
VBatt24VBank1
VBatt24VLOGICALPART
SUPPLYEARTH
OVERSPEEDPROTECTION
OPTIONS
SWIVELANGLEtravel pump1
SWIVELANGLEtravel pump2
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump2
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A17b.24V
A17b.24V
A17b.CAN_Low
A17b
A17b.GND_DO2
A17b.GND_PWM1
A17b.GND_PWM2
A17b.GND_PWM3
A17b.PWM10
A17b.PWM11
A17b.PWM12
A17b.GND
A17b.24V_logic
A17b.24V_B3
A17b.24V_B2
A17b.GND_logic
/54.A4
/57.A1
/57.A2
/43.E7
/43.E8
/44.E7
/44.E2
TRAVELLINGDIRECTIONPump2BACKWARD
Additional equipment1
Additional equipment2
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
VBatt24VBK3
VBatt24VBank2
VBattEARTH
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A17b.GND_PWM4
A17b.GND_PWM9
A17b.GND_PWM10
A17b.GND_PWM11
A17b.GND_PWM12
A17b.GND_DO4
A17b.FI1
A17b.FI2
A17b.GND
A17b.PWM5
A17b.PWM6
A17b.PWM7
A17b.PWM8
A17b.PWM13
A17b.PWM14
A17b.PWM15
/44.E7
/23.A2
/21.A8
/23.A7
/23.A8
/72.A6
/72.A7
/55.A4
SUPPLYEARTH
Emergency steering
FANREVERSAL
LFD
LFD/FLOATPOSITION
JOYSTICKSTEERINGLEFT
JOYSTICKSTEERINGRIGHT
VccMVGEROTORSTEERING
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A17b.PWM16
A17b.GND
A17b.GND_logic
A17b.24V_B4
A17b.CAN_Res
A17b.24V
A17b.GND_DO1
A17b.V_DO1
/72.A8
/43.E6
SavetyMVJoy
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
VBatt24VBk4
CANEND
RESERVE
RESERVE
VBattSUPPLYDO1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A17b.DO1
A17b.V_DO2
A17b.DO2
A17b.V_DO3
A17b.DO3
A17b
A17b.DO4
A17b.GND_DO3
/43.D1
/43.D4
/43.D4
/45.F1
/25.B8
/45.F2
/45.A5
2.ASTPump1
SUPPLYSUPPLYDO
2.ASTTRANSMISSION
VBattDO3
REVERSINGLIGHT
VBattD04
BackupALARM
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/43.D1
PME1_OUTPUTMODULE
Plug
/43.E5
/38.E6
OUTPUTMODULE2ON/OUTLETS
Description
EA
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
+H3
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
Pin
Plug
Pin
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANlow(CANEm.
CANlow
RESERVE
EARTHover rotation speed
EARTHOPTIONS
EARTHtravel pump
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
/54.F6
/54.F3
/54.F4
/57.F1
/57.F2
/45.F5
EARTHSWIVELANGLE
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTION
EARTHTRAVELLINGDIRECTION
EARTHAdditional equipment
EARTHAdditional equipment
EARTHBackup
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
A17b.CAN_High
A17b.CAN_High
A17b.GND
A17b.GND_PWM5
A17b.GND_PWM6
A17b.GND_PWM7
A17b.GND_PWM8
A17b.GND_PWM13
/38.E8
/38.D6
CANhigh(CANEm.
CANhigh
RESERVE
EARTHemergency steering
EARTHFANREVERSAL
EARTHLFD
EARTHLFD
EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
A17b.GND_PWM14
A17b.GND_PWM15
A17b.GNDPWM16
A17b.GND
A17b.GND_FI1
A17b.GND_FI2
/72.F7
/55.E4
/72.F8
EARTHJOYSTICKSTEERING
EARTHGEROTORSTEERING
GNDSavetyMVJoy
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
/38.E5
/38.D5
/53.F5
/28.D1
/54.F5
/23.E2
/21.F8
/23.E7
/23.E8
/72.F6
Description
EA
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE2
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
91
114
OUTPUTMODULE3
OUTPUTMODULE1
OUTPUTMODULE2
INPUTMODULE1
INPUTMODULE3
A17c
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
/48.F3
/48.F1
/48.F5
/49.A7
/50.A5
/50.A6
/50.A7
/57.A3
VBatt24VBank1
VBatt24VLOGICALPART
SUPPLYEARTH
VccCUTOFFLIGHTING
3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A17c.24V
A17c.24V
A17c.CAN_Low
A17c
A17c.GND_DO2
A17c.GND_PWM1
A17c.GND_PWM2
A17c.GND_PWM3
A17c.PWM10
A17c.PWM11
A17c.PWM12
A17c.GND
A17c.24V_logic
A17c.24V_B3
A17c.24V_B2
A17c.GND_logic
/57.A4
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
SUPPLY24VBank3
SUPPLY24VBank2
VBattEARTHLOGICALPART
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
A17c.GND_PWM4
A17c.GND_PWM9
A17c.GND_PWM10
A17c.GND_PWM11
A17c.GND_PWM12
A17c.GND_DO4
A17c.FI1
A17c.FI2
A17c.GND
A17c.PWM5
A17c.PWM6
A17c.PWM7
A17c.PWM8
A17c.PWM13
A17c.PWM14
A17c.PWM15
/48.F7
/50.A8
SUPPLYEARTH
4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A17c.CAN_High
A17c.CAN_High
A17c.GND
A17c.GND_PWM5
A17c.GND_PWM6
A17c.GND_PWM7
A17c.GND_PWM8
A17c.GND_PWM13
RESERVE
SUPPLYEARTH
RESERVE
SUPPLY24VBank4
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
VBattSUPPLYDO1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A17c.GND_PWM14
A17c.GND_PWM15
A17c.GNDPWM16
A17c.GND
A17c.GND_FI1
A17c.GND_FI2
RESERVE
VBattSUPPLYDO2
RESERVE
VBattSUPPLYDO3
RESERVE
VBattSUPPLYD04
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
/49.F1
/48.F6
/48.F2
/49.F4
/49.F3
/38.B8
A17c.DO1
A17c.V_DO2
A17c.DO2
A17c.V_DO3
A17c.DO3
A17c
A17c.DO4
A17c.GND_DO3
A17c.24V_B1
A17c.24V_logic
A17c.GND
A17c.PWM1
A17c.PWM2
A17c.PWM3
A17c.PWM4
A17c.PWM9
/49.F2
PME1_OUTPUTMODULE
Sheet
EA
OUTPUTMODULE3ON/OUTLETS
Phys.Adr.
A17c.PWM16
A17c.GND
A17c.GND_logic
A17c.24V_B4
A17c.CAN_Res
A17c.24V
A17c.GND_DO1
A17c.V_DO1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
+H3
Description
Plug
Pin
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
EA
/38.B7
/38.B7
/50.E5
/50.E6
/50.E7
/50.E8
/57.F4
/57.F3
/38.B8
Description
Plug
Pin
RESERVE
RESERVE
CANlow(CANEm.CAN_Resconn.)
CANlow
RESERVE
GNDCUTOFFLIGHTING
GND3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
GND3.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
GND4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV1
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
CANhigh(CANEm.CAN_Resconn.)
CANhigh
RESERVE
GND4.CONTROLCIRCUITEPMV2
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
65
66
67
68
69
70
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYOUTPUTMODULE3
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
92
114
LHECUUP/CRGENERALOUTLAYONANDOUTLETS
+M
A700D
LHECUUPCREXT
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Addr.
A700D.50
A700D.15
A700D.30.1
A700D.30.2
A700D.30.3
A700D.31.2
A700D.31.3
A700D.31.1
Sheet
Type
Description
PIN
Phys.Addr.
/47.C6
ENGINE
IGNITION
STARTING
ON
X2
X2
66
68
/47.F1
/47.F3
/47.F5
/47.F2
/47.F4
/47.F6
SUPPLY30b
SUPPLY30b
SUPPLY30b
EARTH
EARTH
EARTH
PERFORMANCEPART
PERFORMANCEPART
ELECTRONICS
PERFORMANCEPART
PERFORMANCEPART
ELECTRONICS
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
1
2
4
15
16
3
X2
X2
X2
67
69
70
A700D.DI5
A700D.DI6
A700D.DI7
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
A700D.AI9.1
A700D.AI9.2
A700D.AI9.GND
A700D.AI10.1
A700D.AI10.2
A700D.AI10.GND
GASPEDALCHANNEL1
GASPEDALCHANNEL1
GASPEDALCHANNEL1
GASPEDALCHANNEL2
GASPEDALCHANNEL2
GASPEDALCHANNEL2
SUPPLY
SIGNAL
EARTH
SUPPLY
SIGNAL
EARTH
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
35
34
33
49
48
47
VCC
SIGNAL
X2
X2
X2
63
62
61
A700D.AL1.REF1
A700D.AI1.05V
A700D.AI1.GND
WATERFUEL
WATERFUEL
WATERFUEL
FUEL
FUEL
FUEL
X2
X2
X2
7
6
5
A700D.AI2.REF1
A700D.AI2.05V
A700D.AI2.GND
COOLINGWATER
COOLINGWATER
COOLINGWATER
LEVEL
LEVEL
LEVEL
X2
X2
X2
21
20
19
X2
X2
60
46
A700D.AI11.1
A700D.AI11.2
A700D.AI11.GND
/21.A4
/21.F4
A700D.TI1
A700D.TI1.GND
A700D.DO1
A700D.DI2
A700D.DO2
A700D.DI3
A700D.DO3
A700D.DO4
A700D.DO5
/23.A5
/23.F5
/19.B5
D+
HEATERFLANGE
GENERATOR
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
X2
X2
53
64
HEATERFLANGE
FREE
SOLENOIDVALVE
ENGINEBRAKE
RESERVE
SELECTION
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
39
65
25
11
13
/19.B6
FUEL
SELECTION
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
Plug
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Plug
A700D.DO5.GND
A700D.DO6
A700D.DO6.GND
RESERVE
FANVALVE
FANVALVE
SELECTION
EARTH
X2
X2
X2
12
27
26
A700D.DO10
A700D.DO11
A700D.DO12
FEHLERLAMPE
CONTROL
RESERVE
(LowSide)
PREHEAT
(LowSide)
X2
X2
X2
14
28
42
A700D.FO
A700D.CAN1.H.2
A700D.CAN1R
A700D.CAN1L.1
A700D.CAN1H.1
A700D.CAN1L.2
SIGNAL
/37.C3
/37.C2
/37.D3
/37.D2
SPEED
CAN1HIGH
CAN1RES
CAN1LOW
CAN1HIGH
CAN1LOW
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
56
40
9
8
54
10
EARTH
/70.A3
/70.A2
CAN1GND
CAN2HIGH
CAN2LOW
CAN2RES
CAN2HIGH
CAN2LOW
CAN2GND
DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSIS
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
45
41
23
22
55
24
59
36
37
DIAGNOSIS
SUPPLY
SIGNAL
EARTH
X2
X2
X2
38
50
51
A700D.GND
A700D.LSB1
A700D.LSB2
/70.A1
EMIT
RECEIVE
PIN
A700D.GND
A700D.FREI1
A700D.FREI2
A700D.FREI3
A700D.FREI4
EARTH
NC
NC
NC
NC
X2
X2
X2
X2
X2
52
17
18
29
30
A700D.FREI7
NC
X2
43
A700D.FREI11
A700D.FREI5
A700D.FREI6
A700D.FREI8
NC
NC
NC
NC
X2
X2
X2
X2
44
31
57
58
A700D.FREI9
NC
X2
32
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL
ENGINESIDE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
Description
A700D.CAN1.GND
A700D.CAN2H.2
A700D.CAN2L.1
A700D.CAN2R
A700D.CAN2H.1
A700D.CAN2L.2
A700D.CAN2.GND
A700D.TXD
A700D.RXD
Type Sheet
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
93
114
ELECTRICKEYPAD
B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Phys.Addr.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
=K
+K4
A18
ELECTRICKEYPAD
10278758
TYPE Sheet
Description
A18.Kl15
A18.GND
A18.CAN_High
A18.CAN_Low
A
A
A
A
/39.D2
/39.D4
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
A18.Kl30
A18.Flasher
A
A
/39.D3
/27.A7
A18.CAN_High
A18.CAN_Low
A
A
A18.CAN_RES.
A18.PWM1
A18.PWM2
A18.PWM3
A
A
A
A
A18.PWM4
A18.PWM5
A18.PWM6
A18.PWM7
A18.PWM8
A18.PWM9
PLUG PIN
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT FLASHINGSPEEDINPUT
X1
X1
5
6
CAN_High
CAN_Low
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
7
8
/27.A1
/33.A3
/28.A6
CAN_RES.
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT
WARNINGBEACON
WINDSCREENWIPER
MATCHINGRESISTOR
OUTLETA1
OUTLETA2
OUTLETA3
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
A
A
/28.A7
/33.A7
WASHINGPUMPREAR
REARWINDOWHEATER
OUTLETA4
OUTLETA5
X2
X2
1
2
A
A
A
A
/20.A7
/25.D1
/30.D1
/31.E1
PARKINGLIGHT
OUTLETA6
Abblentlicht
OUTLETA7
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT
OUTLETA8
WORKINGPROJECTORREAR
OUTLETA9
X2
X2
X2
X2
3
4
5
6
ELECTRICKEYPAD
E
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYELECTRICKEYPAD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
94
114
=K
+K4
A11
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Phys.Addr.
MAINKEYPAD
10278781
TYPE Sheet
A11.Kl15
A11.GND
A11.CAN_High
A11.CAN_Low
A
A
A
A
A11.Kl15
A11.GND
A
A
A11.CAN_High
A11.CAN_Low
A
A
A11.CAN_RES.
A11.Res.
A11.Res.
A11.Res.
A
A
A
A
Description
/39.D5
/39.D7
/35.B5
/35.B4
PLUG
PIN
+24V
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
SUPPLY
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
24V
SUPPLYEARTH
SUPPLY
SUPPLYEARTH
X1
X1
5
6
CAN_High
CAN_Low
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
7
8
CAN_Abschlusswid.
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
MATCHINGRESISTOR
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
/35.A5
/35.A4
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYMAINKEYPAD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
95
114
ELECTRICKEYPAD
B
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
ELECTRICKEYPAD
=K
+K4
A18
10278758
Phys.Addr.
TYPE
Sheet
Description
PLUG
A18.Kl15
A18.GND
A18.CAN_High
A18.CAN_Low
A
A
A
A
/39.D2
/39.D4
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
A18.Kl30
A18.Flasher
A
A
/39.D3
/27.A7
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT FLASHINGSPEEDINPUT
A18.CAN_High
A18.CAN_Low
A
A
CAN_High
CAN_Low
A18.CAN_RES.
A18.PWM1
A18.PWM2
A18.PWM3
A
A
A
A
/27.A1
/33.A3
/28.A6
A18.PWM4
A18.PWM5
A
A
A18.PWM6
A18.PWM7
A18.PWM8
A18.PWM9
A
A
A
A
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
PIN
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
X1
X1
5
6
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
7
8
CAN_RES.
HAZARDWARNINGLIGHT
WARNINGBEACON
WINDSCREENWIPER
MATCHINGRESISTOR
OUTLETA1
OUTLETA2
OUTLETA3
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
/28.A7
/33.A7
WASHINGPUMPREAR
REARWINDOWHEATER
OUTLETA4
OUTLETA5
X2
X2
1
2
/20.A7
/25.D1
/30.D1
/31.E1
PARKINGLIGHT
Low beam
OUTLETA6
OUTLETA7
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONT OUTLETA8
OUTLETA9
WORKINGPROJECTORREAR
X2
X2
X2
X2
3
4
5
6
ELECTRICKEYPAD
E
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYELECTRICKEYPAD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
94
114
HEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEMSYSTEMSIDE
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
A21a
ModuleNr.:
Module name:
+K4
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
A21a.1
A21a.2
A21a.3
A21a.4
A21a.5
A21a.6
A21a.7
A21a.8
/64.B3
/65.B3
/65.A3
/65.A2
/65.A1
/65.B2
/65.B7
EA
PLUG
BDescription
Pin
Phys.Adr.
Sheet
/66.A5
/66.B6
not used
logic output(010V)
VMC1clockwise rotation
VMC1counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC1
GNDVMC1
VMC1Potentiometer tap
VMC2clockwise rotation
not used
logic output(010V)
VMC1clockwise rotation
VMC1counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC1
GNDVMC1
VMC1Potentiometer tap
VMC2clockwise rotation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A21a.25
A21a.26
A21a.27
A21a.28
A21a.29
A21a.30
A21a.31
A21a.32
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
VMC3clockwise rotation
VMC3counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC3
GroundVMC3
VMC3potentiometer tap
VMC4clockwise rotation
VMC4counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC4
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
A21a.9
A21a.10
A21a.11
A21a.12
A21a.13
A21a.14
A21a.15
A21a.16
/65.A7
/65.A6
/65.A5
/65.B6
/64.B4
A21a.17
A21a.18
A21a.19
A21a.20
A21a.21
A21a.22
A21a.23
A21a.24
/66.B3
/66.A3
/66.A2
/66.A1
/66.B2
/66.B7
/66.A7
/66.A6
VMC3clockwise rotation
VMC3counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC3
GroundVMC3
VMC3potentiometer tap
VMC4clockwise rotation
VMC4counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC4
EA
Description
Plug
Pin
/67.B3
/67.A4
/67.A3
GroundVMC4
VMC4potentiometer tap
not used
24Vfan
not used
VMC5clockwise rotation
VMC5counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC5
GroundVMC4
VMC4potentiometer tap
not used
24Vfan
not used
VMC5clockwise rotation
VMC5counter clockwise rotation
VrefVMC5
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
A21a.33
A21a.34
A21a.35
A21a.36
A21a.37
A21a.38
A21a.39
A21a.40
/67.A2
/67.B2
/64.B5
/64.B6
/64.B7
/64.B8
/67.A6
/67.A7
GroundVMC5
VMC5potentiometer tap
Sensor1+(icing)
Sensor1(icing)
Sensor2+(icing)
Sensor2(icing)
Temp.Sensor+(air cond. autom.)
Temp.Sensor(air cond. autom.)
GroundVMC5
VMC5potentiometer tap
Sensor1+(icing)
Sensor1(icing)
Sensor2+(icing)
Sensor2(icing)
Temp.Sensor+(air cond. autom.)
Temp.Sensor(air cond. autom.)
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A21a.41
A21a.42
/64.B2
not used
Ground FAN
not used
Ground FAN
41
42
/64.B1
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
GENERALOUTLAYHEAT/AIRCONDITIONINGSYSTEM
SYSTEMSIDE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
97
114
Phys.Addr.
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
OPTIONKEYPAD
+K4
A19
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
10278759
TYPE SHEET
BDESCRIPTION
PLUG
PIN
A19.Kl15
A19.GND
A19.CAN_High
A19.CAN_Low
A
A
A
A
/39.F2
/39.F4
/35.E7
/35.E6
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
A19.Kl15
A19.c.
A
A
/39.F3
SUPPLYKl.15
n.c
SUPPLY
n.c
X1
X1
5
6
A19.CAN_High
A19.CAN_Low
A
A
/35.E5
/35.E4
CAN_High
CAN_Low
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
7
8
A19.CAN_RES.
A19.PWM1
A19.PWM2
A19.PWM3
A
A
A
A
CAN_RES.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
MATCHINGRESISTOR
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
A19.PWM4
A19.PWM5
A
A
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X2
X2
1
2
A19.PWM6
A19.PWM7
A19.PWM8
A19.PWM9
A
A
A
A
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X2
X2
X2
X2
3
4
5
6
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYOPTIONKEYPAD
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
98
114
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Phys.Addr.
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+K4
A22
10278759
TYPE SHEET
PLUG PIN
BDESCRIPTION
A22.Kl15
A22.GND
A22.CAN_High
A22.CAN_Low
A
A
A
A
/39.F5
/39.F7
/35.D5
/35.D4
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
INFORMATIONINPUT
SUPPLYEARTH
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
2
3
4
A22.Kl15
A22.c.
A
A
/39.F8
SUPPLYKl.15
n.c
SUPPLY
n.c
X1
X1
5
6
A22.CAN_High
A22.CAN_Low
A
A
/35.C5
/35.C4
CAN_High
CAN_Low
CAN_High
CAN_Low
X1
X1
7
8
A22.CAN_RES.
A22.PWM1
A22.PWM2
A22.PWM3
A
A
A
A
CAN_RES.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
MATCHINGRESISTOR
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X1
X1
X1
X1
9
10
11
12
A22.PWM4
A22.PWM5
A
A
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X2
X2
1
2
A22.PWM6
A22.PWM7
A22.PWM8
A22.PWM9
A
A
A
A
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
n.c.
X2
X2
X2
X2
3
4
5
6
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
GENERALOUTLAYAIRCONDITIONINGKEYPAD
FLAPCONTROL
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
99
114
PROJ: 8920980_003
240.00
F1 10A
F31a 10A
...
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTLEFT
F2 7,5A
F31b 10A
HIGHBEAMLEFT
WORKINGPROJECTORFRONTRIGHT
F3 7,5A
F32a 10A
HIGHBEAMRIGHT
WORKINGPROJECTORLEFT
REARHATCH
F4 7,5A
F32b 10A
WORKINGPROJECTORRIGHT
REARHATCH
F5 7,5A
F33a 10A
130.00
LOWBEAMRIGHT
WORKINGPROJECTORLEFT*
CABROOF
F6 3A
F33b 10A
BOUNDARY/PARKINGLIGHT
LEFT
F7 3A
WORKINGPROJECTORRIGHT*
CABROOF
F29 25A
F9
10A
F45 10A
F56 10A
FUELPREHEATING
..................................
INPUTMODULE2
Vcc
OUTPUTMODULE2BANK2 OUTPUTMODULE3
K11/50,Y50,Y20,Y21
VccDO1
F67 10A
F27 10A
PROFILELIGHT/
PARKINGLIGHT
F15 10A
F46 10A
F57 10A
F68 10A
F28 10A
LHCONTROLLEVERVNR
Erreg.G3,SIMULATIOND+
INPUTMODULE3
VccJOYSTICKSTEERING
...
...
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccDO2
WEIGHINGDEVICE
...
F18 10A
F47 10A
F58 10A
F69 10A
F30 15A
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccDO3
VccVOLTAGECONVERTER
(RADIO,12Vplug.)
F19 10A
F70 10A
F34 20A
F48 10A
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccDO4
REFUELLINGPUMP
F20 15A
F49 10A
F71
F35 10A
WIPER,WASHINGPUMP
frontHORN
VccDO4
OUTPUTMODULE2DO2
RFWEOPTICALred flashing li. OPM1MO1,Y6.1.2.3
VccKEYPADSKl.15
VccMASTERKl.30
F21 10A
F50 10A
F61
F72
F38 5A
LOWBEAM
HIGHBEAM
...
...
OUTPUTMODULE2DO3
E1,E5back off lights
...
...
LHECUUP/CR
VccController
F22 7,5A
F51
F62 10A
F73
F39 5A
OUTPUTMODULE1DO1
OUTPUTModul2Y51,Y52
OUTPUTMODULE2DO4
B16BackupALARM
...
...
UhrAUXILIARYHEATER
F52 10A
10A
F59 10A
F60 10A
10A
10A
PUSHBUTTONSWITCHLHCONTROLLEVERR
AIRCON/OPTIONKEYPAD
Switch lighting
STOPLIGHT
F07b 10A
F75 10A
F10 5A
F23 5A
F63 10A
F74 15A
F40 20A
Flashing function
RADIOKl.58
12VELECTRICALSOCKET
DISPLAYUNIT
...
PuritecPARTICLEFILTER
OUTPUTMODULE1DO2
REVERSINGOBSTACLEDETECTOR OPM2Y2a,Y3a,Y11,Y12
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccBANK1
REARWINDOWHEATER
MIRRORHEATING*
VCCAUXILIARYHEATERKl.30
...
F8 15A
F76 10A
F11 10A
F24 10A
F53 10A
F64 10A
F19A 20A
F41
compressor seat*,(RADIO)
CIGARETTELIGHTER(X70)
RADIOKl.30
PRESSURESWITCH
B32,B28,B3,B3a
IGNITIONON
ENGINEECU
OUTPUTMODULE1DO3
Y62central lubrication sys.LH
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccBANK2
F12 10A
F43 5A
F8A
10A
Interior lighting
ClockAUXILIARYHEATER
F54 5A
F65 10A
F25
Kl.15MASTER
...
OUTPUTMODULE3
VccBANK3
WARNINGBEACON
F13 15A
F55 10A
F66 10A
F26
F44 10A
M11VENTILATORCONDENSER INPUTMODULE1
...
Vcc
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
LOWBEAMLEFT
F14 15A
OUTPUTMODULE2BANK1 OUTPUTMODULE3
Y16,Y53,Y15,Y15a
VccBANK4
20A
F42
10A
...
...
10A
KL.30
DIAGNOSTICPLUG
IMMOBILISERKAT
S1
F36 40A
F17
LEDTEST
A14.B1LHECUUP/CR
A14.B2LHECUUP/CR
F16 40A
40A
...
...
...
KL.15
F37
...
...
...
8922717_002
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYPROTECTIVEFOIL
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
100
114
E
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Zustand
nderung
Ersteller
Datum
Datum
Name
Datum
Ausgabe
27.03.2007 09:42
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
ELECTRICALDIAGRAMDIESELENGINE4AND6CYLINDER
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
A
A
B
B
ENGINE
D936A6ANDD934A6
WITHENGINEECU
C
F
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
101
114
ᑏ
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
ENGINEECU
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
+M
B708
M710<>Y22
VEHICLESIDE
ENGINESIDE
/107.C5
1
R710<>R701
X1
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
D+
/105.B3
GENERATOR
B
+M
PROJ: 8920980_003
+M
Y711
+M
/105.B6
50
M700<>M1
1
/107.C7
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
B707
+M
/108.B2
1
SPEED
1
/106.B2
+M
B711
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
PHASESENSOR
B710
+M
/108.B7
1
n1
3
/106.C7
SPEED
=M
+M
B712
/108.B4
1
WATERDETECTOR
B709
+M
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
1
/107.C3
B701 1
+M /106.B5
OILPRESSURE
1
B703
+M
+M
B713
STARTER
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
INJECTIONPUMP
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
G700<>G3
n2
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
STANDBY
AM6CYLINDERENGINE
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
102
114
Zustand
+M
B707
nderung
1
Datum
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
Ersteller
Datum
Name
Datum
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
Ausgabe
27.03.2007 09:42
WL701
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
WH 1.94
/108.B7
1
Y715
/110.B3 +M
X1
Y714
+M
ENGINEPLUG
R710
M710<>Y22
M710
R710
ᑏ
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
4
1
G700<>G3
X1
M710
+M
G700
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
WL700
GENERATOR
WH 1.94
2
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
X701.B
+M
n
3
/106.C7
+M
B713
R710<>R701
+M
Y713
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
Y716
/110.B4 +M
X1
X1
/109.B4
/110.B6
X1
X1
/109.B6
+M
X701.S
OILPRESSURE
B710
+M
/106.B5
1
n2
X700.S
+M
+M
B701
PHASESENSOR
+M
X700.B
/107.C5
1
/106.B2
1
+M
Y712
X1
/109.B3
+M
Y711
X700.B
+M
+M
B708
/108.B4
1
SPEED
/107.C3
1
3
2
+M
B703
/108.B2
1
SPEED
+M
X700.S
+M
B709
n1
+M
B712
+M
B711
PROJ: 8920980_003
/107.C7
1
D
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
1
6
7
G700
/105.B3
D+
+M
M700
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
INJECTIONPUMP16
ENGINEECU
A
VEHICLEPLUG
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
B
B
M700<>M1
M700
/105.B6
50
STARTER
WATERDETECTOR
F
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
103
114
PIN
X1
X1
63
49
GND
NC
NC
NC
SUPPLY(5V)
SIGNAL(0,54,5V)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
35
62
48
34
61
47
GND
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
33
60
46
A
A
A
A
A
A
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
32
59
45
31
58
44
A700C.AI8.GND
A700C.TI2
A700C.TI2.GND
A
A
A
/107.E7
/107.E6
RESERVE
Air intakte temp. transmitter
Air intake temp. transmitter
NC
SIGNAL
GND
X1
X1
X1
30
50
36
A700C.TI3
A700C.TI3.GND
A700C.TI4
A
A
A
/107.E5
/107.E4
/107.E3
SIGNAL
GND
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
51
37
52
A700C.TI4.GND
A700C.POWER.PS1
A700C.TI5
/107.E2
/106.E7
/106.E7
GND
SUPPLY(UBat)
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
38
57
53
A700C.TI5.GND
A700C.POWER.SPEED1
/106.E6
/108.E3
water detector
Speed sensor1
GND
SUPPLY(12V)
X1
X1
A700C.SPEED1
A700C.SPEED1.GND
/108.E2
/108.E1
Speed sensor1
Speed sensor1
SIGNAL
GND
X1
X1
39
69
55
A700C.POWER.SPEED2
A700C.SPEED2
A700C.SPEED2.GND
A700C.POWER.INDEX
A700C.INDEX
/108.E5
/108.E4
/108.E4
/108.E7
/108.E7
Speed sensor2
Speed sensor2
Speed sensor2
phase sensor
phase sensor
SUPPLY(12V)
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
Sheet
A700C.AI3.REF2
A700C.AI3
A
A
/106.E5
/106.E4
A700C.AI3.GND
A700C.AI4.REF2
A700C.AI4
A700C.AI4.GND
A700C.AI5.REF3
A700C.AI5
A
A
A
A
A
A
/106.E4
A700C.AI5.GND
A700C.AI6.REF3
A700C.AI6
A
A
A
/106.E1
A700C.AI6.GND
A700C.AI7.REF4
A700C.AI7
A700C.AI7.GND
A700C.AI8.REF4
A700C.AI8
Description
GND
SUPPLY(12V)
SIGNAL
56
Type
Sheet
Description
Plug
PIN
42
24
phase sensor
RESERVE
RESERVE
GND
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
RESERVE
RESERVE
DynamoD+
NC
NC
Ubat
X1
X1
X1
23
25
26
64
Starting motor.KL50
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
Activation(UBat)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
29
66
67
43
65
14
/109.E2
/109.E3
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
EPCYLINDER1
EPCYLINDER1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
28
13
27
9
10
11
12
22
8
A700C.A2.HIGH.MV2
A700C.A2.LOW.MV2
A700C.A3.HIGH.MV3
/109.E4
/109.E4
/109.E5
EPCYLINDER2
EPCYLINDER2
EPCYLINDER3
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
PWM(+)
X1
X1
X1
21
7
20
A700C.A3.LOW.MV3
A700C.A4.HIGH.MV4
A700C.A4.LOW.MV4
A700C.B1.HIGH.MV5
A700C.B1.LOW.MV5
/109.E6
/110.E2
/110.E3
EP CYLINDER3
RESERVE
RESERVE
EPZYLINDER4
EPZYLINDER4
PWM(GND)
NC
NC
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
6
19
5
18
4
A700C.B2.HIGH.MV6
/110.E4
EPZYLINDER5
PWM(+)
X1
17
A700C.B2.LOW.MV6
A700C.B3.HIGH.MV7
A700C.B3.LOW.MV7
A700C.B4.HIGH.MV8
/110.E4
/110.E5
/110.E6
EPZYLINDER5
EPZYLINDER6
EPZYLINDER6
RESERVE
PWM(GND)
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
3
16
2
15
RESERVE
NC
X1
/108.E6
A700C.INDEX.GND
A700C.FI1
A700C.FI1.GND
A700C.FI2
A700C.FI2.GND
A700C.DI1
41
68
54HS
40
70
/105.E2
A700C.DO9
A700C.DI9
A700C.DO13
A700C.POWER.PS1
A700C.DI8
A700C.DO8
D
D
D
/105.E7
A700C.DO8.GND
A700C.DO7
A700C.DO7.GND
A700C.CURR1.HIGH
A700C.CURR1.LOW
A700C.CURR2.HIGH
A700C.CURR2.LOW
A700C.A1.HIGH.MV1
A700C.A1.LOW.MV1
D
D
D
D
D
A700C.B4.LOW.MV8
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
/106.E3
/106.E2
Phys.Addr.
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
Typ
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
*70/70
153
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Plug
Phys.Addr.
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
A700C.6
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL
6CYLINDER
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
104
114
/19.E4
VEHICLESIDE
+M
G700
D+
+M
G700
G3~
B+
D+
+M
M700
G3~
B+
1080A
30
WH 1.94
50
M
31
6,6kW
15100A
/104.B6
A700C.6.X1
X1 64
A700C.DI1
D
DYNAMO ( Generator )D+
Ubat
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.B6
2
1
+M
X701.B
X701.S
+M
2
2
+M
X701.B
X701.S
+M
WH 1.94
+M
X700.B
X700.S
+M
29
WH 1.94
WH 0.96
A700C.6.X1
64
WH 0.96
+M
A700C.6
64
A700C.6.X1
+M
X700.B
X700.S
+M
WH AWG14
WL700
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
WL701
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
X1 29
A700C.DO9
D
Starter.KL50
Activation(UBat)
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
STARTER,GENERATOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
105
114
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
OILPRESSURE
+M
B701
BK
BK
1
2
B701.X
IN+
OUT
1
1
GND
3
3
PROJ: 8920980_003
IN+
OUT
12K
0,54,5V
B710.X
/104.B2
X1 33
A700C.AI5.GND
A
Charge air pressure sensor
GND
MOTORECU
X1 61
A700C.AI5.REF3
A
Charge air pressure sensor
SUPPLY(5V)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.B2
X1 49
A700C.AI3
A
Oil pressure sensor
SIGNAL(0,54,5V)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.D2
X1 39
A700C.TI5.GND
WH 0.96
X1 53
A700C.TI5
WATER DETECTOR
GND
MOTORECU
WATER DETECTOR
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
57
53
A700C.6.X1
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
X1 63
A700C.AI3.REF2
A
Oil pressure sensor
Supply(5V)
MOTORECU
39
WH 0.96
63
WH 0.96
X1 35
A700C.AI3.GND
A
Oil pressure sensor
GND
MOTORECU
49
A700C.6.X1
35
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
X1 47
A700C.AI5
A
Charge air pressure sensor
SIGNAL(0,54,5V)
MOTORECU
61
47
WH 0.96
+M
A700C.6
33
A700C.6.X1
WH 0.96
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
B703.X
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
0,54,5V
1
+M
B710
+M
B703
010bar/g
0,54,5bar/a
WATERDETECTOR
X1 57
A700C.POWER.PS1
WATER DETECTOR
SUPPLY(UBat)
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
CHARGEAIRCOOLER
OILPRESSURESWITCH,WATERDETECTOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
106
114
+M
B708
+M
B707
B708.X
B707.X
1
1
B709.X
30130C
2
2
PROJ: 8920980_003
30130C
R
1
+M
A700C.6
/104.D2
+M
A700C.6
/104.D2
X1 37
A700C.TI3.GND
A
COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
GND
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.D2
WH 0.96
50
WH 0.96
X1 51
A700C.TI3
A
COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
36
A700C.6.X1
51
A700C.6.X1
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
X1 52
A700C.TI4
A
FUEL TEMP. SENSPR
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
37
WH 0.96
X1 38
A700C.TI4.GND
A
FUEL TEMP. SENSOR
GND
MOTORECU
52
A700C.6.X1
38
WH 0.96
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
B709
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
30130C
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
FUELTEMPERATURE
X1 36
A700C.TI2.GND
A
AIR INTAKE TEMP. Sensor
GND
MOTORECU
X1 50
A700C.TI2
A
AIR INTAKE TEMP. Sensor
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
FUELTEMPERATURESENSOR
AKTIVEOSCILLATING
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
107
Blatt
von
114
GND
SIGNAL
B713.X
U+
3
3
U+
SIGNAL
B712.X
GND
U+
2
1
PROJ: 8920980_003
SIGNAL
+M
B713
/104.E2
X1 41
A700C.SPEED1.GND
ENGINE SPEED Sensor1
GND
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.E2
X1 40
A700C.SPEED2.GND
ENGINE SPEED Sensor2
GND
MOTORECU
X1 54
A700C.SPEED2
ENGINE SPEED Sensor2
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
WH 0.96
X1 42
A700C.INDEX.GND
X1 56
A700C.INDEX
PHASE SENSOR
GND
MOTORECU
PHASE SENSOR
SIGNAL
MOTORECU
/104.B6
70
56
A700C.6.X1
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
X1 68
A700C.POWER.SPEED2
42
WH 0.96
68
54
WH 0.96
WH 0.96
A700C.6.X1
X1 69
A700C.POWER.SPEED1
40
WH 0.96
X1 55
A700C.SPEED1
69
55
WH 0.96
+M
A700C.6
41
A700C.6.X1
WH 0.96
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
GND
PHASESENSOR
+M
B712
B711.X
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
B711
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
X1 70
A700C.POWER.INDEX
PHASE SENSOR
SUPPLY(12V)
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1,ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2,
PHASESENSOR
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
108
114
INJECTIONPUMP1
+M
Y711
+M
Y713
X2
X1
X2
X1
X2
IPCYLINDER1
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
IPCYLINDER1
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.D6
X1 7
A700C.A2.LOW.MV2
IPCYLINDER2
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
IPCYLINDER2
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.D6
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
X1 21
A700C.A2.HIGH.MV2
20
WH 1.23
A700C.6.X1
WH 1.23
X1 8
A700C.A1.LOW.MV1
/104.D6
A700C.6.X1
X1 22
A700C.A1.HIGH.MV1
21
WH 1.23
+M
A700C.6
22
A700C.6.X1
WH 1.23
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
Y712
PROJ: 8920980_003
INJECTIONPUMP3
INJECTIONPUMP2
X1 20
A700C.A3.HIGH.MV3
X1 6
A700C.A3.LOW.MV3
IPCYLINDER3
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
IPCYLINDER3
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER13
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
109
114
INJECTIONPUMP5
INJECTIONPUMP4
+M
Y714
+M
Y716
X2
X1
X2
X1
X2
IPCYLINDER4
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
IPCYLINDER4
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.E6
X1 3
A700C.B2.LOW.MV6
IP CYLINDER5
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
IPCYLINDER5
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
+M
A700C.6
/104.E6
WH 1.23
WH 1.23
X1 17
A700C.B2.HIGH.MV6
16
WH 1.23
A700C.6.X1
WH 1.23
X1 4
A700C.B1.LOW.MV5
/104.D6
A700C.6.X1
X1 18
A700C.B1.HIGH.MV5
17
WH 1.23
+M
A700C.6
18
A700C.6.X1
WH 1.23
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
Y715
PROJ: 8920980_003
INJECTIONPUMP6
X1 16
A700C.B3.HIGH.MV7
X1 2
A700C.B3.LOW.MV7
EPZYLINDER6
PWM(+)
MOTORECU
EPZYLINDER6
PWM(GND)
MOTORECU
F
Ersteller
Datum
lbhhae0
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
INJECTIONPUMPCYLINDER46
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
110
114
ᑏ
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
ENGINEECU
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
B708
1
VEHICLESIDE
M710<>Y22
1
ENGINESIDE
R710<>R701
X1
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
GENERATOR
PROJ: 8920980_003
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Y711
n1
Y713
X1
Y714
X1
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
1
1
B707
B713
n
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
1
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
B712
OILPRESSURESWITCH
B703
B701
n2
B710
WATERDETECTOR
1
B709
50
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
STARTER
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
X1
Y712
PHASESENSOR
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
X1
B711
INJECTIONPUMP14
G700<>G3
D+
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
Ident.Nr.
STANDBY
AM4CYLINDERENGINE
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
M700<>M1
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
111
114
Zustand
1
1
PROJ: 8920980_003
D
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
n1
3
2
nderung
Datum
1
Name
Y712
Y711
n2
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Datum
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
B713
OILPRESSURESWITCH
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R710<>R701
ᑏ
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Y713
R710
X1
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ENGINESIDE
M710<>Y22
M710
G700
AIRCONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
Y714
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
X1
X1
X1
X1
1
5
6
GENERATOR
GENERALOUTLAYSENSORS
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
G700<>G3
M700<>M1
G700
M700
PHASESENSOR
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
ENGINEECU
INJECTIONPUMP14
A
VEHICLESIDE
ENGINECONTROLUNIT
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR
B
B711
B712
D+
50
STARTER
n
WATERDETECTOR
B701
CHARGEAIRPRESSURE
B703
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
B708
TEMPERATURESENSORFUEL
E
B709
CHARGEAIRTEMPERATURE
B707
F
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
112
114
PLUG
Description
Typ
A700C.AI3.REF2
A700C.AI3
A
A
OILPRESSURESWITCH
OILPRESSURESWITCH
SUPPLY(5V)
SIGNAL(0,54,5V)
X1
X1
63
49
A700C.AI3.GND
A700C.AI4.REF2
A700C.AI4
A700C.AI4.GND
A700C.AI5.REF3
A700C.AI5
A
A
A
A
A
A
OILPRESSURESWITCH
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
CHARGEAIRCOOLER
CHARGEAIRCOOLER
GND
NC
NC
NC
SUPPLY(5V)
SIGNAL(0,54,5V)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
35
62
48
34
61
47
A700C.AI5.GND
A700C.AI6.REF3
A700C.AI6
A
A
A
CHARGEAIRCOOLER
RESERVE
RESERVE
GND
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
33
60
46
A700C.AI6.GND
A700C.AI7.REF4
A700C.AI7
A700C.AI7.GND
A700C.AI8.REF4
A700C.AI8
A
A
A
A
A
A
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
32
59
45
31
58
44
A700C.AI8.GND
A700C.TI2
A700C.TI2.GND
A
A
A
RESERVE
Charge air temperature sensor
Charge air temperature sensor
NC
SIGNAL
GND
X1
X1
X1
30
50
36
A700C.TI3
A700C.TI3.GND
A700C.TI4
A
A
A
SIGNAL
GND
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
51
37
52
A700C.TI4.GND
A700C.POWER.PS1
A700C.TI5
GND
SUPPLY(UBat)
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
38
57
53
A700C.TI5.GND
A700C.POWER.SPEED1
WATERSENSOR
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
GND
SUPPLY(12V)
X1
X1
A700C.SPEED1
A700C.SPEED1.GND
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR1
SIGNAL
GND
X1
X1
39
69
55
A700C.POWER.SPEED2
A700C.SPEED2
A700C.SPEED2.GND
A700C.POWER.INDEX
A700C.INDEX
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
ENGINESPEEDSENSOR2
PHASESENSOR
PHASESENSOR
SUPPLY(12V)
SIGNAL
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
GND
SUPPLY(12V)
SIGNAL
PIN
Phys.Addr.
41
68
54
40
70
56
Type
Description
Sheet
Plug
PIN
A700C.INDEX.GND
A700C.FI1
A700C.FI1.GND
PHASESENSOR
RESERVE
RESERVE
GND
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
A700C.FI2
A700C.FI2.GND
A700C.DI1
RESERVE
RESERVE
GENERATORD+
NC
NC
Ubat
X1
X1
X1
23
25
26
64
STARTER.KL50
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
SELECTION(UBat)
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
29
66
67
43
65
14
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
EPCYLINDER1
EPCYLINDER1
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
28
13
27
9
10
11
12
22
8
A700C.A2.HIGH.MV2
A700C.A2.LOW.MV2
A700C.A3.HIGH.MV3
EPCYLINDER2
EPCYLINDER2
RESERVE
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
NC
X1
X1
X1
21
7
20
A700C.A3.LOW.MV3
A700C.A4.HIGH.MV4
A700C.A4.LOW.MV4
A700C.B1.HIGH.MV5
A700C.B1.LOW.MV5
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
EPCYLINDER3
EPCYLINDER3
NC
NC
NC
PWM(+)
PWM(GND)
X1
X1
X1
X1
X1
6
19
5
18
4
A700C.B2.HIGH.MV6
EPCYLINDER4
PWM(+)
X1
17
A700C.B2.LOW.MV6
A700C.B3.HIGH.MV7
A700C.B3.LOW.MV7
A700C.B4.HIGH.MV8
EPCYLINDER4
RESERVE
RESERVE
RESERVE
PWM(GND)
NC
NC
NC
X1
X1
X1
X1
3
16
2
15
A700C.B4.LOW.MV8
RESERVE
NC
X1
A700C.DO9
A700C.DI9
A700C.DO13
A700C.POWER.PS1
A700C.DI8
A700C.DO8
D
D
D
A700C.DO8.GND
A700C.DO7
A700C.DO7.GND
A700C.CURR1.HIGH
A700C.CURR1.LOW
A700C.CURR2.HIGH
A700C.CURR2.LOW
A700C.A1.HIGH.MV1
A700C.A1.LOW.MV1
D
D
D
D
D
42
24
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
153
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
*70/70
PROJ: 8920980_003
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
Sheet
Phys.Addr.
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
+M
A700C4
F
Ersteller
Datum
Ausgabe
Zustand
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
Ident.Nr.
GENERALOUTLAYMOTORCONTROL
4CYLINDER
4
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
113
114
CODE
LETTER
STABE
CODE
LETTER
S
= SYSTEM
KIND OF EQUIPMENT
DIN EN613462
DENOTATION
EXTRACTED OF DIN 72552
CLAMP
SIGNAL
SIFUSES
UNDER CARRIAGE
REVOLVING STAGE
BOOM
CARRIAGE(CRAWLER CRANE)
MOTOR
Wereserveallrightsinthisdocumentandintheinforma
tioncontainedtherein.Reproduction,useordisclosure
tothirdpartieswithoutexpressauthorityisstrictly
forbidden.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
FrdiesesDokumentunddendarindargestelltenGegen
standbehaltenwirunsalleRechtevor.Vervielfltigung,
BekanntgabeanDritteoderVerwertungseinesInhaltes
sindohneunsereausdrcklicheZustimmungverboten.
LIEBHERRWERKEHINGEN
PROJ: 8920980_003
+ INSTALLATION LOCATION
UNDER CARRIAGE
H
CAB
VEHICLE
SWITCHCABINET
APPROXIMATION,SENSOR,SWITCH
TACHO SENSOR,TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PRESSURE SENSOR,SWITCH,SENSOR
K
D
A
CARRIGE
SWITCHCABINET
MOTOR
Ausgabe
nderung
Datum
Name
Datum
RETURN WIRETOBATTERY,PLUS
VIASWITCH/RELAY(SWITCHED PLUS)
RETURN WIREFROMBATTERIE,
MINUS/GROUNDDIRECT
FUSES,FI,CIRCUIT BREAKER
31b
RETURN WIRETOBATTERY,MINUS/GROUND
VIASWITCH/RELAY(SWITCHEDMINUS)
DYNAMOS,GENERATORS,BATTERIES
LAMPS ,ANNOUNC.
GREY
GRAU
VT
VIOLET
VIOLETT
LB
LIGHTBROWN
BEIGE
7,5
BN
BROWN
BRAUN
10
RD
RED
ROT
15
BU
BLUE
BLAU
YE
YELLOW
GELB
50
30
GN
GREEN
GRN
50e50f
52
TAG SIGNAL
WIPER MOTOR
TRANSDUCER
54
STOPLIGHT
BUZZER,CLAMP,SPEAKERS,CLOCK,
TACHOGRAPH,PRINTER,VOLTMETER,WATTMETER,
54g
55
FOG LAMP
56,a,b,d
HEADLIGHT
57,a,L,R
PARKING LIGHT
58,b,c,d,L,R
LIMITATION,END,LICENSE PLATE
AND DEVICE LIGHTS
61
RESISTORS, DIODES
SWITCH,KEYPAD( WITHOUT DISPLAY),MOUSE
ISOLATOR
FILTER
GY
20
MOTORS
FLASHER UNIT
VALVES
FARBEN
49
53,a,b,c,e,i
COLOURS
ALT
COLOURS
FARBEN
gr
GY
GREY
GRAU
vi
VT
VIOLET
VIOLETT
rs
PK
PINK
ROSA
br
BN
BROWN
BRAUN
rt
RD
RED
ROT
GENERATOR CONTROL
bl
BU
BLUE
BLAU
72
ge
YE
YELLOW
GELB
75
RADIO,CIGARETTE LIGHTER
gn
GN
GREEN
GRN
76
SPEAKERS
sw
BK
BLACK
SCHWARZ
B+,B
BATTERY,PLUS,MINUS
or
OG
ORANGE
ORANGE
D+,D
DYNAMO,PLUS,MINUS
ws
WH
WHITE
WEISS
DF,DF1,DF2
DYNAMO,FIELD,FIELD1,FIELD2
EINSTALLATION LOCATION
Datum
30b
31
INPUTOFBATTERYPLUS,DIRECT
30
CARRIAGE
SWITCHEDPLUSBEHINDBATTERY
(OUTPUT IGNITION[DRIVE]SWITCH)
CAPACITOR
CABIN
15
+ INSTALLATION LOCATION
REVOLVING STAGE / CARRIAGE
Ersteller
Zustand
MOTOR
AKIND OF EQUIPMENT
ZNUMBERING
53
ACONNECTION
30
DonningerJ.
26.03.200716:16
lbhhae0
27.03.2007 09:42
SFUSE
or
30b.F390
FUSE
SIGNAL
+24V.L1
KEYOFSYMBOLS
DINEN613461DINEN613462DINEN60617
WerkBischofshofenGmbH
3
SIGNAL
Ident.Nr.
ZeichNr.
8920980
460901000003
7
F
Anlage
Ort
003
8
Blatt
von
114
114
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
Design
The following components are fitted on the cab rear wall:
- Fuse and relay board
- Voltage converter
- Main electronics (master)
- Input module
- Warning buzzer
- Diagnostic plug
- Optional components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
The electrical and electronic components are mounted under the covering
on the cab rear wall.
4
5
6
7
Voltage transformer T1
Rear wiper motor M3
Relay and fuse board A4
Relay base fixing (optional)
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-1 o f 1
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Design
10.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
F1
F2
F3
10 A terminal 15 reserve
7.5 A terminal 15 left high beam
7.5 A terminal 15 right
high beam
F4 7.5 A terminal 15 left low beam
F5 7.5 A terminal 15 right low beam
F6 3 A terminal 30 left profile light /
parking light
F7 3 A terminal 30 right profile light
/ parking light
F07b 10 A terminal 15 hazard lights
F8 15 A terminal 58 compressor
seat, seat heater*
F8a 10 A terminal 58 interior lighting,
radio, cigarette lighter (X70)
F9 10 A terminal 15 LH control
lever button, air conditioning
keypad, optional keypad
F10 5 A terminal 15 display unit
F11 10 A terminal 15 pressure
switches B32, B28, B3, B3a
F12 20 A terminal 15 reserve
F13 20 A terminal 15 reserve
F14 15 A terminal 15 fuel preheating
F15 10 A terminal 15 S2 LH control
lever; tank pipe sensor; terminal
15 master; engine stop relay;
alternator excitation
F16 40 A terminal 15 (MAXI fuse)
F17 40 A terminal 15 (MAXI fuse)
F18 10 A terminal 15 washer pump,
rear wiper motor
F19 10 A terminal 15 heater, B27
air conditioning
F19A 20 A terminal 30 heater, air
conditioning
F20 15 A terminal 15 front wiper,
washer pump, horn
F21 10 A terminal 15 driving light,
high beam
F22 7.5 A terminal 15 brake lights,
switch illumination
F23 15 A terminal 15 reserve
F24 10 A terminal 15 ignition ON,
engine ECU
F25 10 A terminal 30
flashing beacon
F26 10 A terminal 30 diagnostic plug
F27 10 A terminal 30 profile light /
parking light
F28 10 A terminal 30 reserve
F29 25 A terminal 30 ignition starter
switch relief
F30 15 A terminal 30 voltage
converter, radio, 12 V socket
F31a 10 A terminal 30/15 working
floodlight + double beam,
front left
F31b 10 A terminal 30/15 working
floodlight + double beam,
front right
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-3 o f 3
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
V44
V45
V46
V48
V49
V50
V51
V52
V53
V54
V57
V58
V59
V60
V81
V82
V83
V84
V85
V86
V87
V88
V89
V90
V99
* Options
Function description
Basic function
However, the other electrical and electronic components are powered via the
relay and fuse board.
10.1-4 o f 3
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
The relay and fuse board houses and connects the electrical components.
The relay and fuse board does not have a control function.
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
Fuse test
The fuses on the relay and fuse board are divided into three categories.
- Fuses for power supply from terminal 30
- Fuses for power supply from terminal 15
- Fuses to protect various functions
(e.g. low beam, profile lights / parking light)
Each fuse has an LED and can be tested by pressing the button S1.
The fuse test depends on the electrical status.
Only the fuses of the activated circuit can be tested:
- When the main switch is on (terminal 30) only the LEDs on terminal 30
power supply fuses light up when the button S1 is pressed.
- When the main ignition is on (terminal 15) the LEDs on terminal 30 and
terminal 15 power supply fuses light up when the button S1 is pressed.
- The LEDs to protect the various functions only light up when the
corresponding function is activated.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-5 o f 5
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1.3
Technical data
See section 2.1
The main electronics (master) A15 are located on the cab rear wall.
Design
5
6
7
8
9
Function description
Basic function
The main electronics (master) is the brain of the machine control system.
The application software in the main electronics (master) strictly follows the
following time cycles:
- Fetch all input data from the CAN/external modules
- Perform all calculations in the application software with the input data;
calculate the output data
- Generate output data for connected external/CAN modules, which
convert the commands into actions (for example activating a solenoid
valve via one of the output modules)
Memory card
The application software is stored on the memory card in slot 1 (CF1).
1 128 MB capacity memory card
2 ID no. of memory card including current software
3 Current software INDEX
4 Production date
Each time the system is started up (ignition switched on), the application
software on the memory card in slot 1 (CF1) is tested and (if there are
changes) an update is performed.
128 MB memory card
10.1-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
The main electronics (master) controls and monitors all connected CAN or
external modules.
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
The data on the memory card takes priority. The system cannot be operated
without a memory card.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Status list
Status
Description
On
LED
activation
test
Directly after the main electronics (master) are switched on, an automatic
LED test is performed. The system is started.
Off
Off
Booting
The system is started and waits for all the conditions, such as the presence
of CAN modules in the system, to be met.
Flashes
(1 s on,
1 s off)
Off
Running
Off
Flashes
(0.2 s. on,
0.2 s. off)
Critical
Flashes
(1 s on,
1 s off)
On
CAN
download
On
Flashes
(0.2 s. on,
0.2 s. off)
ALARM
The entire control system has been shut down due to an error with
ALARM priority. The application software is stopped and the machine
cannot be operated.
Flash in time
(0.2 s. on, 0.2 s. off)
FATAL
The entire control system has been shut down due to a fatal error. The
application software is stopped and the machine cannot be operated.
Flash in time
(1 s on, 1 s off)
Power down
The system has been shut down due to a power down command. The
machine cannot be operated.
Power off
The system has been completely shut down. The machine cannot be
operated.
LED B
Green
LED A
Orange
On
Flash alternately
(1 s on, 1 s off)
Off
On
The entire control system has been shut down due to a critical error. The
application software is stopped and the machine cannot be operated.
Download of required software to a CAN module is in progress. The application software has not yet been started. The machine cannot yet be operated.
Flash
Part of the main electronics software is being updated. The machine cannot
programming be operated until this has been completed.
Flash erase
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-7 o f 7
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
Plug assignment
6-pin Deutsch connector
1 Earth (ground)
2 Terminal 15 from fuse F54
3 Unassigned
4 Unassigned
5 Housing earth
6 Terminal 30 from fuse F35
PWR_X connector
8-pin Deutsch connector
1
2
3
4
CAN 4 low
CAN 3 low
CAN 2 low
CAN 1 low
5
6
7
8
CAN 1 high
CAN 2 high
CAN 3 high
CAN 4 high
5
6
7
8
9
Earth (GND)
Standby (DSR)
Transmitter activation (RTS)
Transmission standby (CTS)
Incoming call (RI)
CAN_X connector
9-pin SUB-D connector
Reception signal level (DCD)
Reception data (RXD)
Transmission data (TXD)
Terminal operational (DTR)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
COM4_X connector
1
2
3
4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-9 o f 9
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
10.1.4
Technical data
See section 2.1
The input modules are located under the left cab access and in the cab, and
are arranged as follows:
1 Left rear section
2 Output module 3 A17c (optional)
3 Input module 3 A16c (optional)
4 Input module 1 A16a
5 Output module 2 A17b
6 Output module 1 A17a
Input module 2 A16b in the cab on the rear wall
Module layout
Design
1 Input module
2 Ventilation and bleeder screw
with Goretex membrane
3 Connector
4 Type plate
Function description
The input modules have the following functions:
1 Power supply for switches and sensors
2 Converting analogue and digital signals to CAN bus messages
3 Forwarding the converted signals via CAN bus to the main electronics
(master)
The only difference between the input modules is their address.
The input modules 1 A16a and 2 A16b must be plugged in and operational
for the system to work.
10.1-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Input module
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-11 o f 1 1
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
33 Spare
34 Spare
35 Power supply for inch pedal
angle sensor 1
10.1-12 o f 1 1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Input module 2
connector A16b.X1:
66
67
68
69
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
LED indication
After the ignition is switched on, the following conditions may be shown:
Status
Description
Green LED flashes slowly
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
3 Orange LED
4 Red LED
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-13 o f 1 3
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
Note: If you release the button too quickly, the module is in download mode
for the outer core (orange flashes once, red flashes once). In this case,
switch the module off and try again.
The flashing LEDs indicate the module number (address):
- The green LED flashes to indicate the 100s of the module number
(1x = 100, 2x = 200)
- The orange LED flashes to indicate the 10s of the module number
(1x = 10, 2x = 20)
- The red LED flashes to indicate the 1s of the module number
(1x = 1, 2x = 2)
Example: 1x green, 3x orange, 10x red = 130
All three LEDs briefly flash between each repeat of the number display.
Changing the module number (address):
10.1-14 o f 1 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
Setting after
replacement
Status function
45
No
Yes
46
Yes
Yes
47
Yes
No
Component
10.1.5
Technical data
See section 2.1
The output modules are located under the left cab access and are arranged
as follows:
1 Left rear section
2 Output module 3 A17c (optional)
3 Input module 3 A16c (optional)
4 Input module 1 A16a
5 Output module 2 A17b
6 Output module 1 A17a
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Module layout
Output module
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-15 o f 1 5
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
1 Output module
2 Ventilation and bleeder screw
with Goretex membrane
3 Connector
4 Type plate
Function description
The output modules have the following functions:
- Converting digital input signals (CAN bus messages) from the main
electronics (master) into analogue commands.
- Controlling the consumer units via terminal equipment.
The power supply for the terminal equipment is divided as follows:
- Activation via banks, which consist of 4 terminal devices and have a
single power source (fuse).
- Direct activation from a fuse, where individual terminal devices are
powered directly by a corresponding fuse.
- Indirect activation from a fuse, where individual terminal devices are
powered by a corresponding fuse via an upstream module. This
configuration is required for switching off outputs in safety-critical states.
1
2
3
4
5
Output module 1
connector A17a.X1:
10.1-16 o f 1 6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Spare
Spare
Digital 1 power supply (8 A)
Digital 1 switching output (8 A)
Digital 2 power supply (8 A)
Digital 2 switching output (8 A)
Digital 3 power supply (8 A)
Digital 3 switching output (8 A)
central lubrication M6
38 Digital 4 power supply (8 A)
39 Digital 4 switching output (8 A)
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
out Y17
8 Bank 3 power output for AVG
coupling 1 Y6.1
9 Bank 3 power output for AVG
coupling 2 Y6.2
10 Bank 3 power output for AVG
coupling 3 Y6.3
11 Bank 3 power output for AVG
modulation YMo1
12 Power earth
13 24 V power supply, logical unit
200 mA (reserve)
14 Bank 3 power supply (16 A)
15 Bank 2 power supply (16 A)
16 Logical unit earth
17 Power earth
18 Bank 2 power output for float
position Y18
19 Bank 2 power output for cooling
system fan Y13
20 Bank 2 power output for warning
buzzer H40
21 Bank 2 power output for swivel
restrictor Y57
22 Bank 4 power output for variable
displacement motor 1 YEP1
23 Bank 4 power output for variable
displacement motor 2 YEP2
24 Bank 4 power output for forward
travel direction Y2
25 Bank 4 power output for reverse
travel direction Y3
26 Power earth
27 Spare
28 Bank 4 power supply (16 A)
29 CAN terminating resistor to
CAN_High
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Output module 2
connector A17b.X1:
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-17 o f 1 6
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
Y15a
50 Power earth for travel direction
pump 2 Y2a
51 Power earth for travel direction
pump 2 Y3a
52 Power earth for additional
equipment 1 Y11
53 Power earth for additional
equipment 2 Y12
54 Power earth for reserve back-up
alarm
55 Frequency input 1 reserve
56 Frequency input 2 reserve
57 CAN high input
58 CAN high output
59 Power earth reserve
60 Power earth for emergency
steering relay K11
61 Power earth for fan reversal
Y50
62 Power earth for LFD
63 Power earth for LFD
64 Power earth for joystick
steering, left Y51
65 Power earth for joystick
steering, right Y52
66 Power output for gerotor
steering (2-in-1) Y63
67 Power output for joystick
steering safety valve Y64
68 Power earth reserve
69 Earth for frequency input 1
reserve
70 Earth for frequency input 2
reserve
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
LED indication
10.1-18 o f 1 7
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
3 Orange LED
4 Red LED
After the ignition is switched on, the following conditions may be shown:
Status
Description
Green LED flashes slowly
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-19 o f 1 9
Electrical system
Service Manual
Electrical components
Setting after
replacement
Status function
22
Yes
Yes
21
No
Yes
23
Yes
No
Component
10.1.6
10.1-20 o f 2 0
Preglow relay
Back-up alarm (optional)
100 A main fuse
200 A emergency steering
pump fuse
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Service Manual
Electrical system
Electrical components
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.1-21 o f 2 1
Electrical system
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Electrical components
10.1-22 o f 2 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Electrical system
Battery installation
Design
Battery arrangement
1 Connecting cable from fuses to
consumers
2 Fuses in the rear section
3 Connecting cable from battery to
main switch
4 Connecting cable from main
switch to vehicle earth
5 Main switch
The batteries are installed in the left ballast weight. The two batteries are
connected in series.
The battery main switch S1 is installed in the rear left of the engine compartment and disconnects the battery circuit (-) from the vehicle earth.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
10.2-1 o f 1
Electrical system
Service Manual
Battery installation
10.2.1
Batteries
(ID 6002886, 613203208)
Technical data
See section 2.1
Battery arrangement
1 Battery
2 Back-ignition protection
3 Drip catcher
The battery has a gas escape mechanism and is equipped with back-ignition
protection and a drip catcher.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/21/02/2007
10.2-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11 Transmission
11.0
Chapter contents
11
Transmission..................................................................... 11.0-1
11.0
Transmission.................................................................................11.0-1
11.1
11.2
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.3
11.3.2
Gear pump..........................................................................11.3-5
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.3.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30.01.2007
Transmission
11.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
11.0 Transmission
Design
4 Oil cooler
5 Main electronics (master)
The transmission system consists of the gearbox including the control valve
block, the main electronics (master), the control unit A11, the hydraulic
supply system and the oil cooler.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The gearbox is elastically mounted in the rear section of the wheel loader.
The control valve block is bolted on the gearbox from above.
The main electronics (master) are located on the rear wall of the cab behind
the driver's seat. The control unit A11 is located on the panel in the right of
the cab.
The gear pump which supplies the gearbox with control and lubrication oil is
connected to the wheel drive of the engine. The oil cooler is in the cooling
system between the cab and the engine.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Transmission
11.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Mechanical transmission
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Design
Cross section of the transmission (note: the drive shaft 2 with the coupling 2 is shown turned upwards to make it
easier to see)
1 Transmission housing
2 Variable displacement motor 2
drive shaft
3 Coupling 2
4 Variable displacement motor 1
drive shaft
5
6
7
8
9
10
Coupling 3
Coupling 1
Rear axle drive shaft flange
Oil strainer
Power take-off shaft
Front axle drive shaft flange
11
12
13
14
15
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.1-1 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Mechanical transmission
The gearbox is elastically mounted in the rear section of the wheel loader and
is driven by two variable displacement motors. The motors drive the two input
shafts 2 and 4, which transfer the torque to the coupling sets 3, 5 and 6. The
hydraulically actuated couplings consist of an inside-geared coupling cage, an
outside-geared coupling hub, discs, piston, press plate and return springs.
The outside-geared steel discs and inside-geared friction discs are arranged
alternately. The outside-geared discs are connected to the coupling cage
and the inside-geared discs are connected to the coupling hub in such a way
that they cannot twist. The hub and the friction discs turn freely with the input
shafts when the coupling is not actuated.
When the travel range is shifted, oil is directed from the solenoid valve in the
control valve block 15 through the appropriate duct to the coupling valve. As
soon as the coupling valve is actuated, oil flows through the duct to the
corresponding coupling piston. The oil pressure pushes the piston and discs
against the press plate.
When the steel and friction discs are pressed together, they connect the
coupling cage and hub so that they turn together.
When the coupling is closed, power is transmitted from the oil motor to the
output shaft. The two drive shafts to the front and rear section are connected
to the flanges of the output shaft 7 and 10.
When the coupling is open, the return springs push the coupling piston back.
The oil in front of the piston escapes through the coupling valve and holes in the
coupling piston to the oil sump. The oil sump is fitted in transmission housing 1.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
A pump fitted to the engine draws the gear oil is through pipes out of the
sump. The oil strainer 8 is fitted on the intake port of the oil sump. The gear
oil is pumped back through a filter into the transmission. Some of the oil is
directed through the oil cooler. The cooled oil is pumped to the transmission
lubrication system.
11.1-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Mechanical transmission
Function description
Basic function
1
2
3
4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.1-3 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Mechanical transmission
The 3 gears
1st gear
In first gear, the couplings K1 and K2 are closed. The torques from both
variable displacement motors are used to provide maximum tractive force.
Input shaft 1
The power from motor 1 is transferred directly via the input shaft 1 to the
drive gear of the intermediate shaft 3. The closed coupling K1 transfers the
torque of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
Input shaft 2
The power from motor 2 is transferred via the input shaft 2 to the coupling
K2 and the output gear of the input shaft 2. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
The power of both motors is accumulated in the intermediate shaft 3. The
power flow is shown in the adjacent graph.
2nd gear
In 2nd gear, the coupling K1 is opened and the motor 1 pivots to 0. At the
same time, motor 2 pivots to a wider angle.
Input shaft 1
Motor 1 pivots to 0 and the coupling K1 is opened.
Input shaft 2
The power from motor 2 is transferred via the input shaft 2 to the coupling
K2 and the output gear of the input shaft 2. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.1-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Mechanical transmission
3rd gear
In 3rd gear, the coupling K3 is closed and the coupling K2 is opened. The
full torque is transferred during shifting.
Input shaft 1
The power from motor 1 is transferred via the input shaft 1 and the coupling
K3 to the output gear of the input shaft 1. The power is then transferred via
the output gears of the intermediate shaft 3 to the output shaft 4.
Input shaft 2
After the coupling K3 closes, motor 2 pivots to 0 and the coupling K2 is opened.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.1-5 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Mechanical transmission
11.1-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Electronic control unit
Design
The main electronics (master) are attached to the rear trim of the cab under
a plastic cover and contains a flash card with the current machine software.
Function description
Basic function
The main electronics (master) is the brain of the machine control system.
The main electronics (master) controls and monitors all connected CAN or
external modules.
The application software in the main electronics (master) strictly follows the
following time cycles:
Fetch all input data from the CAN/external modules
Perform all calculations in the application software with the input data;
calculate the output data
Generate output data for connected external/CAN modules, which
convert the commands into actions (for example activating a solenoid
valve via one of the output modules)
A laptop can be connected to the master via a serial interface.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Using the SCULI software, the service engineer can make settings, perform
diagnosis and view operating data in the main electronics.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.2-1 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
8
9
10
11
12
13
Output module 1
Gear shifting solenoid valves
2plus2 gearbox
Output speed sensor
Thermostat
Motor 2 speed sensor
14
15
16
17
18
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
11.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Electronic control unit
A1 - 3
A1 - 2
Tempomat
Neutral
Gearshift strategy
The controller constantly monitors the speed signals and the pump and motor
positions, and selects the most suitable gear in the automatic travel ranges.
The travel ranges can be changed at any speed. If the speed is too high for
the new travel range, the controller slows the machine by changing the
current to the pump and the variable displacement motor(s). When the
speed is appropriate for the new travel range after hydrostatic braking, the
travel range automatically changes.
Control unit A14
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.2-3 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Kick-down
The kick-down function allows manual shifting to first gear. Kick-down
shifting is used in the following situations:
Slowing the machine down when approaching the pile. The kick-down
function hydrostatically brakes the machine, and it shifts down to 1st gear.
Before driving onto a steep slope, you can use the kick-down function to
shift to 1st gear.
When you select the travel direction, the machine drives off in 2nd gear. If
steep terrain prevents this, you can use the kick-down function to shift
straight to 1st gear.
When you press the lick-down button 2 on the LIEBHERR control lever 1,
the machine is automatically hydrostatically braked and is shifted down to
1st gear.
At high travel speeds, the machine automatically shifts to 2nd gear, and then
to 1st gear.
At low travel resistance, 1st gear remains selected for 10 seconds.
During acceleration, the transmission automatically shifts to 2nd gear.
While pushing into the pile, first gear remains selected as long as the
resistance is high.
In kick-down mode, the maximum travel speed is 10 km/h. Kick-down mode
can be deactivated early by pressing the travel direction switch 3.
11.2.2
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The Cannon plug is water- and dust-tight. Five lugs around its circumference
prevent it from being plugged in incorrectly.
11.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Electronic control unit
Plug assignment
11.2.3
Pin
Colour
Function
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
White
Weight
Design
The transmission control valves are actuated by four solenoid valves. These
are installed on the left of the control valve block.
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Basic function
Once a solenoid valve is actuated, its function is triggered by applying
pressure to its associated hydraulic valve.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.2-5 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
11.2.4
Speed sensor
(ID 7009274)
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The input and output speeds of the transmission are recorded by speed
sensors and monitored by the main electronics (master).
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Hydraulic control
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Oil cooler
Bypass valve filter
Pressure relief valve
Safety valve
Cooler bypass valve
Pressure reducing valve
Modulation solenoid valve
Y6.mo
17 Coupling modulation valve 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.3-1 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Hydraulic control
The gear pump 7 draws up oil from the sump via a strainer. The oil sump is
fitted in the transmission housing.
The oil is pushed through the filter 8. The bypass valve 11 protects the filter
from overload. This valve opens at a differential pressure of 4.5 bar.
The hydro accumulator 9 is charged with gear oil.
Some of the oil flows through the pressure reducing valve 15 to the four
solenoid valves. The rest of the oil flows through the gear switching pressure
relief valve 12 to the gear oil cooler 10. The pressure relief valve is set to
203 bar. The pressure relief valve is adjusted using discs. The operating
pressure of the gearbox control unit is measured at the test point P.
The pressure reducing valve 15 reduces the oil pressure for actuating the
coupling valves from 20 to 9 bar.
The bypass valve 14 protects the gear oil cooler from hydraulic overload.
This opens at a differential pressure of 4 bar. Oil not used for lubricating the
couplings flows through the lubricating oil pressure limiting valve 13 to the oil
sump. The lubrication oil pressure limiting valve opens at 4 bar.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
11.3-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Transmission
Hydraulic control
11.3.1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Design
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.3-3 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Hydraulic control
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 Coupling valve 2
8 Coupling 2 solenoid valve Y6.2
9 Modulation solenoid valve
Y6.mo
10 Canon plug
11 Coupling 1 solenoid valve Y6.1
12 Coupling 3 solenoid valve Y6.3
13
14
15
16
17
Coupling valve 3
Coupling valve 1
Separator plate
Separator plate
Control valve block housing
Function description
Basic function
The control valve block directs oil to the various consumers in the
transmission. Some are hydrostatically controlled, others electrohydrostatically. The oil pressure, cooling and lubrication are hydraulically
controlled. The couplings and the pressure modulation are electrohydraulically controlled.
The solenoid valves receive control impulses from the main electronics
(master). The solenoid valves open and direct the pressure oil to the valve of
the actuated coupling and control the pressure modulation.
Shifting gears
The illustration here shows the two modulation valves (the sectional view of
the control valve block only shows one modulation valve).
The modulation valve 2 for coupling 2 is held in place by the plug 1. Position 3
is the solenoid valve Y6.mo for the modulation. Component 4 is the
modulation valve for coupling 1 and 3.
Pressure modulation is required for smooth gear shifting.
When a gear is selected, oil is directed to the corresponding coupling valve.
The coupling valve is actuated and the oil flows unchecked through the
modulation valve and the coupling valve into the coupling. This is called the
rapid fill phase.
During the rapid fill phase, the coupling pads should be quickly brought into
contact, but without the coupling closing. This accelerates the shifting process.
A few milliseconds after the solenoid valve shifts a gear, the modulation valve
is energised and the oil is directed via a restrictor to the coupling. The oil flow
to the coupling is metered, and the pressure in the coupling accumulates
slowly and in a controlled manner. This is called the modulation phase.
11.3-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Transmission
Hydraulic control
3 Modulation phase
4 Shifting complete
The above graph shows how the pressure changes during a gearshift. The
complete shifting operation only takes around 200 milliseconds, and can
therefore not be recorded using conventional test equipment.
11.3.2
Gear pump
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Snap ring
Shaft seal ring
Flange
Seals
5
6
7
8
Bearing bushings
Gears
Housing
Housing cover
The gear pump is attached to the front of the engine. It is driven at a set ratio
via the spur gear transmission of the engine.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
11.3-5 o f 6
Transmission
Service Manual
Hydraulic control
Function description
Basic function
The gear pump draws up oil from the transmission. Depending on the speed,
the oil flows from the transmission control valve block.
Pressure cut-off
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
A pressure relief valve in the transmission control valve block protects the
system from excess pressure.
11.3-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.2
12.3
12.3.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.3.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The axle consists of the differential with the tapered gear and self-locking
differential 2, as well as the planetary drive in the wheel hub 4. The wheel hub
also contains the service brake, which is a wet disc brake. The axle casing 1
contains the tapered roller bearing for the wheel hubs.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.1-1 o f 6
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12.1-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Half shaft
Axle shaft housing
Housing cover
Differential housing
Bevel gear
Pressure rings
Compensating tapered gear
8
9
10
11
12
13
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.1-3 o f 6
Service Manual
6
7
8
9
Pressure rings
Compensation axle
Compensating tapered gear
Disc brakes
Self-locking function
The disc brakes 9 on the left and right of the axle tapered gears 5 counteract
the relative movement between the axle tapered gear 5 and the differential
housing 3 with a braking force proportional to the rotary speed. This braking
torque has a blocking action and increases the torque on the side with a firm
hold on the ground. The braking torque thus compensates for the insufficient
support from the side with poor hold.
The disc brake consists of outer discs which are mounted in the differential
housing and of non-twisting inner discs linked to the axle tapered gears.
12.1-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The axle input shaft 1 determines the average speed of the two power takeoff shafts 4 via the crown wheel 2. The crown wheel drives the differential
housing 3 and thus the four facing compensation tapered gears 8 of the
differential. These rest on the tooth faces of the adjacent axle tapered gears
5 and thus drive the output shafts 4. The compensation tapered gears 8
have a balancing function and turn about their own axes to compensate for
various wheel torques. The speed reduction of one wheel is compensated by
the increased speed of the other wheel.
Service Manual
Wheel flange
Brake housing
Brake piston
Brake piston seals
Brake piston return springs
The service brake is a wet disc brake fitted in the wheel hubs. When
pressure oil acts on the brake piston 3 the outer and inner discs 8 press
against the limit stop of the ring gear 9. The inner discs mesh with the
planetary carrier 10 so that they cannot slip. The outer discs mesh with the
brake housing 2 and remain stationary. When the discs press together, the
wheel torque is taken up by the brake housing.
When it is not actuated, the brake piston 3 is held back by the return springs 5.
The brake discs lose contact and the drag torque is minimised.
Wheel fastening
The wheels are fastened onto the flanges of the wheel hubs by wheel nuts.
They are centred by the spherical collar nuts.
Axle lubrication
The axle has a shared oil system. This means the oil chambers in the
differential and the wheel hubs are connected. Oil drain plugs are fitted on
the wheel hubs and differential housing.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The differential and the wheel hubs are always filled and the level checked
using the filler screw on the differential housing
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.1-5 o f 6
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.1-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
3 Wheel hub
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The axle consists of the differential with the tapered gear and self-locking
differential 1, as well as the planetary drive in the wheel hub 3. The wheel
hub also contains the service brake, which is a wet disc brake. The axle
casing 2 contains the tapered roller bearing for the wheel hubs.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.2-1 o f 6
Service Manual
6
7
8
10
Sun gear
Press plate
Hub
Double seal ring with supports
and O-rings
11 Axle
12 Axle casing
13 Seal holder
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
1
2
3
4
5
12.2-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Groove nut
Shims
Housing cover
Differential holder
Differential housing
Crown wheel
Pressure ring
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Seal screw
Axle tapered gears
Brake discs
Central element
Bevel gear
Tapered gear seal
Grease seal
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Pressure disc
V sealing ring
Tapered gear nut
Drive flange
Seal cartridge
O-ring
Wear sleeve
12.2-3 o f 6
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
These are the basic functions of the axle:
Increasing and transferring the drive torque
Transferring the vertical device forces to the wheels
The gear output torque is transmitted via the drive shaft to the axle input
shaft. The torque is increased to the wheel torque by the ratio of the tapered
gear in the differential housing and that of the planetary drives in the wheel
hubs. The input speed is reduced to the wheel speed accordingly.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The vertical operating load of the machine is transmitted from the rear section
via the screwed connection to the axle casing. The axle casing transmits this
load to the wheel hubs so that the machine is supported by the wheels.
12.2-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Self-locking function
The disc brakes 7 on the left and right of the axle tapered gears 8 counteract
the relative movement between the axle tapered gear 8 and the differential
housing 2 with a braking force proportional to the rotary speed. This braking
torque has a blocking action and increases the torque on the side with a firm
hold on the ground. The braking torque thus compensates for the insufficient
support from the side with poor hold.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The disc brake consists of outer discs which are mounted in the differential
housing and of non-twisting inner discs linked to the axle tapered gears. The
spreading force is generated by the transfer of the differential torque from
the two pressure rings 4 to the compensation axles 5, which are loosely
guided on diagonal surfaces. It produces a load-dependent locking torque in
the disc brakes, which is always in equal proportion to the input torque. This
ratio, expressed as a percentage, is called the locking value.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.2-5 o f 6
Service Manual
4 Inner discs
5 Return springs
6 Brake piston
The service brake is a wet disc brake fitted in the axle casing. When
pressure oil acts on the brake piston 6 the outer discs 3 and inner discs 4
press against the retainer plate 3. The inner discs mesh with the axle and
turn along at high speed with the drive shaft. The outer discs 3 mesh with
the axle housing 1 and remain stationary. When the discs press together,
the wheel torque, reduced by the ratio of the planetary final drive, is taken up
by the axle housing.
When it is not actuated, the return springs 5 push back the brake piston 6.
The brake discs lose contact and the braking torque is minimised.
The wheels are fastened onto the flanges of the wheel hubs by wheel nuts
with rotating cups.
Axle lubrication
The axle has a shared oil system. This means the oil chambers in the
differential and the wheel hubs are connected. Oil filler and drain plugs are
fitted on the wheel hubs and differential housing.
12.2-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Wheel fastening
Service Manual
Design
Flange
Universal joint
Shaft driver
Hub liner
5
6
7
8
Connector tube
Pin driver
Universal joint
Flight ring
9 Universal joint
10 Flange
The drive shaft has one universal joint at the output of the transmission, a universal joint at the input of the front axle and a slider to compensate the length.
Function description
Function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The drive shaft transfers the torque from the transmission to the front axle.
The universal joints at either end of the drive shaft allow it to compensate the
angle between the drive and the power take-off. The angle needs to be
compensated due to the articulated steering. The universal joint and
connector tube can be displaced axially to mesh together. This compensates
the length. Tolerances in assembly and slight movements during operation
make this necessary.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12.3-1 o f 6
Service Manual
Drive shafts
12.3.2
Design
4 Hub liner
5 Connector tube
6 Pin driver
7 Universal joint
8 Flange
The drive shaft is equipped with two universal joints and a slider.
Function description
Function
The drive shaft transfers the torque from the transmission to the rear axle.
The universal joints at either end of the drive shaft allow it to compensate the
angle between the drive and the power take-off. The universal joint and
connector tube can be displaced axially to mesh together.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
12.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.2
13.3
13.4
Articulation lock.............................................................................13.4-1
13.5
Ballast weight................................................................................13.5-1
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
13.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
3 Oscillating bearing
4 Articulation bearing
Function description
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Basic function
The machine frame transfers the forces of the lift arms to the axles. The
frame carries all the most important components of the machine, such as the
engine, cab and transmission.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.1-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Machine frame
13.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
2 Rear section
3 Articulation bearing
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
1
2
3
4
5
Pressure flange
Cylinder screw
Bushing
Bearing cover
Shims
6
7
8
9
10
Swivel bearing
Cone tension element
Shaft seal ring
Cylinder screw
Bearing pin
Function description
Basic function
The articulation bearing connects the front and rear sections. It allows
steering of the machine by articulating the machine frame to the left or right.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.2-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Articulation bearing
13.2-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
3 Oscillating bearing
1
2
3
4
5
Pressure flange
Cylinder screw
Bushing
Bearing cover
Shims
6
7
8
9
10
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Swivel bearing
Cone tension element
Shaft seal ring
Cylinder screw
Bearing pin
13.3-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Oscillating bearing
13.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Articulation lock
1 Locking bar
2 Pin
3 Spring clip
Function description
Basic function
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
The articulation lock arrests the articulated joint of the machine. This means
the steering is blocked, for example when transporting the machine.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.4-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Articulation lock
13.4-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
The ballast weight consist of two parts. They are bolted on the left and right
sides on the back of the rear section.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
13.5-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/26/01/2007
Ballast weight
13.5-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2
14.2.2
14.2.3
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Function description
Basic function
The two central lubricating rails are for lubricating points which are difficult
to access.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.1-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
The central lubrication pump is located under the left cab access.
The distributors are arranged centrally to the respective lubrication points.
The central lubrication pump and the progressive distributors provide the
specified quantity of grease to the connected lubrication points.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2-1 o f 1 0
Service Manual
Valid for:
5 6x secondary
progressive distributor
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Valid for:
L566 - 460 / from 14171; L576 - 457 / from 14171; L580 - 459 / from 14171;
5 6x secondary
progressive distributor
Function description
Progressive lubrication
The automatic central lubrication system is a progressive system. It
lubricates progressively, i.e. all lubricating points in succession.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
The main distributor is fitted with an inductive switch, which signals the
lubrication cycles to the main electronics (master).
Overall system
The electrically powered central lubrication pump pumps the grease to the
main progressive distributor, which distributes it to the secondary progressive distributors. The secondary progressive distributors pump the grease to
the lubrication points. The main electronics (master) control the lubrications
cycles and pauses of the central lubrication pump.
Safety function
The pressure relief valve on the central lubrication pump monitors lubrication. If a lubrication point receives no grease from the distributor, the
progressive distributor is blocked. The pressure in the central lubricating
system increases. If the pressure rises above the permitted limit, grease
escapes from the pressure relief valve. During this time, there are no
impulses (lubrication cycles) for the main electronics (master).
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2-3 o f 1 0
Service Manual
If the lubrication cycles are not performed in a specified time, the main
electronics (master) switch off the lubrication system. The driver is notified
by the flashing LEDs on the central lubrication button and a service code.
14.2.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
14.2-4 o f 1 0
DC motor
Pump housing
Cam
Level sensor (inductive)
Transparent reservoir
Agitator
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
7
8
9
10
11
Strainer
Transfer piston
Check valve
Pressure relief valve
Pressure ring
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Function description
Pump action
A DC motor 1 continually drives the cam 3 with a pressure ring 11.
The cam raises and lowers the transfer piston 8. This provides the suction and
pumping action of the transfer piston. The built-in check valve 9 prevents the
pumped medium from being sucked back out of the main supply line.
The agitator 6 pushes the lubricant out of the transparent reservoir 5 through
a strainer 7 to the pump housing 2. This eliminates air bubbles in the grease.
Filling
The reservoir can be filled via the tapered grease fitting using a standard
lubrication pump or via the rapid fill coupling using the grease gun.
Safety function
The pressure relief valve 10, which is set to 280 bar, prevents excess pressure
in the line system.
14.2.2
Design
The progressive distributors are manufactured with variable discs. The
advantage of this is that the distributors can be extended or reduced according
to the number of lubrication points.
The flow per stroke depends on the piston diameter. The progressive
distributor needs at least three pumping elements in order to work properly.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2-5 o f 1 0
Service Manual
4 Middle element
5 Inductive switch for
lubrication cycles
6 Inductive switch LED
7 End element
4 Connecting line
5 Dummy plug
6 End element
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
14.2-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
I - III Pistons
When the distributor is blocked, lubricant flows out of the pressure relief
valve on the central lubrication pump.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2-7 o f 1 0
Service Manual
14.2.3
Function description
Basic function
The central lubrication pump EP-1 is regulated by the main electronics (master).
It is operated via CAN bus from the control unit to the main electronics
(master) and output module 1 A17a.
6
7
8
9
If the ignition is switched off or the parking brake is engaged, the main
electronics (master) stop lubrication. The remaining cycles are stored and after
the engine is started or the parking brake released, lubrication is continued at
the point where it was interrupted.
14.2-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
The feedback from the grease level sensor 2 and the lubrication cycle
inductive switch 9 comes via the input module 2 A16b to the main
electronics (master).
Service Manual
Non-scheduled lubrication
Using the central lubrication system button, you can perform non-scheduled
lubrication at any time when the ignition is switched on, even when the
parking brake is engaged (with the set lubrication and cycle time).
The pump motor switches off after the set number of cycles and the set
cycle time begins.
Lubrication sequences
A Lubrication (cycles)
1 Light-duty lubrication sequence
2 Medium-duty lubrication
sequence
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
14.2-9 o f 1 0
Service Manual
2 Quick coupling
3 Grease fitting
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Grease specifications: see the section on lubricants and fuels in the maintenance chapter.
14.2-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15 Covering, access
15.0
Chapter contents
15
15.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
15.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Covering, access
15.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Covering, access
Covering
15.1
Covering
Design
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Covering components
1 Front left and right mud guards
2 Cooler hood
3 Rear left and right mud guards
4 Engine hood
5 Rear section
6 Rear lower covering
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15.1-1 o f 6
Covering, access
Service Manual
Covering
2 Front section
The two front mud guards 1 are each fastened with three bolts to the front
section 2.
The two rear mud guards 1 and 3 are each fastened with two bolts to the
access, the rear section 2 and the ballast weight.
15.1-2 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Covering, access
Covering
4 Rear section
5 Cooler panel
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The engine hood 2 is fastened to the cooler support 1 with two screws. The
hood can be lifted up with the aid of two gas-filled springs. The rear cover 3
is fastened to the rear section of the machine 4 with four bolts.
3 Hinge
The cover 2 is fastened to the underside of the rear section 1 with four bolts
and can be opened downward via the hinge 3.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15.1-3 o f 6
Covering, access
Service Manual
Covering
3 Hinge
The cover 1 is fastened to the underside of the rear section 2 with four bolts
and can be opened downward via the hinge 3.
1 Cooler hood
2 Cooler support
3 Cooler panel
The cooler hood 1 is fastened with one bolt each to the cooler support 2 and
the cooler panel 3.
15.1-4 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Cooler hood
Service Manual
Covering, access
Covering
Cover
1 Plastic lid
2 Front section
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The plastic lid 1 is fastened with four bolts to the front of the front section 2.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15.1-5 o f 6
Covering, access
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
Covering
15.1-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Covering, access
Cab access
15.2
Cab access
The handrails on the cab access help you get in and out of the cab and
protect you from falling off.
Design
Cab access
1 Cab access
2 Tool box
The left side of the cab access 1 is fastened to the rear section with three
bolts. The bottom rung is connected by two rubber brackets to the access. The
underside of the cab access is designed to leave space for the input and output modules, and for the electric central lubrication pump (special equipment).
A toolbox 2 is welded between the steps.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The handrails 3 are each fastened to the access and wheel box with
four screws.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
15.2-1 o f 2
Covering, access
Service Manual
Cab access
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/30/01/2007
The cab access is fastened to the rear section with three bolts. The wheel
box handrail is fastened with two bolts each to the access and rear mud
guard. The cab access handrail is fastened to cab access with two bolts.
15.2-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1.1
16.1.2
16.1.3
16.1.4
16.1.5
16.1.6
16.1.7
16.2
16.2.2
Blower.................................................................................16.2-3
16.3
16.3.2
Condenser ..........................................................................16.3-5
16.3.3
16.3.4
16.3.5
Evaporator ..........................................................................16.3-9
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
16.3.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
16.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Radio speaker
Sun visor
Interior lights with switch
Interior mirror
Radio compartment
Heater/ventilation/air-conditioning outlet nozzles (9 in total)
7 Inch/brake pedal with
angle sensor
8 Steering column switch
9 Adjustable steering column with
steering wheel
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Socket/cigarette lighter
Ashtray
Ignition switch
Adjustable arm rest
Mechanical service hours counter
Diagnostic plug
Glove compartment
Fuse box
Drivers seat
16.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
Function description
ROPS/FOPS strength
The driver's cab complies with the ROPS/FOPS regulations.
ROPS (Roll Over Protective Structure) takes into account mechanical rigidity
in the event of the machine rolling over.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) governs the rigidity of the cab
when object fall onto it.
16.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
Instrument panel
1 Electrical control unit A18
2 Main control unit CAN bus A11
3 Air conditioning control unit CAN
bus A22
16.1.1
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Design
The display unit A13 consists of:
LCD indicators
Symbol fields
Segment displays
The LCD display 21 contains segment displays for:
Clock
Service codes
Engine speed
Service hours
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-1 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
16.1-2 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Service Manual
Function description
Plug assignment
Connector A13.X1
6
7
8
9
Earth
Unassigned
+5 V terminal 1
Indicator signal
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
1
2
3
4
5
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-3 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
16.1.2
Design
The controls consist of the following units:
Electric control unit A18 - controlled via digital connection
Main function control unit A11 - controlled via a CAN bus
Air conditioning control unit A22 - controlled via a CAN bus
Option control unit A19 - controlled via a CAN bus. With strip inserts to show
the various symbols.
Backlit membrane keypads with buttons (function symbol and LEDs)
16.1-4 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Service Manual
Basic function
The control units operate the various machine functions.
The control units are connected via CAN bus and digitally to the main
electronics (master) A15 and the relay and fuse board A4.
The control unit A18 works as soon as the main switch is turned on (terminal
30). The buttons and switches can be programmed.
The control units A11, A19 (optional) and A22 work when the ignition is turned
on (terminal 15). The control units must be set to the correct CAN bus address.
Function test
When the ignition is turned on, all the LEDs light up for the duration of the test.
If there is a fault or failure in a module (CAN bus module) the LEDs remain lit
after the test (safety-critical condition). In this case, the system cannot be
started up.
(See section 10.1.3 on the main electronics (master) A15).
16.1.3
Function test
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
When the ignition is turned on, all the LEDs light up for the duration of the test.
If there is a fault or failure in a module (CAN bus module) the LEDs remain lit
after the test (safety-critical condition). In this case, the system cannot be
started up.
(See section 10.1.3 on the main electronics (master) A15).
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-5 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector A11/X1
16.1.4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Plug assignment
Deutsch / 12-pin male (electrical function control)
1
2
3
4
5
16.1.5
7
8
9
10
11
12
CAN_High 2
CAN_Low 2
120 terminating resistor
Unassigned
Unassigned
Unassigned
16.1-6 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Connector A22/X1
Service Manual
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for each
machine: Operating the control units.
NOTE: when replacing or installing a new option control unit A19, it must
be addressed.
The address is required in order to identify CAN bus messages.
Plug assignment
Connector A19/X1
7
8
9
10
11
12
CAN_High 2
CAN_Low 2
120 terminating resistor
Unassigned
Unassigned
Unassigned
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Setting after
replacement
Status
function
97
No
Yes
93
No
No
94
Yes
No
Component
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-7 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
16.1.6
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
4 - cannot
be changed
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Button
16.1-8 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Description
Function
available with
terminal 30
Action when
terminal 15 is
turned off
Action when
terminal 15 is
turned on
NO
OFF
OFF
NO
OFF
ON
NO
OFF
Restore state
when terminal 15 is
turned off
YES
YES
OFF
No reaction (terminal
30 state remains)
YES
OFF
ON
YES
OFF
Restore state
when terminal 15 is
turned off
Press the button to switch the current mode (increase number by one,
return to lowest number after highest). The LEDs immediately indicate the
altered mode.
After a button is pressed to change the mode, the new configuration is immediately stored in the EEPROM. If no button is pressed within 30 seconds
or terminal 15 is switched off, the keypad returns to normal mode.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Mode
LED 1
LED 2
LED 3
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-9 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector A18/X1
Connector A18/X2
7
8
9
10
11
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.1-10 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
16.1.7
Design
Function description
Basic function
When the electrical system is switched on, the automatic travel range A1-3
is selected and the travel drive is set to neutral N.
Both are indicated by the LC display (H34) and the symbol field N (H32).
The travel direction switch 5 must be moved to neutral N after the parking
brake is released before a travel direction can be preselected.
The solenoid valves for forward and reverse travel direction can only be activated after the parking brake is released.
The travel direction is shifted to neutral by closing the parking brake or
shifting the travel direction switch to neutral N (middle position).
Kick-down shifting
Briefly touch the Up button 2 to trigger the command to shift to 1st gear.
The gear can shift up 10 seconds after the kick-down button is released.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.1-11 o f 1 2
Service Manual
Instrument panel
Plug assignment
Connector S2
12-pin Deutsch
7 Kick-down switching signal
8 Kick-down power supply (+) F9
9 Additional equipment power
supply (+) F9
10 Additional equipment switching
signal
11 Additional equipment power
supply (+) F9
12 Additional equipment
switching signal
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.1-12 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
The driver's cab is equipped with a hot water heater and an air conditioning system.
Optionally, automatic air conditioning is available.
The intake air is filtered through three serviceable dry filter cartridges and
directed to the adjustable air flow nozzles in the cab through the heating/air
conditioning unit.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Design
Heater/air conditioner
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.2-1 o f 4
Service Manual
16.2.1
Design
16.2-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
12 Water valve
13 Head area ventilation
connection
14 Footwell ventilation connection
15 Middle ventilation connection
16 Front and side window
ventilation connection
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
Service Manual
Function description
How the heater works
The heating and air conditioning control electronics (A21) are connected via
CAN bus to the heating/air conditioning control unit.
The heat exchanger is supplied with hot water from the engine cooling system.
It is regulated using an electrically controlled water valve.
The water valve controls the heating power.
The intake air can be controlled using the fresh/recirculated air flap.
The airflow is regulated using the various blower speed levels on the heating/
air conditioning system.
When the air conditioning is in automatic mode, the speed levels are
automatically controlled by the heating/air conditioning control electronics.
Flap control
The driver can set the flaps manually as required, using the heating/air conditioning control unit.
When the air conditioning is in automatic mode, the flaps are automatically
controlled by the heating/air conditioning control electronics.
16.2.2
Blower
The blower is part of the heating and ventilation unit.
Design
The blower is a 6-speed radial fan for ventilation, heating and air conditioning in the cab.
Function description
Basic function
The blower sucks air (axial intake) 4 through the fresh/recirculated air
duct and blows it out of the radial outlet 5 to the evaporator and through the
heat exchanger.
The air flow is regulated by changing the blower speed.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
It is operated and regulated using the air conditioning control unit. At level 0
the blower is switched off. Level 6 is maximum air flow.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.2-3 o f 4
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30.01.2007
16.2-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.3-1 o f 1 0
Service Manual
Function description
Basic cooling function
8 Heater/air conditioning
control electronics
9 Temperature sensors
10 Condensation tray
11 Evaporator
12 Blower
13 Expansion valve
a
b
c
d
The air conditioning compressor 1 draws in the refrigerant in gas form and
increases its energy level (pressure and thermal energy).
The cooled refrigerant liquefies. This change of state further reduces the
energy in it.
The refrigerant, which still has bubbles in it, passes into the dryer collector
unit 6, where it is filtered and dried, and then, with the bubbles removed,
through the rising pipe to the expansion valve 13 on the evaporator.
The liquid, pressurised refrigerant is sprayed through the expansion valve 13
into the depressurised evaporator 11.
16.3-2 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
This allows the refrigerant to expand. The expansion reduces the pressure
energy in the refrigerant and very quickly cools the evaporator.
The evaporator 11 is exposed to hot air from the cab and transfers the
heat to the refrigerant. This thermal exchange cools the cab air and heats
the refrigerant.
The heated refrigerant evaporates and turns to gas. This change of state
requires additional energy from the (warm) evaporator, which further
reduces the temperature.
Temperature regulation
The temperature is regulated by the cyclical activation and deactivation of
the magnetic coupling 2 of the air conditioning compressor during operation,
or by mixing hot air from the heater, as for example in defrost mode.
The frequency of switching is controlled by the temperature sensors in the
evaporator and the program in the heating/air conditioning control electronics (see the technical data).
The temperature is also regulated at the expansion valve. The pressure and
temperature are recorded at the evaporator outlet and the injection quantity
is precisely metered.
These monitoring elements prevent the evaporator from icing up.
Defrost mode
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
When the windows are misted up, the cab air must be dried. This is done by
operating the air conditioning and the heater at the same time. The cab air
can absorb more moisture when it is heated. The air flowing past the cool
evaporator releases the moisture in the form of condensation.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.3-3 o f 1 0
Service Manual
16.3.1
Design
Intake connection
Discharge connection
Oil filler plug
Magnetic coupling
5
6
7
8
Swash plate
Piston
Outlet valve
Inlet valve
Basic function
The refrigerant compressor acts as a pump which draws in the gaseous refrigerant from the evaporator, compresses it and pumps it to the condenser.
It is bidirectional, which means that the refrigerant compressor can be used
for both directions of rotation.
16.3-4 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Function description
Service Manual
Magnetic coupling
The pulley runs freely on the compressor shaft and is permanently driven by
the V-ribbed belt.
The power transmission between the pulley and the compressor shaft is
controlled by a magnetic coupling 4.
This is activated by the temperature switch in the evaporator or the pressure
switch on the dryer collector unit.
By periodic activation of the compressor, the evaporator is kept at a temperature of between +1 C (uncoupling) and +4 C (coupling), this preventing
the air conditioning unit from icing up.
If the pressure rises above 24 bar or below 2 bar on the pressure side of the
compressor, it is also uncoupled.
16.3.2
Condenser
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
4 Condenser
5 Cleaning access cover
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.3-5 o f 1 0
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
The forced ventilation condenser directs the heat output of the refrigeration circuit to the ambient air and in the process condenses the
gaseous refrigerant.
When the air conditioning system is switched on, the cooling system fan
speed is automatically increased.
16.3.3
Design
The dryer collector unit is located under the left cab access.
It is connected to the outlet of the condenser and the intake of the evaporator.
Function description
Basic function
The refrigerant, which is cooled but still has bubbles in it, passes from the
condenser to the dryer collector unit.
The circulation pressure forces the refrigerant inside through the filter element 3 and the dryer granules 4.
The bubbles are removed from the refrigerant and it passes through the
rising pipe 2 to an outlet port connected by a hose to the expansion valve of
the evaporator.
16.3-6 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Service Manual
Sight glass
Sight glass
1 White filling level bead
The sight glass is located in the upper third of the dryer collector unit.
The sight glass has the following purposes:
Checking when filling the system
Checking the refrigerant level during operation
Checking the moisture content of the refrigerant
Checking contamination of the refrigerant circuit
Sight glass functions
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
In this case the system must be completely drained and evacuated. The oil
in the compressor must also be replaced. The entire dryer collector unit must
be replaced too.
Checking contamination of the refrigerant circuit
A sudden change of colour in the sight glass indicates a problem in the
system. A change in colour is normally caused by overheating in the
refrigerant circuit. This is normally due to internal or external contamination.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.3-7 o f 1 0
Service Manual
16.3.4
Pressure switch
(ID 10014164)
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
Dryer
1 Pressure switch
The pressure switch is attached to the dryer collector unit in the air conditioning circuit.
Function description
Basic function
The pressure switch monitors the pressure in the cooling circuit. It deactivates
the magnetic coupling and therefore the compressor if the pressure is too low
or too high.
This prevents the compressor from running dry if there is too little refrigerant
(insufficient pressure).
16.3-8 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Deactivation is also necessary when the pressure is too high. This prevents
damage to components in the system.
Service Manual
16.3.5
Evaporator
Technical data
See section 2.1
Design
The evaporator is fitted in the heater/air conditioner and is part of the refrigerant circuit. The heating/air conditioning unit is housed in the right side of
the cab.
Function description
Basic function
The evaporator is a heat exchanger which cools the cab air.
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
16.3-9 o f 1 0
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/03.2006/en/hd/30/01/2007
16.3-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.2
Pin bearing....................................................................................17.2-1
Standard bearing ................................................................17.2-1
17.2.2
Bucket bearing....................................................................17.2-2
17.2.3
17.2.4
17.2.5
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.3
17.2.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.1-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
4 Bucket return-to-dig
proximity switch
5 Tilt cylinder
6 Bucket arm
7 Lift cylinder
8 Bucket stops
9 Bucket bearing
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
The lift arms are fitted on the front section of the machine. The lift arms are
designed with Z-bar kinematics. This means that the tilt cylinder, linkage and
connecting link form a Z shape. The Z shape can be seen from the right
side. Parallel load movement is not guaranteed with lift arms with Zkinematics. Two lift cylinders and a tilt cylinder are attached to the lift arms.
Z kinematics
The lift arms are bolted to the front section via the bucket arm bearings and
the cylinder bearings on the base of the cylinder. The bearing points on the lift
arms have seals to protect them against dirt and corrosion. The lift cylinders
are mounted at the piston rod end on the bucket arm and at the cylinder base
end on the front section. The tilt cylinder is mounted at the piston rod end on
the linkage and at the cylinder base end on the front section.
The mechanical bucket return-to-dig device is mounted on the tilt cylinder.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.1-1 o f 2
Service Manual
Lift arm
Function description
Basic function
Movements of the bucket arm
The lift arms bear and move the attached equipment or implement.
Bucket movement
The bucket is tilted in or out by extending or retracting the tilt cylinder.
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
You can find details on this in the section on the working hydraulics.
17.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Standard bearing
Design
The standard bearings on the lift arms have a pin bearing seal.
The following section describes the standard bearing sealing on the lift arms.
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
1 Bucket arm
2 Grease fitting
3 Front section
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.2-1 o f 8
Service Manual
Pin bearing
17.2.2
Bucket bearing
Design
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
1 Bucket arm
2 Grease fitting
3 Bucket bearing plate
17.2-2 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Function description
Basic function
The bucket base and bushings are protected from corrosive or abrasive
material by a special radial sealing ring. If this material penetrates the
bearing it can increase wear and enlarge the play. If the bearing is loose, the
friction will cause increased wear despite lubrication.
The radial seal is installed on both sides of the bushing between the bucket
arm and bearing plates. The radial seal is held in place by the bearing pin.
The steel ring is positioned parallel to the contact faces of the bucket arm
and bearing plate and prevents the lip seal ring from being damaged by the
forces acting on the bucket bearing.
Axial clearance between the bearing journals of the bucket arm and the bearing
plate ensures that the bearing moves smoothly and is perfectly sealed.
17.2.3
Extractor hammer
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Procedure
Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
Screw the round rod into the extractor thread of the pin.
Push the hammer onto the rod and tighten the nuts.
Remove the retaining screw.
Knock out the pin.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.2-3 o f 8
Service Manual
Pin bearing
17.2.4
Welding processes
Procedure
Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
Remove the pin as described in 17.2.3.
Start the machine and drive in reverse.
Drive the machine to a suitable place for repairs.
Slightly raise the lift arms and securely support them.
Switch off the engine and pull out the key.
Turn off the battery main switch.
To make it easier to remove the steel bucket bushings, we recommend
welding several lengthways seams around the bushing. The advantage of
this is that when the bushing cools down it becomes smaller in diameter and
thus easier to push out of the hole.
Perform the welding in accordance with the safety instructions for welding
on the machine (see the operating manual).
Attach the earth lead of the welding equipment as close as possible to
the welding position.
Weld on the inside of the bushing.
Leave a distance of 10 mm between the ends of the bushing and the welds
(see illustration).
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.2-4 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
You can push out all the bushings on the lift arms using the appropriate pushing tool. Position a steel washer in the bushing, flush and slightly below centre.
Use a threaded rod and a hydraulic ram to push the bushing out of the hole.
Procedure
Assemble the hydraulic ram 1, the pusher 2, the threaded rod 3 and the
pushing washer 6 (illustrated).
Pushing tool
Fix the threaded rod with a nut.
Carefully push the bushing out of the hole.
There are two ways to fit a new bushing:
Using a press
By shrinking it using liquid nitrogen
Caution
Be very careful when handling liquid nitrogen.
If using liquid nitrogen, carefully follow the safety instructions for handling it.
! Read and follow the safety instructions.
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.2.5
Procedure
Prepare the pin bearing seal.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.2-5 o f 8
Service Manual
Pin bearing
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
1 Steel ring
4 Mounting screw
2 Lip seal ring
5 O-ring
3 Protection and installation ring
Mz Assembly condition
Screw in the mounting screw 4. This moves the protection and installation
ring 3.
Using a screwdriver, push the lip seal ring 2 (see illustration Mz) into the
grooves of the protection and installation ring 3.
Grease the O-ring 5 well.
17.2-6 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Pin fastening
The illustration shows gaps between the pin lug 4 and the disc 1, and
between the pin lug and the bushing 3. This allows the pin to move slightly,
preventing it from jamming in the fixed bearing (steel to steel).
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Caution
Dirt, water and other corrosive substances may wear or corrode the bearing
pin, surfaces or hole.
Wear and corrosion will irreparably damage the bearing.
! Before you install the pin bearing seal, check the maximum axial
clearance!
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.2-7 o f 8
Service Manual
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
Pin bearing
17.2-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
4 Hydraulic lines
5 Hydraulic cylinder
6 Right locking pin
7 Mechanical indicator
8 Cover
The quick change device also has brackets for attaching and holding the
working attachment.
The hydraulic lines 4 lead to the hydraulic cylinder 5 via bulkhead fittings.
The hydraulic cylinder and the locking pins are fitted in a bracket and
protected from dust and damage by a cover 8.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
17.3-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 02/10.2006/en/nk/01/02/2007
17.3-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.2
Forklift ...........................................................................................18.2-1
18.3
18.3.2
18.3.3
18.4
18.4.2
18.4.3
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
Design
The bottom cutting edge varies according to the application.
The various designs include:
Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
Four-section, reversible undercut blade
The tooth 1 is plugged into the holder 2 and secured with a crosswise
locking pin 4.
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.1-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
Bucket
18.1-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
18.2 Forklift
Technical data
See section 2.1
The forklift is one of many different attachments that can be fitted to the
lift arms.
The forklift is mounted either directly on the lift arms or onto the optional
quick change device.
The following section describes the forklift with adjustable prongs.
Design
The forklift consists of the fork carrier and adjustable fork prongs.
Forklift
1 Fork carrier
2 Fork prongs
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
The fork prongs 2 are attached to the fork carrier 1 and are secured against
slipping with the fork lock on the upper fork hook.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.2-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
Forklift
18.2-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.3-1 o f 4
Service Manual
Connection sizes
18.3-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.3.1
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.3.2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.3-3 o f 4
Service Manual
Connection sizes
18.3-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.3.3
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.4-1 o f 4
Service Manual
Cab access
18.4-2 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4.1
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4.2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
18.4-3 o f 4
Service Manual
Cab access
18.4-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/nk/06/02/2007
18.4.3
Malfunctions...................................................................................19.0-1
Service codes indicated on the display unit (A13) .................19.0-1
19.0.2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
19.0.1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Malfunctions
19.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
19.0 Malfunctions
Warning and error messages
Various faults are indicated by the corresponding symbol fields (visually) or
by display instruments on the instrument panel.
Some warning functions are accompanied by audible warning signals.
Finding and eliminating errors and malfunctions
Faults can often be traced back to incorrect operation or servicing of
the machine.
Therefore, carefully read the appropriate section of the operating
manual each time a fault occurs.
Analyse the cause of the fault and correct it immediately.
19.0.1
Display unit
Service code display
STOP indicator
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
If a fault occurs while you are setting up or operating the machine, it is shown on
the display unit and stored in the error memory.
Error indicator
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-1 o f 2
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Effects of a fault
Every malfunction has a defined effect. This is specified in the Effect column of
the service code table.
If errors occur which can damage the machine, the entire machine is shut down.
Neutral travel direction is automatically selected and the machine coasts to a
halt.
Make a note of the service code, as it may disappear from the segment field of
the display unit when the ignition is switched off.
Analyse and rectify the fault.
List of abbreviations
LFD
LH-ECU
PWM
RAM
REF
sec
t
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Ubat
V
19.0-2 o f 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Malfunctions
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C1002 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C1003 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C1004 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C1005 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C100E has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C1014 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C101C has been shut down due to
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C101F has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1025 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1033 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C103E has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104A has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104B has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104C has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104D has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104E has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C104F has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1050 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-3 o f 3
Service Manual
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1051 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1052 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1053 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1054 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1055 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1056 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1057 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1058 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1059 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C105A has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C105C has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C105E has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C105F has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1060 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1061 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1063 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1064 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1065 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1066 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
19.0-4 o f 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Malfunctions
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Malfunctions
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C106D has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C106E has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1070 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1071 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1072 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1073 has been shut down due to
Invalid boot card (CF1)
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C1074 has been shut down due to
the card again
a critical error.
Invalid boot card (CF1)
The entire control system
Check that the CAN modules and
C2002 has been shut down due to
software board have the right ID
Invalid CAN module type
a critical error.
numbers
Two CAN modules with the same
module number but different serial
numbers have been detected on a
C200E The entire control system
has been shut down due to CAN bus; CAN module production
a critical error.
Replace the CAN module
error
Check the power supply to the
The entire control system
CAN module F35, check the
C200F
has been shut down due to An essential CAN module has not
CAN wiring; then replace the
a critical error.
reported on the CAN bus
CAN module
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2010 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Check the CAN bus connection,
C2011 has been shut down due to None of the modules on a CAN line check the power supply to the
a critical error.
have reported on the CAN bus
modules
The entire control system
Check the CAN bus connection,
C2012 has been shut down due to None of the modules on a CAN line check the power supply to the
have reported on the CAN bus
a critical error.
modules
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2014 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C2015 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2017 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2019 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C201A has been shut down due to
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-5 o f 5
Service Manual
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C202A has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Check that the CAN modules and
C202B has been shut down due to Data has been received on the CAN software board have the right ID
bus from an undefined CAN module numbers
a critical error.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C202C has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
Check the power supply to the
The entire control system
CAN modules F24, F38, F43,
C202D
has been shut down due to An essential CAN module has failed F71, check the CAN wiring; then
a critical error.
on the CAN bus
replace the CAN module
The entire control system
Check that the CAN modules and
C2033 has been shut down due to Data has been received on the CAN software board have the right ID
bus from an undefined CAN module numbers
a critical error.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2034 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2039 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C203D has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
System fault
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Check the CAN bus connection,
C203E has been shut down due to All the modules on a CAN line have check the power supply to the
failed during operation.
a critical error.
modules
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2040 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
System fault
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
An attempt was made to reactivate a
C2043 has been shut down due to CAN module during a timeout; this is
a critical error.
not permitted
Turn the ignition off and on again
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C205A
has been shut down due to A critical error in a CAN module
replace the CAN module
a critical error.
caused the system to shut down.
according to the error stack.
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C205C
has been shut down due to A critical error in a CAN module
replace the CAN module
a critical error.
caused the system to shut down.
according to the error stack.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C205D has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C205E has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2062 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
a critical error.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2063 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C2064 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
19.0-6 o f 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Malfunctions
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Malfunctions
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Copy software (see label) onto
C2065 has been shut down due to A CAN download file could not be
found on the boot card.
the card again
a critical error.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C2067 has been shut down due to
a critical error.
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C2069 has been shut down due to
again; if the problem persists,
Error downloading to a CAN module contact the manufacturer.
a critical error.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3003 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C3004 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3005 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C3009
has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
replace the main electronics
a critical error.
error
(master).
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C300A has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C300B
has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
replace the main electronics
a critical error.
error
(master).
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3015 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C3016 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3017 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C3018 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3022 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C3023
has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
replace the main electronics
a critical error.
error
(master).
Turn the ignition off and on
The entire control system
again; if the problem persists,
C3024
has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
replace the main electronics
a critical error.
error
(master).
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C3028 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-7 o f 7
Service Manual
Malfunctions
CA024
CA029
CA02A
CA02B
CA02C
19.0-8 o f 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C3029 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C302A has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C302B has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C302C has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
C302D has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
C6021 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
CA002 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
CA005 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
CA008 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; if the problem persists,
CA009 has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
CA00A has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
error
a critical error.
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
CA00B has been shut down due to Main electronics (master) system
again; if the problem persists,
a critical error.
error
contact the manufacturer.
The entire control system
Turn the ignition off and on
again; the correction file is
CA01E has been shut down due to Invalid correction file found on the
boot card
a critical error.
generated correctly.
Service Manual
CRITICAL
This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
CA047
CA048
C205C
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
C205A
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-9 o f 9
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E2003
E2013
E2016
E2017
E2018
E201A
E201B
E201C
E201D
E201E
E201F
E2020
No emergency steering
function
The output of the travel
pump is reduced
Brake system accumulator
pressure symbol field H19
lights up, after 2 minutes
warning beep sounds
constantly, travel direction
cannot be selected
All three LEDs on the
control unit switch light up,
central lubrication system
does not work
Remedy
19.0-10 o f 1 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E2025
E2026
E2048
E2049
E204A
E204B
E2046
E2047
E3000
E3001
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Remedy
E3002
E3003
E3004
E3005
None
None
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-11 o f 1 1
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Remedy
E3006
E3007
E3009
E300B
E300C
E300D
E300E
E300F
E3010
E3011
Lift kick-out inductive switch: shorted Lift kick-out inductive switch B17;
to earth
check wiring or input module 1
Bucket return-to-dig inductive
Bucket return-to-dig inductive
switch B15; check wiring or input
switch: shorted to earth
module 1
No bucket return-to-dig
available
Fuel level cannot be
detected - minimum filling
level displayed
Fuel level cannot be
detected - minimum filling
level displayed
None
None
Hydraulic oil overheating
symbol field H23 lights up,
fan running at high speed,
driving only possible in fixed
gear 1 or 2
Hydraulic oil overheating
symbol field H23 lights up,
fan running at high speed,
driving only possible in fixed
gear 1 or 2
E3012
E3013
E3014
E3015
None
E3016
E3017
E3018
E3019
19.0-12 o f 1 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E3008
Service Manual
E301B
None
None
None
None
No option 1 function
No option 2 function
E3024
No central lubrication
function
E3025
E3026
E3027
E3028
E301C
E301D
E301E
E301F
E3020
E3021
E3022
E3023
E3029
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Remedy
E302A
E302B
E302C
E302D
E302E
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-13 o f 1 3
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Remedy
E302F
E3031
E3032
E3035
E3036
E3037
None
E3033
E3034
E3039
E303A
E304F
E3050
E3051
E3052
E3053
E3054
E3055
E3056
E3059
E305A
E4000
E4001
E4002
None
19.0-14 o f 1 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
None
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
Remedy
or output module 1
E4003
E4004
No bucket return-to-dig
available
E4006
E4008
E400A
E400B
E400C
E400D
E400E
E4010
E4011
E4012
E4013
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4014
E4015
E4016
E4017
E4018
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-15 o f 1 4
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E401A
E401B
Sudden shifting
E401C
E401D
E401E
E401F
E4020
E4021
E4022
E4023
E4024
E4025
E4026
E4027
E4028
E402A
19.0-16 o f 1 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E4019
Remedy
Service Manual
E4032
No emergency steering
available
E4033
No emergency steering
available
E4038
E4039
E403A
E403B
E403C
E403D
E403E
Additional equipment 1
cannot be activated
E402B
E402C
E402D
E402E
E402F
E4030
E4031
E4034
E4035
E4036
E4037
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Remedy
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-17 o f 1 7
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Remedy
E404C
No central lubrication
function
E404E
E4054
E4056
E4058
E405A
E405B
No joystick steering
available
E405C
No joystick steering
available
E405D
No joystick steering
available
E4040
Additional equipment 2
cannot be activated
E4042
No joystick steering
available
E4044
No joystick steering
available
E4046
E4047
E404A
E4050
E4052
19.0-18 o f 1 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E4048
Service Manual
No joystick steering
available
E4061
No joystick steering
available
No joystick steering
available
E4062
E4076
E4077
E4078
E4079
E407A
E407B
E407C
E407D
E407E
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
No joystick steering
available
No joystick steering
available
E407F
E4080
E4081
E4082
E4083
Remedy
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-19 o f 1 9
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Remedy
E4086
Additional equipment 3
cannot be activated
E4087
Additional equipment 4
cannot be activated
Synchronise variable
displacement motors again
Gas pedal angle sensor R5:
check redundant signals
(maximum current difference
10%), check power supply F44,
F45
Inching angle sensor R1: check
redundant signals (maximum
current difference 10%), check
power supply F45
Clean cooling system, check fan
pressure (fan speed), gear oil
temperature switch B14
(switching point 120 C), oil level
E5022
E5026
E5027
E5028
No inching function
available
Speed limited to 20 km/h,
driving only possible in 1st
or 2nd gear
E5029
No immediate reaction
E502A
E502B
E502C
E5034
No kick-down function
available
No inching function
available
Engine damage
E5035
E5036
E5037
E5038
19.0-20 o f 2 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E5042
No joystick steering
available
E5043
No joystick steering
available
E503B
E503C
E503D
E503E
E503F
E5040
E5041
E5054
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E503A
E5055
E5056
E6000
E6001
E6002
Remedy
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-21 o f 2 1
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E6008
E600B
E600C
E600D
E600E
E600F
E6010
Engine has reduced power
E6011
E6012
E6016
E6017
EA005
EA006
EA007
19.0-22 o f 2 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E6006
Remedy
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
EA021
EA023
EA024
EA025
EA026
EA027
EA028
EA029
EA02A
EA02B
EA02C
Remedy
Check input module 3 (A16c) or
CAN wiring
Check air conditioning control
unit A22 power supply F9or CAN
wiring
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-23 o f 2 3
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4976C
No direct effect
E4976D
No direct effect
E49638
E49639
E4963A
E4963B
E4963C
E4969C
E4969D
E4969E
E4969F
E496A0
E49764
No direct effect
E49765
No direct effect
19.0-24 o f 2 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
No direct effect
E49767
No direct effect
E49768
No direct effect
E49769
No direct effect
E4976A
No direct effect
E4976B
No direct effect
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4976E
No direct effect
E4976F
No direct effect
E497C8
E497C9
E497CA
E497CB
E497CC
No direct effect
E497CD
No direct effect
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-25 o f 2 5
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E497CE
E4982C
E4982D
E4982E
E4982F
No direct effect
E49830
No direct effect
E49831
No direct effect
E49832
No direct effect
E49833
No direct effect
E49834
No direct effect
E49835
No direct effect
E49890
E49891
E49892
Engine shutdown
Digital output shorted to supply
Communication only possible voltage
with diagnostic tools
Defective line or component
19.0-26 o f 2 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E49893
E49894
E49895
Engine shutdown
12V reference fault: voltage too low
Communication only possible (<10V)
with diagnostic tools
Defective line or component
E49896
Engine shutdown
12V reference fault: voltage too high
Communication only possible (>14V)
with diagnostic tools
Defective line or component
E499BD
E499BF
E49B4C
No direct effect
No direct effect
No direct effect
No direct effect
No direct effect
E49BB0
E49BB1
E49BB2
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E49BB3
E49BB4
Error on PS1
Engine control unit supply voltage
PS1 defective
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-27 o f 2 7
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E49BB5
No direct effect
E49ED0
E49ED1
E49ED2
E49ED7
E49EDB
E49EDC
E49ED3
E49ED4
E49ED5
E49ED6
19.0-28 o f 2 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E49F3B
E4A060
Starter fault
Short circuit to earth or cable rupture
E4A061
Starter fault
Shorted to supply voltage
E4A18C
E49F34
E49F35
E49F36
E49F37
E49F38
E49F39
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E49F3A
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-29 o f 2 9
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4A18D
E4A18E
E4A198
E4A1F0
E4A18F
E4A190
E4A191
E4A192
E4A193
E4A197
19.0-30 o f 3 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E4A1F2
Turbocharger fault
Short circuit to earth or cable rupture
Output and feedback values do
not match
E4A1F3
E4A1F4
E4A1F5
E4A1F6
E4A1F7
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4A1FB
E4A1FC
E4A254
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-31 o f 3 1
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Turbocharger fault
Shorted to supply voltage
Output and feedback values do
not match
Turbocharger fault
Hardware fault
Transistor status does not match
feedback status
Turbocharger fault
Negative control deviation
Target less than actual value,
controlled PWM goes
towards minimum
Turbocharger fault
Positive control deviation
Target greater than actual value,
controlled PWM goes
towards maximum
Turbocharger fault
Current too high (switched off)
current higher than permitted
minimum value although
not energised
Threshold violation when switched off
Turbocharger fault
Current too low (activated state)
current less than permitted
minimum value
Threshold violation
E4A25B
Turbocharger fault
Current too high (activated state)
current higher than permitted
maximum value
Threshold violation
E4A2B8
Turbocharger fault
Short circuit to earth or cable rupture
Turbocharger is not activated
Output and feedback values do
not match
E4A2B9
Turbocharger fault
Shorted to supply voltage
Turbocharger is not activated
Output and feedback values do
not match
E4A2BA
Turbocharger fault
Hardware fault
Turbocharger is not activated
Transistor status does not match
feedback status
E4A2BB
Turbocharger fault
Negative control deviation
Turbocharger is not activated Target less than actual value,
controlled PWM goes
towards minimum
E4A255
E4A256
E4A257
E4A258
E4A259
E4A25A
19.0-32 o f 3 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
E4A2BC
Turbocharger fault
Positive control deviation
Turbocharger is not activated Target greater than actual value,
controlled PWM goes
towards maximum
E4A2BD
Turbocharger fault
Current too high (switched off)
current higher than permitted
Turbocharger is not activated
minimum value although not
energised
Threshold violation when switched off
E4A2BE
Turbocharger fault
Current too low (activated state)
Turbocharger is not activated current less than permitted minimum
value
Threshold violation
E4A2BF
Turbocharger fault
Current too high (activated state)
Turbocharger is not activated current higher than permitted
maximum value
Threshold violation
E4A31C
E4A31D
E4A31E
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4A31F
E4A320
E4A321
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-33 o f 3 3
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4A323
E4A327
E4A328
No direct effect
E4A705
No direct effect
E4A768
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4A769
No direct effect
E4A76A
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4A76B
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4A76C
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
No flight time measured
E4A76D
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Flight time too short
E4A76E
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Flight time too long
E4A76F
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
No rise time measured
E4A322
E4A704
19.0-34 o f 3 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
No direct effect
Cylinder A1 fault
Rise time too long
E4A7CC
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4A7CD
No direct effect
E4A7CE
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4A7CF
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4A7D0
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
No flight time measured
E4A7D1
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Flight time too short
E4A7D2
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Flight time too long
E4A7D3
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
No rise time measured
E4A7D4
No direct effect
Cylinder A2 fault
Rise time too long
E4A830
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4A831
No direct effect
E4A832
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4A833
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4A834
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
No flight time measured
E4A835
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Flight time too short
E4A836
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Flight time too long
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-35 o f 3 5
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4A837
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
No rise time measured
E4A838
No direct effect
Cylinder A3 fault
Rise time too long
E4A894
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4A895
No direct effect
E4A896
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4A897
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4A898
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
No flight time measured
E4A899
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Flight time too short
E4A89A
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Flight time too long
E4A89B
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
No rise time measured
E4A89C
No direct effect
Cylinder A4 fault
Rise time too long
E4AA88
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4AA89
No direct effect
E4AA8A
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4AA8B
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4AA8C
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
No flight time measured
E4AA8D
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Flight time too short
19.0-36 o f 3 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Flight time too long
E4AA8F
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
No rise time measured
E4AA90
No direct effect
Cylinder B1 fault
Rise time too long
Cylinder B2 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
Cylinder B2 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4AAEF
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4AAF0
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
No flight time measured
E4AAF1
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
Flight time too short
E4AAF2
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
Flight time too long
E4AAF3
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
No rise time measured
E4AAF4
No direct effect
Cylinder B2 fault
Rise time too long
E4AB50
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4AB51
No direct effect
E4AB52
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4AB53
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4AB54
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
No flight time measured
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-37 o f 3 7
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4AB55
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Flight time too short
E4AB56
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Flight time too long
E4AB57
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
No rise time measured
E4AB58
No direct effect
Cylinder B3 fault
Rise time too long
E4ABB4
No direct effect
Cylinder B4 fault
Incorrect current measurement or
cable rupture
E4ABB5
No direct effect
E4ABB6
No direct effect
Cylinder B4 fault
Excess high side current (positive
switch)
E4ABB7
No direct effect
Cylinder B4 fault
Excess high side current on free
wheel cylinder
E4ABB8
No direct effect
Cylinder B4 fault
No flight time measured
E4ABB9
No direct effect
Cylinder B4 fault
Flight time too short
Cylinder B4 fault
Flight time too long
Cylinder B4 fault
No rise time measured
Cylinder B4 fault
Rise time too long
E4AED4
Engine shutdown
Engine shutdown
E4AED5
19.0-38 o f 3 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
Engine shutdown
No direct effect
No direct effect
No direct effect
E4AED6
E4AED7
E4AED8
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4AED9
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-39 o f 3 9
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Engine shutdown
Overspeed fault
Overspeed from speed sensor 2
safety limit exceeded
No direct effect
Overspeed fault
Overspeed from speed sensor 1
warning limit exceeded
No direct effect
Overspeed fault
Overspeed from speed sensor 2
warning limit exceeded
E4AF3A
Engine shutdown
Overspeed fault
Overspeed from speed sensor 1
safety limit exceeded
E4AF9C
Synchronisation error
Turn the ignition off and on again;
Synchronisation lost while engine was check the engine speed and phase
running; gap not detected
sensor
Synchronisation error
Distance between gap (engine speed
sensor) and phase sensor signal too
great
E4AF9E
Synchronisation error
Incorrect number of teeth during the
synchronisation phase, the number of
teeth measured between successive
gaps is not as specified
E4AF9F
Synchronisation error
Synchronisation not possible speed
too low during synchronisation phase
E4AFA0
Synchronisation error
Faulty camshaft wheel index counter Turn the ignition off and on again;
the additional tooth of the Bosch
check the engine speed and phase
camshaft wheel is not measured at
sensor
the right place
E4B000
E4B001
E4AEFB
E4AF38
E4AF39
E4AF9D
19.0-40 o f 4 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4B002
E4B003
E4B004
E4B005
E4B064
E4B065
E4B066
E4B067
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-41 o f 4 1
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4B068
E4B069
E4B0C8
E4B0CC
E4B0CD
E4B1F4
E4B1F5
E4B1F6
E4B1F7
E4B1F8
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B1F9
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
19.0-42 o f 4 2
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4B44D
E4B44E
E4B44F
E4B450
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B451
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B4B0
E4B4B1
E4B4B2
E4B4B3
E4B4B4
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B4B5
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B514
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-43 o f 4 3
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4B515
E4B516
E4B517
E4B518
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B519
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B5DC
E4B5DD
E4B5DE
E4B5DF
E4B5E0
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B5E1
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B708
E4B709
19.0-44 o f 4 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4B70B
E4B70C
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B70D
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B76C
E4B76D
E4B76E
E4B76F
E4B770
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B771
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B7D0
E4B7D1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-45 o f 4 5
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4B7D2
E4B7D3
E4B7D4
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B7D5
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B834
E4B835
E4B836
E4B837
E4B838
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B839
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B898
E4B899
19.0-46 o f 4 6
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4B89B
E4B89C
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B89D
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B8FC
E4B8FD
E4B8FE
E4B8FF
E4B900
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B901
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B960
E4B961
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-47 o f 4 7
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E4B962
E4B963
E4B964
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B965
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B9C4
E4B9C5
E4B9C6
E4B9C7
E4B9C8
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4B9C9
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4BA28
E4BA29
19.0-48 o f 4 8
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
Service Manual
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
E4BA2B
E4BA2B
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4BA2C
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4BA8C
E4BA8D
E4BA8E
E4BA8F
E4BA90
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
E4BA91
Reduced power or no
reaction, depending on the
configuration and sensor
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-49 o f 4 9
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E2028
E2029
E202A
E202B
E202C
E202D
E202E
E202F
E2030
E2031
E2032
E2033
E2034
E2035
E2036
E2037
E2038
E2039
E203A
19.0-50 o f 5 0
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
E2027
Remedy
Service Manual
E2040
E2041
E2042
E2043
E2044
E2045
No joystick steering
available
E2058
Additional equipment 3
cannot be activated
E2059
Additional equipment 4
cannot be activated
E5023
E5024
No inching function
available
E5025
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Remedy
E502D
E502E
None
E502F
E5030
E5031
None
Machine switches to neutral,
driver can select travel
Motor protection active: speed
direction again after speed
is reduced
sensor overspeed
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-51 o f 5 1
Service Manual
Malfunctions
E5033
E6009
E600A
E6018
E6026
Remedy
sensor B2a or wiring
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
WARNING diesel engine This kind of malfunction is accompanied by a 1-second warning tone
Service
Effect
Cause
Remedy
code
Batteries overheating,
Check alternator or engine
E6009 electrical components
On-board voltage too high
electronics
may fail
Check battery, wiring or engine
E600A Engine difficult to start
On-board voltage too low
electronics
19.0-52 o f 5 1
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
Service Manual
19.0.2
Continuous tone
Interval tone 1/10 (1 second tone followed by 10 second pause)
Interval tone 2/3 (2 second tone followed by 3 second pause)
Single 1 second beep
Warning signal
Service code E A02A
Interval tone 1/10
Coolant temperature symbol field
(H13) flashes
Service code E A02A, E 6000,
E 6012
Coolant temperature symbol field
(H13) flashes, STOP symbol field
lights up
Continuous warning buzzer
Cause
Remedy
Hydraulic oil overheating symbol field Hydraulic oil temperature above 90 C Cleaning the cooling system
(H23) lights up
(B8)
Check the fan speed
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29/03/2007
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS
19.0-53 o f 5 3
Service Manual
Malfunctions
Warning signal
Service code E 6004, E 5034,
E A02A, E 6012
Engine oil pressure symbol field (H4)
lights up
Stop symbol field (H36) lights up
After 10 seconds continual warning
buzzer
Service code E 5028
Gear oil overheating symbol
field (H14) lights up
Driving is only possible at reduced
speed (approx. 20 km/h)
Cause
Remedy
Insufficient engine oil pressure (B701) Check the oil level
Error in the diesel engine lubricating
Check the pressure relief valve
oil supply
Fault in the electrical system
Torn V-belt
Defective alternator
LBH/Version 01/10.2006/en/hd/29.03.2007
19.0-54 o f 5 4
Copyright by
MJFCIFSS